Catalog Wurth
Catalog Wurth
Catalog Wurth
WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL
MAY 2022
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY!
Table of contents
POWER TOOLS 1
Cordless machines 6
Pneumatic machines 57
Electric power tools 100
Machine accessories, general 210
Art. no.
5701 103 000
Art. no.
5701 414 000
Art. no.
5701 432 000
5701 432 004
5701 432 005
Included in delivery Drill chuck holder Weight of machine with recharge- Art. no.
able battery
- 1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1.21 kg 5701 101 009
- 3/8 inch x 24 UNF 1.21 kg 5701 101 000
2 x Battery Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE 2 Ah; 3/8 inch x 24 UNF 1.21 kg 5701 101 002
1 x Charger ALG 12 V BASIC M-CUBE;
1 x Transport bag
2 x Battery Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE 3 Ah; 1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1.22 kg 5701 101 004
1 x Charger ALG 12 V BASIC M-CUBE
ALG 12/3 BASIC
Included in delivery Idle speed 1st/2nd gear min./max. Max. impact rate Art. no.
2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE - 0 rpm 5701 405 006
4 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE
ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x System case 8.4.2;
1 x Case insert for MASTER machines
- 0-550/0-2000 rpm 32000 rpm 5701 405 000
1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for 0-550/0-2000 rpm 32000 rpm 5701 405 003
MASTER machines
2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 0-550/0-2000 rpm 32000 rpm 5701 405 005
Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG
18/6 FAST,; 1 x Case insert for MASTER
machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2
Art. no.
5701 416 000
5701 416 004
ECCENTRIC ATTACHMENT
16-way (360°) adjustable attachment for BS 12-A Multi cordless drill
screwdriver.
Easily accepts all common drill and screwdriver bits (E6+C6)
Integrated, lockable 1/4-inch universal bit holder
Convenient
Can be adjusted without removing the attachment.
• Type description: BS12-EV1/4 inch
• Tool holding device: 1/4-inch hexagon socket
Art. no.
5700 121 004
Art. no.
5700 121 003
Art. no.
5700 121 002
Art. no.
5700 121 001
Art. no.
5700 130 002
Art. no.
5700 131 002
Art. no.
5700 132 000
BATTERY LI-CV 18 V
Powerful and robust battery packs
Low weight, high performance battery with no memory effect
Lithium-ion technology
Continuous monitoring of the battery capacity
Charge status display on the battery
Compatible with current 18-volt battery-powered system products
• Nominal voltage: 18 V/DC
Rechargeable battery/ Charging time Weight of rechargeable Suitable chargers Art. no.
battery capacity battery/battery
2 Ah 35 min 380 g AL 30-Li 0700 916 534
4 Ah 45 min 608 g AL 30-CV-Li 0700 916 532
5 Ah 65 min 623 g AL 30-CV-Li 0700 916 535
Art. no.
0700 915 20
BATTERY LI-AS-18 V
1
Powerful and robust battery packs.
Low weight, high performance battery with no memory effect
Lithium-ion technology
Continuous monitoring of the battery capacity
Charge status display on the battery
• Nominal voltage: 18 V/DC
• Suitable chargers: AL 60-AS-Li
BATTERY LI-ION 28 V
Powerful and robust battery pack
Low weight, high performance battery with no memory effect
Lithium-ion technology
Continuous monitoring of the battery capacity
Charge status display on the battery
Compatible with 28-volt battery pack system products currently
available on the market
• Nominal voltage: 28 V/DC
• Weight of rechargeable battery/battery: 995 g
• Suitable chargers: AL 60-Li
Art. no.
0700 916 432
Rechargeable battery/ Charging time Weight of rechargeable Suitable chargers Art. no.
battery capacity battery/battery
3 Ah 60 min 398.6 g AL 60-Li 0700 956 331
4 Ah 45 min 0.37 kg AL 30-Li 5700 996 400
2 Ah 35 min 0.18 kg AL 30-Li 5700 996 215
BATTERY 24 V
1
For battery-powered hammer drills ABH 20-SLE and ABH 20-SLS
Continuous monitoring of battery capacity
Charge status display on battery
Long runtime and service life
Cooling rods in battery pack for uniform distribution of heat, for effective protection of
battery cells
• Nominal voltage: 24 V/DC
• Rechargeable battery/battery capacity: 2.6 Ah
• Charging time: 38 min
• Weight of rechargeable battery/battery: 1.94 kg
• Suitable chargers: AL 20-EMC
Art. no.
0702 301 924
CHARGER AL 60-LI-2
1
Matching charger for LI 28 V battery.
• Type description: AL 60-LI-2
• Max. charging current: 3.5 A
• Min./max. frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Art. no.
0700 857
CHARGER LG 14
For battery-powered blind riveter
• Suitable batteries: G14 14.4 Volt
Art. no.
0700 915 220
CHARGER AL 60-LI
Matching charger for battery LI-12 V.
• Type description: AL 60-LI
• Max. charging current: 3 A
• Cable length: 2 m
Art. no.
0700 812
CHARGER AL-60-AS-LI
1
For charging the cordless application gun AKP 18 and cordless tan-
gential impact screwdriver ASS 18-1/2 inch HT
• Type description: AL60-AS-LI-IONEN
• Max. charging current: 3 A
• Cable length: 1.8 m
Art. no.
0700 813
TURBOCHARGER AL 20-CV-LI
Charger suitable for 14.4 V and 18 V Li-ion system batteries (CV)
• Type description: AL 20-CV-LI
• Min./max. output voltage: 14.4-18 V/DC
• Max. charging current: 8 A
• Cable length: 1.6 m
• Min./max. frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Art. no.
0700 816 020
Art. no.
5700 896
CHARGER AL 60-12/18-AS-LI
1
For charging the cordless application gun AKP 12, AKP 18, cordless
grease gun FP 12-A and cordless tangential impact screwdriver ASS
18-1/2 inch HT
• Type description: AL 60-12/18-AS-LI
• Min./max. output voltage: 12-18 V
• Suitable batteries: 12 Volt, 18 Volt
• Max. charging current: 6 A
• Cable length: 180 cm
• Min./max. frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Art. no.
0700 814
Art. no.
5700 800 100
Art. no.
5701 407 000
Included in delivery Number of bat- Max. charging Cable length Weight of rechar- Art. no.
teries/battery current geable battery/
capacity battery
- 2 x 2 Ah 2A 1.5 m 380 g 5703 500 221
1 x Quick charger AL 2 x 4 Ah 6A 1.6 m 608 g 5703 500 240
30-CV-LI; 2 x Battery
LI-CV 18 V 4 Ah
1 x Quick charger AL 2 x 5 Ah 6A 1.6 m 623 g 5703 500 250
30-CV-LI; 2 x Battery
LI-CV 18 V 5 Ah
CHARGER AL 40-LI
• Type description: AL 30-LI
• Min./max. output voltage: 10.8-12 V/DC
• Suitable batteries: LI 10.8 Volt, LI 12 Volt
• Max. charging current: 4 A
• Cable length: 1.6 m
• Min./max. frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Art. no.
5700 139 400
Art. no.
0988 042 631
Art. no.
0988 015 875
Art. no.
5701 440 004
Art. no.
5701 441 004
Art. no.
5701 442 004
Art. no.
5701 443 004
Art. no.
0988 300 302
Art. no.
5701 700 003
Art. no.
5701 700 004
Art. no.
0703 795 0
Art. no.
0703 796 0
Art. no.
0703 797 0
Art. no.
0703 793 0
Art. no.
0703 792 0
VARIO DRILL VD 90
For fast, convenient removal of spot welds
Convenient working even in inaccessible areas
The contact bail, rotatable through 360°, prevents slippage.
Quick and easy to assemble
The contact bail can be mounted quickly without additional tools.
Infinitely variable milling depth
Depth stop
• Max. idle speed: 900 rpm
• Min./max. pressure: 6-8 bar
• Air consumption: 250 l/min
• Weight of machine: 1800 g
Art. no.
0703 556 0
Art. no.
0703 548 0
Art. no.
0703 559 0
Art. no.
0703 937 55
Art. no.
0703 881
Art. no.
0703 885 0
Art. no.
0703 893 1
Art. no.
0703 775 0
Art. no.
0703 773 0
Art. no.
0703 311 0
Art. no.
0703 312 0
Art. no.
0703 780 0
Art. no.
0703 736 0
Art. no.
5714 301 0
Art. no.
5714 376 0
Art. no.
5714 300 0
Art. no.
0703 318 0
Art. no.
5714 308 0
Art. no.
5714 351 0
Art. no.
5714 307 0
Art. no.
5714 309 0
Art. no.
5714 310 0
Art. no.
0703 110
Included in delivery Working pressure Air consumption Min. hose inner diameter Art. no.
1 x Adapter brush belt 6.2 bar 0.5 m³/h 9.5 mm 0703 350 0
7 x Brush belt, coarse; 6.3 bar 110 l/min 9 mm 0703 350
1 x Adapter brush belt;
3 x Brush belt, fine
Adapter brush belt: 1 x 23 mm, 6.3 bar 110 l/min 9 mm 0703 351 0
1 x 11 mm
Art. no.
0703 752 2
Art. no.
0703 752 1
Art. no.
0703 350 81
Art. no.
0703 272 0
Art. no.
0703 412
Art. no.
0703 814 0
Art. no.
0703 838 0
Art. no.
0703 812 0
Art. no.
0703 821 0
Art. no.
0703 820 0
Art. no.
0703 855 0
Art. no.
0703 856 0
Art. no.
5714 200 0
BLOW GUN
Continuously adjustable
• Insulated, ergonomic handle
• Lightweight, rugged design
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -20 to 60 °C
• Nozzle hole diameter: 2.9 mm
DRILL BM 13-XE
1
Practical 13 mm drill with ergonomic handle and special plug-in cable
system
Simple, one-handed tool change
Automatic spindle lock
Stops the tool slipping in the drill chuck
Single-sleeve quick-action drill chuck with clamping force locking and carbide jaws
Defective cables can be replaced or longer cables attached within a
matter of seconds
Special connection system
High reliability and optimum power transmission
Solid metal planetary gear unit
Continuous speed control
Electronic throttle switch with adjusting wheel
Prevents accidental changeover
2-speed switch with lock on the outside of the housing.
Right/left switch on top of housing
Service cover for easy carbon brush changes
Additional replacement carbon brushes in the handle
Secure grip, even at high torques
Robust additional handle with depth stop
Robust and compact
Fibreglass reinforced polyamide housing
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC
• Power input: 600 W
• Idle speed 1st/2nd gear min./max.: 0-900 / 0-2500 rpm
• Min./max. drill chuck span width: 1-13 mm
• Max. drilling diameter in steel: 13 mm
• Drill chuck holder: 1/2 inch x 20 UNF
• Weight of machine: 2.2 kg
• Cable length: 4 m
Art. no.
0702 315 2
0702 315 27
WATER TANK
1
For tile drill NDS 68
Art. no.
0702 419 006
Art. no.
5707 250 0
5707 250 1
Art. no.
9501 000 018
Art. no.
9501 000 019
Art. no.
9501 000 020
ELECTRIC PLANER EH 4
1
High-performance planer with extra-large chip ducts and chip bag for
fault-free, clean operation
Effortless planing without the need to exert a great deal of force,
even with hard wood
High-performance 1050-W motor
Perfect surface finishes
High circumferential speed and large blade shaft diameter
Eliminates almost all cleaning in the surrounding area
High-volume chip bag with fill level display
Greatest possible level of flexibility when working
Chips can be ejected to the right or left (adjustable)
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC
• Power input: 1050 W
• Min./max. idle speed: 0-13500 rpm
• Planing width: 82 mm
• Max. rebate depth: 25 mm
• Max. planing depth: 4 mm
• Weight of machine: 4 kg
• Cable length: 4 m
DRILLING TEMPLATE
1
• Ø 4–14 mm
• Water connection on left or right
Art. no.
0651 920 001
Art. no.
0701 223 0
Art. no.
0701 224 0
Art. no.
0701 225 0
Art. no.
0701 222 1
AGITATING BASKET R I
For liquid materials
Mixing ratio:
From top to bottom
• Length: 590 mm
• Basket diameter: 100 mm
• Min./max. amount of material that can be agitated: 10-25 kg
• Suitable for machine chuck: SW10 mm
Art. no.
0713 95 101
AGITATING BASKET R II
1
For viscous, adhesive materials
Mixing ratio:
From bottom to top
Length Basket diameter Min./max. amount of Suitable for machine Art. no.
material that can be chuck
agitated
590 mm 120 mm 15-25 kg M14 0713 95 111
590 mm 120 mm 15-25 kg SW10 mm 0713 95 112
590 mm 140 mm 25-35 kg M14 0713 95 113
400 mm 90 mm 5-10 kg SW8 mm 0713 95 110
AGITATING BASKET M I
For heavy materials
Mixing ratio:
From bottom to top
• Length: 590 mm
• Suitable for machine chuck: M14
Basket diameter Min./max. amount of material that can be agitated Art. no.
120 mm 15-25 kg 0713 95 120
140 mm 25-40 kg 0713 95 121
Art. no.
0713 95 102
AGITATOR RW 1400
1400 watt, hand-held 2-speed agitator
Infinitely adjustable speed
Electronic accelerator for soft power delivery
Ergonomic design
• Ergonomically-shaped handle
• Lightweight
• Handle is raised by 50 mm, for effortless work
Protection from unintentional machine start-up
Inhibitor
Longer service life
Due to carbon brushes with automatic cut-off function
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC
• Power input: 1400 W
• Idle speed 1st/2nd gear min./max.: 0-660 / 0-920 rpm
• Idle speed 1st gear min./max.: 0-660 rpm
• Mixing volume: 90 l
• Max. agitating basket diameter: 160 mm
• Weight of machine: 5.6 kg
• Cable length: 4 m
AGITATOR RW 1010
1
The compact 1010 W agitator with matching mixing tool is ideally
suited for a wide range of mixing jobs up to a maximum volume of 40
litres.
Infinitely adjustable speed
Electronic accelerator for soft power delivery
Ergonomic design
• Ergonomically-shaped handle
• Lightweight
• Handle is raised by 50 mm to minimise fatigue when working
Protection from unintentional machine start-up
Inhibitor
Longer service life
Due to carbon brushes with automatic cut-off function
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC
• Power input: 1010 W
• Idle speed 1st gear min./max.: 0-925 rpm
• Mixing volume: 40 l
• Max. agitating basket diameter: 120 mm
• Weight of machine: 4.7 kg
• Cable length: 4 m
Art. no.
0701 176 0
Art. no.
0701 344 0
Art. no.
0701 343 0
Art. no.
0702 157 004
SAW BENCH
1
For portable tools such as band saws or mitre saws
• Robust tubular steel frame
• Large work surface in pressed steel
• Adjustable to three different height levels
• Maximum stability and easy to use
• Suitable for the following Würth tools: Band saw SPN133, mitre saw KTS 300N
• Length: 65 cm
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Lacquered
• Product weight (per item): 8900 g
Art. no.
0702 189 002
LOCKING CLAMP
For chop saw KTS 300-L
• Product weight (per item): 500 g
Art. no.
0701 175 001
Art. no.
0701 435 0
Art. no.
0701 322 0
Included in delivery Air current Cable length Weight of machine Art. no.
- 150 m³/h 7.5 mm 11.8 kg 0701 132 17
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 74 l/s 7.5 m - 0701 132 0
1 x Upholstery nozzle plug-
gable; 1 x Wet/dry floor
nozzle, plug-in; 1 x Suction
hose, clip-on 3 m; 1 x Flat
folding filter, paper; 1 x Joint
nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe;
1 x Clip-on elbow
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 150 m³/h 7.5 mm - 0701 132 07
1 x Upholstery nozzle plug-
gable; 1 x Wet/dry floor
nozzle, plug-in; 1 x Suction
hose, clip-on 3 m; 1 x Flat
folding filter, paper; 1 x Joint
nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe;
1 x Clip-on elbow
INDUSTRIAL WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER INCLUDES AN EXTENSIVE ACCESSORY SET
1
Universal vacuum cleaner suitable for construction sites with L certifi-
cation and automatic filter cleaning
Dust class L certification
Guaranteed dust collection efficiency of 99 % in accordance with EN 60335-2-69
Storage and mounting option for Würth system cases
Flat container head
Accessories can be stored on the device and are always ready to use
Integrated storage for the joint nozzle and tool sleeve with quick connections, flexible
hose, and power cable storage
Ideal for use on construction sites
Robust container with bumpers and large, sturdy metal rollers
Anti-static preparation
Static charges are discharged by the grounded connection piece and the electrically
conductive accessories included in the delivery, ensuring reliable protection against
electrostatic charges.
All functions are easy to operate and control
Switches for On/Off, 15 s/60 s filter cleaning, and speed control
User-friendly operation in conjunction with power tools
Socket with Hall sensor for automatic power tool detection, allowing the vacuum to be
controlled via a connected tool.
Automatic filter cleaning system
• The flat folding filter is cleaned automatically by an air blast according to the time
interval selected (15 or 60 seconds).
• Ensures long uninterrupted operation
• Low noise level
• Long filter life
• Low maintenance costs
• Air current: 74 l/s
• Underpressure: 23 kPa
• Container capacity: 30 l
• Max power: 1380 W
• Cable length: 7.5 m
• Hose connection diameter: 35 mm
• Weight of machine: 14.1 kg
Art. no.
0702 400 320
Art. no.
0702 400 284
Art. no.
0702 400 367
MEMBRANE FILTER
• Compatible with: ISS 35, ISS 35-S, ISS 45-M, ISS 55-S
• DN nominal width: DN 40
• Product weight (per item): 70 g
Art. no.
0702 400 189
CLIP-ON ELBOW
For ISS and TSS series
• Compatible with: ISS 35, ISS 35-S, ISS 45-M, HWS 15-L
• DN nominal width: DN 35
• Product weight (per item): 55 g
Art. no.
0702 400 718
Art. no.
0702 400 188
Art. no.
0702 400 210
SPARE PART METAL TUBE FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ISS 35, ISS 45-M AUTO-
MATIC, ISS 55-S AUTOMATIC
• Product weight (per item): 248 g
Art. no.
0702 123 014
Art. no.
0702 123 110
SPARE PART DUST BAG FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ERSV III
• Product weight (per item): 800 g
Art. no.
0702 123 113
Art. no.
0702 123 111
SPARE PART FLAT NOZZLE FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ISS 35, ISS 45-M AUTO-
1
MATIC, ISS 55-S AUTOMATIC
In plastic
• Product weight (per item): 38 g
Art. no.
0702 123 008
Art. no.
0702 123 119
Art. no.
0702 400 368
Art. no.
0702 400 074
Art. no.
0702 121 008
Art. no.
0702 123 020
Art. no.
0701 114 007
HAND NOZZLE
1
Compact hand-held nozzle for cleaning upholstered furniture and
smaller carpeted surfaces using the spray suction device.
Checking of the cleaning procedure and back suction performance
Transparent field of view
• Length: 350 mm
• Width: 110 mm
• Compatible with: SEG 10
Art. no.
0701 110 001
Art. no.
0701 110 003
Art. no.
5707 510 0
Art. no.
0701 124 150
Art. no.
0701 124 200
Art. no.
0701 124 201
Art. no.
0702 460 350
Art. no.
0702 480 900
Art. no.
0702 489 900
Art. no.
5707 000 107
Included in delivery Nominal voltage Functions Min./max. idle speed Art. no.
- 220 V/AC Anti-vibration system - 5707 040 07
1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face 230 V/AC Anti-vibration system, Restarting 0-11000 rpm 5707 040 0
spanner; 1 x Angle grinder, protection, Recoil protection,
protective panel on both sides Overloading protection
WSH 230; 1 x Anti-vibration
handle
Art. no.
0702 446 30
Art. no.
0701 160 008
Art. no.
0701 160 001
Art. no.
0701 160 002
THREE-WAY NOZZLE
1
Robust, durable and dirt-resistant nozzle for high-pressure cleaner.
Easy changeover of jet for every cleaning task
High-pressure narrow jet (0°), high-pressure flat jet (25°) and low-pressure flat jet
(40°)
• Compatible with: HDR 160 Premium, HDR 160 Compact
Art. no.
0701 160 004
Art. no.
0699 120
FOAM NOZZLE
1
Ideal for lathering vehicles with the high-pressure cleaner
Pleasant working
Compact and handy design with adjustable spray angle
Stepless dosing of the cleaning agent
The required concentration can be set directly on the foam nozzle at the push of a
button.
• Compatible with: HDR 160 Compact, HDR 185 Power Plus, HDR 160 Premium
• Material: Plastic
• Connection thread: M22 x 1.5
Art. no.
0701 161 141
Art. no.
0701 160 015
Art. no.
0988 000 923
Art. no.
0988 300 301
Art. no.
0988 300 300
Art. no.
0702 999 106
Art. no.
0702 999 110
CONNECTION CABLE
1
For percussion drill SB 13-XE
Art. no.
0692 210 120
Drill chuck type Min./max. drill Suitable for left- Suitable for impact Product weight (per Art. no.
chuck span width hand rotation work item)
Gear ring drill chuck 3-16 mm Yes Yes 623 g 0692 838 136
Quick action chuck 1-13 mm Yes Yes 594 g 0692 838 138
Quick action chuck 3-16 mm No No 863 g 0692 838 139
Drill chuck holder Min./max. drill Suitable for left- Suitable for impact Product weight (per Art. no.
chuck span width hand rotation work item)
B 16 1-13 mm No No 290 g 0692 316 130
1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1-13 mm No No 425 g 0692 312 130
1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1-13 mm Yes Yes 564 g 0692 412 132
3/8 inch x 24 UNF 1-13 mm No Yes 460 g 0692 338 132
B 16 3-16 mm No No 881 g 0692 316 160
Art. no.
0692 838 132
Art. no.
0692 838 135
Art. no.
0692 210 133
Art. no.
0692 212 132
ANGLED GEAR
Powerful angled gear for screwing and drilling work
High-quality angled gear made from specially hardened steel
Allows a max. torque of 57 Nm or max. rotation speed of 2,000 rpm
Safe stop
thanks to 360°, infinitely adjustable soft grip
Compact design
Especially suitable for all screwing tasks in tight and difficult to access places
Magnetic 1/4“ bit holder with quick-change chuck
• Safe stop for screws via magnetic force.
• Suitable for all standard bits, and bit drills with C6.3 and E6.3 mount
• Blade holder: 1/4 inch, E 6.3 hexagon
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Bit holder: 1/4 inch hexagon
• Tip type: For outer hexagon
• Max. torque: 57 Nm
• Length: 165 mm
Art. no.
0614 900 0
Art. no.
0713 92 07
Art. no.
0713 92 05
MINI-CHUCK
Extra small drill chuck for clamping drill bits with standard bit mounts.
• Drill chuck type: Mini chuck
• Drill chuck holder: 1/4 inch - hexagon
• Min./max. drill chuck span width: 0.4-6 mm
• Suitable for impact work: No
Art. no.
0713 92 04
Suitable for Type description Suitable for case Length Width Art. no.
machine type
Angle grinder AWS 18-125 P System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 402
COMPACT
Cordless-Drill driver, ABS + ASS System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 490
Cordless-Impact
wrenches
Cordless-Drill driver, ABS/ASS + ABH System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 491
Cordless-Impact wren- COMPACT
ches, Cordless hammer
drill
Drill driver ABH 18 COMPACT System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 403
Drill driver ABS 18 BASIC System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 408
Drill driver ABS 18 COMPACT System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 882 800
Drill driver ABS 18 POWER/ System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 404
COMBI
Drill driver ASS 18-1/2 inch System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 406
COMPACT
Drill driver ATS 18 AUTOMATIC System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 409
Drill driver, Angle grinder ABS + AWS 18 System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 494
COMPACT
Hammer drill ABH COMPACT + ASA System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 493
COMPACT
Impact wrenches ASS 18-1/4 inch System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 415
COMPACT
Sabre saw AFS 18 COMPACT System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 412
Cordless-Drill driver - System case 4.4.2 335 mm 231 mm 5801 442 101
Sabre saw ABS 18 POWER/ System case 4.4.2 335 mm 231 mm 5801 442 109
COMBI
Art. no.
0955 702 446
Art. no.
5701 421 000
HAND TOOLS 2
Extractor 220
Marking tools and labels 221
Twist extractors 224
Building site tools and machinery 226
Bits and accessories 234
Bodywork tools 267
Shovels, Rakes, Mattocks 286
Riveting technology 288
Striking tools 294
Screwdriver range 311
Wrenches 351
Hand tool assortments 372
Chipping tools 423
Clamping tools 434
Socket wrench 442
Cutting tools 495
Application tools 524
Pliers, pincers and tweezers 534
Brooms, brushes and handles 584
Special tools for cars 588
Inspection tools f. cars/comm. vehicles 608
Stripping tools 610
2 • The clutch alignment tool is assembled to form a single unit with the plate and pres-
sure plate, then the assembly is reassembled on the flywheel
• The alignment is thus done directly between the plate and the pressure plate with
the advantage of having a single part when reassembling
• Supplied with two expanding cones in a plastic box
Art. no.
0714 521
Art. no.
0714 521 05
MASONS‘ PENCIL
With pointed flat lead
• Length: 240 mm
• Width: 12 mm
• Height: 7.5 mm
Art. no.
0714 647 130
MASONS‘ PENCIL
Extremely sturdy design
• Thick wooden sleeve
• Wide flat graphite lead
• Oval
• Untipped
• Length: 300 mm
• Width: 13 mm
• Height: 8.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 64 013
CARPENTER‘S PENCIL
With flat lead
2 • Polished
• Oval, pre-sharpened
• Length: 240 mm
• Width: 12 mm
• Height: 8 mm
Art. no.
0715 64 01
Art. no.
0715 64 012
CHALK HOLDER
Suitable for oil and tyre chalk
Art. no.
0984 400 6
Art. no.
0967 911 402
SCRIBER
Carbide-tipped scriber with retaining clip
• In plastic bag 2
• Length: 150 mm
Art. no.
0714 70 09
SCRIBER
Knurled steel handle with screw in straight and bent steel nails
• Length: 235 mm
Art. no.
0714 70 10
MARKER TEMPLATE
Hardened, stainless
Advantages over conventional marker templates:
• Hardened stainless steel, plain polished
• Accurate scale etched
• Increments every 5 mm from 5 to 100 mm
• Material thickness 1.3 mm
• Hardened to 48 HRC
• Does not buckle
• Edges substantially more durable
Art. no.
0715 64 402
Art. no.
0690 14
Art. no.
0965 13 800
Art. no.
0965 13 900
Art. no.
0714 63 850
Art. no.
0714 613 95
Art. no.
0714 610 130
Art. no.
0714 610 155
Art. no.
0714 610 185
Art. no.
0695 942 006
Art. no.
0695 942 004
Art. no.
0695 942 005
MOP WRINGER
For tile-washing bucket system
Slotted washing roller
• For extra-thorough cleaning of sponge
• Hollow spaces for improved drainage
• Material: PS - Polystyrene
Art. no.
0695 942 009
Art. no.
0713 70 220
Art. no.
0713 70 240
POWDERED CHALK
Fine calcium carbonate powder for general work indoors and out-
doors
2
• Good adhesion properties, resistant to rain and wind
• In transparent, resealable plastic bottle
Art. no.
0713 72 400
BIT ASSORTMENT
47-piece set with the most common 10 mm bits for the automotive and
cargo sectors.
2
Application examples: TX insert and triple square profile for cylinder
head screws on Fiat, VW and Japanese engines.
Includes 2 adapters in metal case with foam insert with clamping
effect.
Contents: 47 pcs.
• 8 TX bits with hole, 10 mm, length 30 mm
TX 20, 25, 27, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
• 8 TX bits, 10 mm, length 75 mm
TX 20, 25, 27, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
• 5 hexagon socket Bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
Sizes 5, 6, 7, 8, 10
• 5 triple square bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
XZN M 5, 6, 8, 10, 12
• 4 triple square bits, 10 mm, length 75 mm
XZN M 6, 8, 10, 12
• 9 TX insert bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
RI 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14
• 4 TX insert bits, 10 mm, length 75 mm
RI 5, 6, 8, 10
• 2 PH bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
PH 2, 3
• 1 adapter for 1/2“ ratchet
• 1 adapter for 3/8“ ratchet
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 47 PCS
Art. no.
0965 12 470
Art. no.
0965 12 300
Art. no.
0614 211
Art. no.
0614 250 500
BIT ASSORTMENT
59-piece set with the latest 1/4 inch standard bits in short and long
versions, adapter and socket wrench bits
2
Contents:
36 short bits, 15 long bits, 2 magnetic bit holders, 1 adapter, 5 socket wrench bits.
Colour coding system
Easy to remove and clear storage of bits
In practical metal box with foam insert. Profile type imprinted.
Includes magnetic socket wrench bits
The latest sizes for machine processing in separate plastic holder with belt clip.
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 225 mm
• Width: 126 mm
• Height: 41 mm
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 59 PCS
Art. no.
0614 251 59
BIT ASSORTMENT
10 pieces, 1/4 inch bits with practical belt clip
For hard-to-reach areas
70 mm long bits
Fast and simple removal
Practical belt clip
Easy selection of the appropriate bit
Colour-coded system
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 10 PCS
Art. no.
0614 250 020
Art. no.
5964 061 401
Art. no.
0614 20
Art. no.
0614 251 044
Art. no.
0614 251 091
BIT BOX
33 pieces. Extensive bit assortment in impact-resistant plastic box with
removable belt clip
2
Mobility and interchangeable bit strips
The individual bit strips can be taken to the application location or the boxes can be
configured individually
Secure clamping and easy removal
Movable bit strips
Easy identification of the desired bit size
Colour coding system printed on the bits
Mounting clip can be removed as required
Practical belt clip
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 108 mm
• Width: 76 mm
• Height: 42 mm
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 33 PCS
Art. no.
0614 400 301
Art. no.
0614 400 302
Art. no.
0614 251 500
Art. no.
0614 000 001
BIT ASSORTMENT
105 pieces. Extensive 1/4 inch bit assortment with the most common
standard and safety bits in short and long versions
The vast majority of the bits are for safety screws. Used wherever
unauthorised release must be prevented
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 105 PCS
Art. no.
0614 250 300
0614 251 300
Art. no.
0614 400 303
Art. no.
0614 176 702
Art. no.
0614 176 755
Art. no.
0614 176 711
Art. no.
0614 176 701
Art. no.
0614 176 760
Art. no.
0614 176 688
Art. no.
0614 176 636
1/4 INCH QUICK CHANGE CHUCK AND MAGNETIC BIT HOLDER SLIM
Slim quick change chuck with bit locking function and guide sleeve
Quick-change chuck
• Bit lock prevents unintentional removal of the bit from the bit holder
• To change the bits, simply pull on the aluminum ring
Permanent magnet
The magnet ensures tight attachment of the screw on the bit, thus guaranteeing a simp-
le screw application
Very slim design (max diameter: 10.7mm)
Suitable for loosening difficult to access screws
Guide sleeve for comfortable handling
Sleeve does not rotate with the bit.
For bits with external hexagon drive according to DIN 3126
• Drive: E 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Hexagon
• Tip size: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Tip type: Hexagon socket inch
• Sleeve diameter: 10.7 mm
• Blade length: 26 mm
• Length: 66 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 634
Art. no.
0614 176 621
AW® BIT
E 6.3 (1/4“)
Benefits of AW drive:
• Improved force transfer
• Longer service life
• Optimum centring
• Bits have largest possible contact surface in the screw drive
Ejection forces:
Ejection forces virtually zero. Even force distribution prevents damage to the surfa-
ce-protection coating and therefore ensures better resistance to corrosion.
• Drive: E 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
AW® BIT
C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
Benefits of AW tip: 2
• Better power transmission
• Longer service life
• Optimum centring
• Largest possible contact surface of bit in screw drive
Ejection forces:
Ejection forces (come-out) virtually zero. Even force distribution prevents damage to
the surface-protection coating and therefore ensures better resistance to corrosion.
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Length: 25 mm
2 With POWERDRIV
• Force is distributed across the curved surfaces on each side of the hexagon
• This reduces the load on screw and bit
Without POWERDRIV
• Force is exerted only at individual points
• The result: high point load on screw and bit
• Tip type: For hexagon socket
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Length: 25 mm
PHILLIPS BIT
PH C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Length: 25 mm
PHILLIPS BIT
PH C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 2
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
PHILLIPS BIT
PH E 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive: E 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
PHILLIPS BIT
PH M5 mm thread
• Tip size: PH2
• Drive: M5
• Drive type: Metric thread
• Length: 45 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 679
POZIDRIV BIT
PZ/Pozidriv C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Length: 25 mm
POZIDRIV BIT
PZ C 6.3 (1/4“)
POZIDRIV BIT
PZ/Pozidriv E 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive: E 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
SLOTTED BIT
C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Tip type: Slot
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Length: 25 mm
SLOTTED BIT
E 6.3 (1/4“)
• Tip type: Slot 2
• Thickness of cutting edge x width of cutting edge: 0.6 x 3.5 mm
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Length: 50 mm
Art. no.
0614 177 968
TX BIT
TX E 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Material: Steel
TX BIT
TX C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Length: 25 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0614 176 705
Art. no.
0614 176 680
RW® BIT
The perfect bit for the new generation of ASSY screws
• More power due to larger contact area at the bit 2
• More stability and precise positioning due to perfect fit of the bit in the drive
• One-handed work and excellent support when positioning due to plug-in effect
• Double printed bit for easy identification of the desired bit size
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Drive type: Hexagon socket
• Tip type: RW
• Length: 25 mm
RW® BIT
The perfect bit for the new generation of ASSY screws
• More power due to larger contact area at the bit
• More stability and precise positioning due to perfect fit of the bit in the drive
• One-handed work and excellent support when positioning due to plug-in effect
• Double printed bit for easy identification of the desired bit size
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Drive type: Hexagon socket
• Tip type: RW
Width across flats Socket wrench depth to magnet Socket wrench external diameter Art. no.
1/4 inch 2.8 mm 11 mm 0614 176 713
3/8 inch 4.2 mm 14.6 mm 0614 176 716
5.5 mm 2.1 mm 11 mm 0614 176 712
7 mm 2.8 mm 11.8 mm 0614 176 714
8 mm 3.5 mm 12.7 mm 0614 176 715
10 mm 4.2 mm 14.6 mm 0614 176 717
13 mm 6 mm 19.5 mm 0614 176 718
Art. no.
0614 176
Art. no.
0691 500 109
ROUND/RIGID ADAPTER
For dent lifter and PinPuller
Suitable for round and large-area deformities
The adapter material can withstand high tensile forces and stresses.
• Diameter: 40 mm
• Form: Round
• Design: Rigid
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0691 500 115
Art. no.
0691 500 116
OVAL/RIGID ADAPTER
For dent lifter and PinPuller
Art. no.
0691 500 117
Art. no.
0691 500 118
ROUND/SMALL ADAPTER
For dent lifter and PinPuller
Suitable for round and small deformations
The tab material can be adapted to the dent contour by heating.
• Diameter: 35 mm
• Form: Round
• Design: Small
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0691 500 121
BARREL-SHAPED ADAPTER
For dent lifter and PinPuller
Suitable for removing scuff damage 2
The adapters are placed side by side and pulled alternately.
• Form: Barrel shape
• Colour: Violet
• Length: 37 mm
• Width: 33 mm
Art. no.
0691 500 122
Art. no.
0691 500 095
Art. no.
0691 500 001
MAXILIFTER LEVER
Pulling lever for sensitive, precision levelling of deformations. An
ideal addition to the Dent Lifter, PinPuller, Triple Claw, and Dent Killer
Very economical
The Maxilifter lever has a wide variety of applications thanks to exclusive accessory
products
The Maxilifter lever works like a third hand
Your free hand can actively support the straightening process
One-hand Maxilifter operation leaves the other hand free for ham-
mering the edges of the dent
The straightened dents have greater stability and less tension than those only repaired
using a slide hammer
Improved access even under the lever
Large size for optimum work with panel beating hammer. Total length 700 mm, clear
height 115 mm
Rubber pad for gentle support
Prevents accidental damage to paintwork
• Product weight (per item): 1601 g
Art. no.
0691 500 140
Art. no.
0691 500 142
Art. no.
0691 500 143
Art. no.
0691 500 144
WIGGLE WIRE
For welding onto steel bodywork for 3x claws and Bi-Puller
Art. no.
0691 500 147
PIN ELECTRODE
WELDED STUDS
• Length: 50 mm
Art. no.
0714 61 73
Art. no.
0965 744 17
FIXING CLAMP
For rapid and simple securing of sheet metal and welded and bonded
connections
Art. no.
0713 744 025
0713 744 050
SUCTION LIFTER
Vacuum indicator and two rigid heads
Art. no.
0714 58 047
VACUUM LIFTER
With vacuum pump and vacuum indicator in practical storage case
High load capacity and safety reserves
Integrated vacuum pump and large suction disc diameter
Safe working
Vacuum control by means of marking ring
Extremely easy to carry
Padded, non-slip handle
Ergonomic holding area
Large reach-through height
• Diameter: 210 mm
• Load capacity: 120 kg
Art. no.
0714 58 045
SUCTION LIFTER
With three mobile heads
High load-bearing capacity and flexibility
Three mobile suction heads
Suitable for transporting curved panels
E.g. truck and bus panels
Ergonomic holding area
Large reach-through height
• Diameter: 120 mm
• Load capacity: 70 kg
Art. no.
0715 58 02
VACUUM LIFTER
Two mobile heads
Also for transporting curved windscreens 2
such as e.g. vehicle windscreens
Windscreens can be secured using belts
thanks to slots in handles
• Diameter: 120 mm
• Elongated hole length: 30 mm
• Load capacity: 45 kg
Art. no.
0714 58 20
SUCTION LIFTER
With two rigid heads
Stable and robust construction
High-quality materials
For use on flat surfaces
For materials with smooth and gas-tight surfaces such as glass, plastic sheeting, sheet
metal, marble, tiles etc.
• Diameter: 120 mm
• Load capacity: 60 kg
Art. no.
0714 58 043
Art. no.
0715 58 01
Art. no.
0714 58 230
Art. no.
0714 58 229
WIRE FEEDER
For easy insertion of cutting wire for flat front windscreens
• Length: 155 mm 2
Art. no.
0714 58 27
PULLING HANDLE
For cutting wire
Art. no.
0714 58 23
WIRE ANCHOR
Long version
Wire anchor with knurled screw
Art. no.
0714 58 24
Art. no.
0891 656
2 On conventional spool
• Width: 0.6 mm
• Height: 0.6 mm
• Form: Square-cut
• Length: 50 m
• Material: Steel
• Edge radius: 0.08 mm
Art. no.
0714 58 281
Art. no.
0714 58 282
Art. no.
0714 58 28
WIRE FEEDER
For piercing adhesive bead and inserting cutting wire
Universal application 2
Particularly long and slender shape for flat and inclined panes
Comfortable and quick handling
The wire is threaded through the pointed eyelet, then simply pulled through the adhe-
sive bead
Form Min. tensile force Length Wire diameter Colour Art. no.
Roll 1800 N 25 m - Red 0714 58 283
Roll 1600 N 65 m - Orange 0714 58 284
Roll 1850 N 65 m - Red 0714 58 240
Round 2850 N 65 m 1.1 mm Yellow 0714 58 300
COMBINATION WORKBENCH
For passenger vehicle and commercial vehicle windscreens and
assembly parts
2
• Cross tubing covered in soft, hard-wearing padding.
• Collapsible and height-adjustable from 0.8 to 1 m
• Robust tubular steel frame, powder coated
• Length: 1050 mm
• Width: 1100 mm
• Min./max. height: 850-1000 mm
• Max. load capacity: 225 kg
• Material: Steel / rubber
Art. no.
0714 58 263
Art. no.
0696 573
Art. no.
0696 581
Art. no.
0696 597
Art. no.
0696 572
CUTTING KNIFE
For removing adhesive beads
Cutting edge length Cutting edge length 2 Number of pieces in assortment/ Art. no.
set
12 mm 25 mm 2 PCS 0696 512 9
18 mm - - 0696 514 6
Art. no.
0696 514 3
RATCHET UNIT
Spare part for windscreen removal tool
Art. no.
0714 58 234
Art. no.
0714 58 295
Art. no.
0714 58 239
Art. no.
0714 58 287
SUCTION CUP AND PUMP SET FOR MINI WINDSCREEN REMOVAL SET
Spare part for mini windscreen removal set
• Product weight (per item): 295 g 2
Art. no.
0714 58 288
Art. no.
0714 58 289
Art. no.
0714 58 245
PICKAXE
• Without handle
Art. no.
0715 999 021
PICKAXE
With shaft
Pick and axe with a tip and a cross-shafted, flattened axe blade
• Length: 900 mm
Art. no.
0715 999 300
PICKAXE
Pickaxe with 2-component fibre glass handle
Pickaxe:
• Pick and axe with a tip and a cross-shafted, flattened axe blade
Shaft:
• Long-lasting fibre glass shaft
• Elastomer insert with non-slip and anti-vibration properties
• Length: 900 mm
• Material of the handle: Fibreglass
ASPHALT RAMMER
Rammer with rubber shock absorbers.
• Ideal for solidification work on smaller surfaces (asphalt repair work) 2
• Especially durable design, high wear resistance
• Integrated rubber elements absorb shock, permitting high compaction forces and
low impact stress for the operator
• Material: Steel Powder-coated
• Height 115 cm, handle tube 10 cm
• Rammer plate 20 x 20 cm
• Weight: 9 kg
• Also suitable for applying tennis court lines
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Powder-coated
• Product weight (per item): 10690 g
• Length: 115 cm
Art. no.
0695 559 416
Art. no.
0915 12
Art. no.
0915 11
Art. no.
0949 15
Art. no.
0946 01
Art. no.
0949 610
Art. no.
0949 810
Art. no.
0917 101
Art. no.
0948 820
Art. no.
0948 880
Art. no.
0964 948 905
Art. no.
5964 094 803
THREAD MANDREL
With nozzle, for all rivet nuts with round pan and countersunk heads
of articles with prefix number 0948
2
• Material: Steel
Thread type x nominal diameter Nominal diameter Suitable for thread Art. no.
M3 3 mm M3 0917 948 30
M4 4 mm M4 0917 948 40
M5 5 mm M5 0917 948 50
M6 6 mm M6 0917 948 60
M8 8 mm M8 0917 948 80
THREAD MANDREL
With nozzle for rivet nuts with small countersunk heads
BEVELLED-EDGE CHISEL
2-component handle for maximum resistance in line with DIN 5139
2 2-component handle
Slip-proof, fatigue-free working
Metal impact cap
Optimal impact force transfer, long service life
Polished chrome vanadium blade
Clean cut, long service life
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 6 PCS
Art. no.
0715 653 400
Art. no.
0715 651 001
Art. no.
0715 653 100
CLUB HAMMER
Robust 3-component handle for use in the toughest conditions
• Sturdy and easy to handle under high-stress conditions
• German type in line with DIN 6475
CLUB HAMMER
• In special steel
MALLET, 3C HANDLE
• 3-component handle guarantees working safety and prevents accidents
ROOFER‘S HAMMER
With magnetic nail holder
• Black powder-coated hammer head
• Die-forged and hardened hammer head
• The crosswise ribbed striking surface prevents slipping when hammering.
• Non-slip plastic handle for high operating safety.
• Firmly pressed-in, hardened steel tube handle for the highest loads
• Hammer weight: 600 g
Art. no.
0714 733 02
Art. no.
0715 999 07
MACHINISTS‘ HAMMER
German type in line with DIN 1041, double-curved ash handle
Optimum impact hardness and no splintering 2
Electro-inductively hardened
Good handling and long service life
Double-curved, varnished ash handle
Handle secured by ring wedge sealed with synthetic resin
Art. no.
0715 73 50
Art. no.
0714 731 903
RECOIL-FREE HAMMER
Housing filled with steel shot
• Nylon striking inserts
• On striking, the steel shot delivers additional impact
• No force lost to recoil
Art. no.
0715 72 35
Art. no.
0715 437 23
BODYWORK CHISEL
Flat chisel with flat/oval handle
Design
• Extra thin
• Material: Steel, specially hardened
• Length: 240 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 051
2 • Length: 200 mm
• Cutting edge width: 22 mm
• Striking-surface diameter: 14 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 109
MANUAL STAPLER HT 34
High-performance manual stapler for staples up to 14 mm long
• Adjustable impact force (max. and min.)
• Recoil-free
• Large magazine for 84 staples
• Rapid loading
• High operational safety
• Staple length: 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 14 mm
• Suitable for min./max. staple length: 6-14 mm
• Magazine capacity: 84 PCS
Art. no.
0714 834
MANUAL STAPLER HT 53
High impact strength for thinner materials
• Convenient handling
• Recoil-free
• Large magazine for approx. 156 staples
• Simple loading
• High operational safety
• Staple length: 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm
• Suitable for min./max. staple length: 4-10 mm
• Magazine capacity: 156 PCS
Art. no.
0714 853
HAMMER TACKER ST 54
Robust professional tacker with ergonomic handle for staples up to
14 mm long
2
• Balanced weight distribution
• Rebounding head
• Slip-proof, ergonomic handle
• Large magazine for 168 staples (2 full sticks)
• Wide impact face protects the material being stapled
• Magazine capacity: 168 PCS
• Suitable for min./max. staple length: 10-14 mm
Art. no.
0714 854
Art. no.
0714 811
Art. no.
0714 811 000
Length Shaft diameter Min. adjustable striking Max. adjustable striking Art. no.
force force
95 mm 11 mm 2 kg 5 kg 0714 63 410
125 mm 14 mm 6 kg 13 kg 0714 63 450
130 mm 17 mm 18 kg 25 kg 0714 63 455
CENTRE PUNCH
Two-component plastic handle
• Hardness at work end 54 – 58 HRC
• Hardness at impact head 38 – 46 HRC
• Length: 120 mm
• Striking-surface diameter: 10 mm
• Width of tip: 2 mm
• Impact protection length: 30 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 150
CENTRE PUNCH
Acc. to DIN 7250 with tempered hammer head
• Length: 120 mm
• Striking-surface diameter: 10 mm
• Width of tip: 4 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 15
Art. no.
0714 63 46
PIN PUNCH
In accordance with DIN 6450, shape C with hardened impact head
IMPACT TOOL PIN PUNCHES WITH PILOTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIN 6450
For locking pins
Chromium-vanadium air hardening steel
Tempered safety hammer heads
Prevents hammer head from developing bulges or splintering
Fully hardened shaft
Particularly tough and wear-resistant as a result
Pilots on shaft of pin punch
Used to perfectly centre tool on clamping sleeves.
• Length: 180 mm
• Blade length: 95 mm
• Width of tip: 6 mm
• Striking-surface diameter: 10 mm
• Length of tenon: 5 mm
• Tenon diameter: 3 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 45
Art. no.
0714 63 259
Art. no.
0714 63 41
Art. no.
0714 63 320
Art. no.
0613 430 311
Art. no.
0613 430 310
Art. no.
0613 210 21
Width across flats Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
6 mm 150 mm 96/31 mm 0613 286 06
7 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 286 07
8 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 286 08
10 mm 175 mm 106/35 mm 0613 286 10
Art. no.
0613 610 0
Art. no.
0613 610 3
Art. no.
0613 610 8
Art. no.
0613 640 1
Art. no.
0613 610 1
PH SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 5260-PH, ISO 8764-PH, Black Point
• Standard: DIN 5262, SMS SS 2831
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic multi components
PH SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
PH SCREWDRIVER
Short model with round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 5260-PH, ISO 8764-PH, Black Point
• Standard: DIN 5262, SMS SS 2831
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic multi components
• Handle length: 62 mm
• Blade length: 25 mm
• Length: 87 mm
PH SCREWDRIVER
Screwdriver with one-piece hexagon blade/hex bolster made from
tempered, impact-resistant material
• Large impact cap
• Tip: DIN 5260-PH, ISO 8764-PH, Black Point
• Material of the grip handle: 2-component plastic
PH SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade, wrench adapter
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated 2
• Tip: DIN 5260-PH, ISO 8764-PH, Black Point
• Material of the grip handle: 2-component plastic
Art. no.
0613 253 2
PZ SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade, wrench adapter
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: ISO 8764-PZ, Black Point
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
• Standard: DIN 5265
Thickness of cutting edge x width Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
of cutting edge
0.5 x 3 mm 80 mm 73/20 mm 0613 231 03
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 84/27 mm 0613 231 04
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 96/31 mm 0613 231 055
1.2 x 6.5 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 231 065
1.2 x 8 mm 175 mm 114/38 mm 0613 231 08
1.6 x 10 mm 200 mm 114/38 mm 0613 231 10
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
• Standard: SMS SS 2830, DIN 5265
Thickness of cutting edge Blade length Handle length/handle Length Art. no.
x width of cutting edge width
0.4 x 2.5 mm 75 mm 73/20 mm - 0613 231 725
0.5 x 3 mm 80 mm 70/20 mm 153 mm 0613 231 730
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm - 0613 231 735
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm - 0613 231 74
1 x 5.5 mm 150 mm 96/31 mm - 0613 231 755
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated, long model 2
• Tip: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
• Standard: DIN 5265
• Tip type: Slot
Thickness of cutting edge x width Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
of cutting edge
0.8 x 4 mm 300 mm 83/27 mm 0613 261 04
1 x 5.5 mm 200 mm 96/31 mm 0613 261 055
1.2 x 8 mm 300 mm 114/38 mm 0613 261 08
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Short model with round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
• Standard: DIN 5265
• Tip type: Slot
• Blade length: 25 mm
• Handle length/handle width: 62 / 31 mm
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
One-piece hexagon blade/wrench adapter made from tempered,
impact-resistant material
2
• Large impact cap
• Tip: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
Thickness of cutting Design Blade length Handle length/ Length Art. no.
edge x width of cut- handle width
ting edge
0.8 x 4.5 mm With impact cap, With 90 mm 96/31 mm 186 mm 0613 321 045
wrench aid
1 x 5.5 mm With wrench aid, With 100 mm 96/31 mm 196 mm 0613 321 055
impact cap
1.2 x 7 mm With impact cap, With 125 mm 106/35 mm 231 mm 0613 321 07
wrench aid
1.6 x 9 mm With impact cap, With 150 mm 114/38 mm 264 mm 0613 321 09
wrench aid
1.6 x 10 mm With impact cap, With 175 mm 114/38 mm 289 mm 0613 321 10
wrench aid
2 x 12 mm With wrench aid, With 200 mm 120/40.5 mm 320 mm 0613 321 12
impact cap
2.5 x 14 mm With wrench aid, With 250 mm 120/40.5 mm 270 mm 0613 321 14
impact cap
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade and wrench adapter
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
• Tip type: Slot
• Design: With wrench aid
Thickness of cutting edge Blade length Handle length/handle Length Art. no.
x width of cutting edge width
1 x 5.5 mm 100 mm 96/31 mm 196 mm 0613 421 055
1.2 x 6.5 mm 125 mm 106/35 mm 231 mm 0613 421 065
1.6 x 8 mm 150 mm 114/38 mm 264 mm 0613 421 08
1.6 x 10 mm 175 mm 114/38 mm 289 mm 0613 421 10
2 x 12 mm 200 mm 120/40.5 mm 320 mm 0613 421 12
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade
• Blade: Brushed chromium-plated 2
• Output: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
• Tip type: Slot
Thickness of cutting edge Blade length Handle length/handle Length Art. no.
x width of cutting edge width
0.6 x 3.5 mm 80 mm 83/27 mm 158 mm 0613 421 035
0.8 x 4 mm 90 mm 96/31 mm 186 mm 0613 421 004
TX SCREWDRIVER
• Blade: Round blade, matt chrome-plated
• Tip: TX socket, Black Point
SCREWDRIVER HANDLE
Mount for 6 mm blade
2 Hexagon insert
Wrench adapter, matt chrome-plated
Tip: Mount for 6 mm blade
• Tip size: 6 mm
• Handle length/handle width: 120 / 40 mm
• Wrench aid: 10 mm
Art. no.
0613 473 1
Art. no.
0613 480 1
Tip size Blade length Handle width x length x length of Art. no.
side tip
5 mm 150 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 130 05
5 mm 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 131 05
6 mm 150 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 130 06
6 mm 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 131 06
8 mm 150 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 130 08
8 mm 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 131 08
10 mm 200 mm 39 x 117 x 22 mm 0613 131 10
Tip size Blade length Handle width x length x length of Art. no.
side tip
TX10 100 mm 27 x 82 x 13 mm 0613 140 10
TX15 100 mm 27 x 82 x 13 mm 0613 140 15
TX20 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 20
TX25 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 25
TX27 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 27
TX30 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 30
TX40 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 40
Art. no.
0613 489 5
Art. no.
0613 914 06
Art. no.
0613 913 6
Art. no.
0613 913 06
Art. no.
0613 923 26
Art. no.
0613 923 35
Art. no.
0613 986 5
SCREWDRIVER SET TX
8 pcs
Scope of delivery:
1 x screwdriver set TX 8 pcs, Art. no. 06139348
Blade: Round blade, brushed chromium-plated, tip: TX socket, Black Point
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 8 PCS
Art. no.
0613 934 8
Art. no.
0613 934 87
Art. no.
0613 940 81
Art. no.
0613 936 6
Art. no.
0613 630 50
SCREWDRIVER SET
Consists of 5 screwdrivers with one-piece hexagon blade/torque
adjustment made from tempered, impact-resistant material and large
striking cap
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 5 PCS
Art. no.
0613 932 25
SCREWDRIVER SET
Hexagon blade and hex bolster for automotive and metalwork tra-
des
2
Blade: Brushed chromium-plated
Contents: 6 pcs.
• 1 screwdriver with hexagon blade 0.6 x 3.5 x 75
• 1 each of slotted screwdriver with hexagon blade and torque adjustment 1.0 x 5.5
x 100; 1.2 x 6.5 x 125; 1.6 x 8.0 x 150
• 1 each of PH screwdriver with hexagon blade and torque adjustment PH 1; PH 2
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 6 PCS
Art. no.
0613 942 26
SCREWDRIVER SET
Hexagon blade and torque adjustment for woodwork
Blade: Brushed chromium-plated
Contents: 5 pcs
• 1 each of slotted screwdriver with hexagon blade and hex bolster 0.6 x 3.5 x 80*;
1.0 x 5.5 x 100; 1.2 x 6.5 x 125
• 1 each of PZ screwdriver with hexagon blade and torque adjustment PZ 1; PZ 2
*Without hex bolster
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 5 PCS
Art. no.
0613 942 35
Art. no.
0613 942 44
Art. no.
0695 104 651
Art. no.
0613 963 25
Art. no.
0613 963 250
Art. no.
0613 962 35
Art. no.
0613 963 35
Art. no.
0613 615 005
Art. no.
0715 31 55
Art. no.
0715 31 120
2 • Bright nickel-plated
• Chamfered front edges
• Contents: Size 1.5; 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6; 8; 10;
• Tip type: Hexagon socket
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 9 PCS
Art. no.
0715 31 100
Art. no.
0715 31 110
Art. no.
0715 31 54
2 • Bright nickel-plated
• Chamfered front edges
• Contents: 1/16, 5/64, 3/32, 1/8, 5/32, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2 inch
• Tip type: Hexagon socket inch
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 10 PCS
Art. no.
0715 311 110
Art. no.
0715 36 70
Art. no.
0715 36 100
Art. no.
0715 37 100
Art. no.
0715 40 100
Art. no.
0714 311 199
0715 311 57
Art. no.
0715 31 72
Art. no.
0715 50 100
REVERSIBLE BLADE
For screwdrivers
• Length: 175 mm
Standard: EN 60900:2012
Standard: EN 60900:2012
Thickness of cutting edge x width Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
of cutting edge
0.4 x 2.5 mm 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 025
0.5 x 3 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 03
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 035
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 04
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 96/31 mm 0613 631 055
1.2 x 6.5 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 631 065
1.2 x 8 mm 175 mm 114/38 mm 0613 631 08
Thickness of cutting edge x width Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
of cutting edge
0.4 x 2.5 mm 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 25
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 35
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 40
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 96/31 mm 0613 631 55
Thickness of cutting edge x width Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
of cutting edge
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 105/25 mm 0613 615 035
1 x 4.5 mm 125 mm 115/27 mm 0613 615 045
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 115/27 mm 0613 615 055
2 • Bright nickel-plated
• Chamfered front edges
ALLEN KEY
TX, short version
2 • TX socket
• Round blade
• Bright nickel-plated
Width across flats Length External dimension of External dimension of Art. no.
wrench head wrench head 2
6 x 7 mm 125 mm 14 mm 16 mm 0713 304 067
8 x 9 mm 138 mm 18 mm 20 mm 0713 304 089
8 x 10 mm 146 mm 18 mm 22.5 mm 0713 304 080
10 x 11 mm 158 mm 22.5 mm 25 mm 0713 304 101
10 x 13 mm 168 mm 22.5 mm 29 mm 0713 304 103
12 x 13 mm 175 mm 27 mm 29 mm 0713 304 123
13 x 17 mm 200 mm 29 mm 38 mm 0713 304 137
14 x 15 mm 185 mm 31 mm 33.5 mm 0713 304 145
16 x 17 mm 205 mm 36 mm 38 mm 0713 304 167
17 x 19 mm 220 mm 38 mm 42 mm 0713 304 179
18 x 19 mm 225 mm 40 mm 42 mm 0713 304 189
20 x 22 mm 238 mm 45 mm 49 mm 0713 304 202
22 x 24 mm 256 mm 49 mm 53 mm 0713 304 224
24 x 26 mm 268 mm 53 mm 57 mm 0713 304 246
24 x 27 mm 275 mm 53 mm 59 mm 0713 304 247
30 x 32 mm 310 mm 65 mm 69 mm 0713 304 302
Width across flats External diameter External diameter Ring thickness Ring thickness 2 Art. no.
of ring of ring 2
10 x 11 mm 16.3 mm 17.4 mm 7.4 mm 7.9 mm 0713 305 101
12 x 13 mm 19 mm 20.7 mm 8.4 mm 9.5 mm 0713 305 123
14 x 15 mm 22.1 mm 23.4 mm 9.9 mm 10.3 mm 0713 305 145
16 x 17 mm 25.4 mm 26.2 mm 10.8 mm 11.3 mm 0713 305 167
17 x 19 mm 28 mm 29.4 mm 11.3 mm 11.8 mm 0713 305 179
18 x 19 mm 28 mm 29.4 mm 11.3 mm 11.8 mm 0713 305 189
22 x 24 mm 33 mm 37 mm 12.8 mm 14.3 mm 0713 305 224
24 x 27 mm 37 mm 41 mm 12.8 mm 14.3 mm 0713 305 247
30 x 32 mm 45 mm 48.2 mm 14.8 mm 15.8 mm 0713 305 302
Art. no.
0714 240 101
Width across flats External diameter of ring External diameter of Length Art. no.
ring 2
17 x 19 mm 31.2 mm 33.3 mm 212 mm 0714 240 179
22 x 24 mm 38.5 mm 42 mm 242 mm 0714 240 224
24 x 27 mm 42.6 mm 46.6 mm 259 mm 0714 240 247
Width across flats Length Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
10 x 11 mm 197 mm 14.5 mm 16 mm 0714 244 101
12 x 13 mm 213 mm 17.5 mm 19 mm 0714 244 123
14 x 15 mm 232 mm 20 mm 21.5 mm 0714 244 145
17 x 19 mm 274 mm 24 mm 26.5 mm 0714 244 179
Max. width across Length in inches Length Jaws thickness Thickness Art. no.
flats
13 mm 4 in 114 mm 4.5 mm 9.5 mm 0715 221 04
19.2 mm 6 in 159 mm 5.8 mm 10.8 mm 0715 221 06
24 mm 8 in 206 mm 7 mm 13.5 mm 0715 221 08
29 mm 10 in 257 mm 8 mm 16 mm 0715 221 10
34 mm 12 in 320 mm 10 mm 19 mm 0715 221 12
43 mm 15 in 386 mm 13 mm 24 mm 0715 221 15
53 mm 18 in 462 mm 16 mm 29 mm 0715 221 18
53 mm - 462 mm 30 mm 30 mm 0715 222 18
43 mm - 386 mm 25 mm 25 mm 0715 222 15
39 mm - 311 mm 19 mm 19 mm 0715 222 12
34 mm - 259 mm 16 mm 16 mm 0715 222 10
30 mm - 207 mm 14 mm 14 mm 0715 222 08
24 mm - 161 mm 10.8 mm 10.8 mm 0715 222 06
13 mm - 115 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 0715 222 04
Max. width across Length in inches Length Jaws thickness Thickness Art. no.
flats
34 mm 6 in 174 mm 13.4 mm 13.4 mm 0715 223 06
39 mm 8 in 217 mm 13.6 mm 13.6 mm 0715 223 08
SCAFFOLDING RATCHET
Reversible, with two different jaw sizes, chromium-vanadium steel
Two tools in one
Toggle switches between clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
Easy and very comfortable to work with.
Includes a pointed tapered pin on the ratchet tip
For aligning scaffolding holes.
• Width across flats: 19 x 22 mm
• Length: 320 mm
• External diameter of ring: 42 mm
• Tapered-bolt length: 100 mm
• Tapered bolt diameter: 16 mm
Art. no.
0713 851 192
Width across flats Length Ratchet head height External diameter External diameter Art. no.
2 of ring of ring 2
8 x 10 mm, 12 x 13 mm 150 mm 16.8 mm 20.2 mm 24.8 mm 0714 257 013
10 x 19 mm, 13 x 17 mm 200 mm 21.9 mm 31.5 mm 33.5 mm 0714 257 017
16 x 17 mm, 18 x 19 mm 230 mm 20 mm 33 mm 35 mm 0714 257 019
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
8 mm 6.6 mm 16.7 mm 4.4 mm 16 mm 0714 251 08
10 mm 7.3 mm 20.9 mm 5.3 mm 19 mm 0714 251 10
13 mm 8.6 mm 27.2 mm 6.6 mm 23.6 mm 0714 251 13
17 mm 10.3 mm 35.6 mm 8.1 mm 30.5 mm 0714 251 17
18 mm 10.7 mm 37.6 mm 8.4 mm 31.5 mm 0714 251 18
19 mm 11.2 mm 39.7 mm 8.7 mm 32.5 mm 0714 251 19
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
10 mm 7.3 mm 20.8 mm 4.8 mm 20.8 mm 0714 259 10
13 mm 8.6 mm 26.8 mm 5.9 mm 24.8 mm 0714 259 13
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
8 mm 4 mm 17.7 mm 6.55 mm 17.8 mm 0714 256 08
10 mm 5 mm 21.9 mm 8.05 mm 21.5 mm 0714 256 10
13 mm 6.3 mm 25.9 mm 10.05 mm 25 mm 0714 256 13
17 mm 7 mm 36.5 mm 12.05 mm 32 mm 0714 256 17
19 mm 8.7 mm 38.7 mm 12.95 mm 36.5 mm 0714 256 19
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
8 mm 4.3 mm 16.7 mm 6.5 mm 16.1 mm 0714 263 08
10 mm 5 mm 20.9 mm 7.3 mm 19.6 mm 0714 263 10
13 mm 6.1 mm 27.2 mm 8.6 mm 24.7 mm 0714 263 13
17 mm 7.6 mm 35.5 mm 10.3 mm 31.2 mm 0714 263 17
19 mm 8.6 mm 39.7 mm 11.2 mm 33.4 mm 0714 263 19
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
8 mm 4.5 mm 17.8 mm 6.5 mm 17.8 mm 0714 252 08
9 mm 4.5 mm 19.8 mm 7.5 mm 19.5 mm 0714 252 09
10 mm 5.1 mm 21.8 mm 8 mm 21.8 mm 0714 252 10
11 mm 5.6 mm 23.6 mm 8.5 mm 22.7 mm 0714 252 11
12 mm 6.5 mm 25.2 mm 9 mm 23.5 mm 0714 252 12
13 mm 7 mm 26.1 mm 10 mm 25.4 mm 0714 252 13
14 mm 6.4 mm 29.4 mm 10.2 mm 27.3 mm 0714 252 14
15 mm 7 mm 31.9 mm 11 mm 28.5 mm 0714 252 15
16 mm 7 mm 33.3 mm 11 mm 30.7 mm 0714 252 16
17 mm 7 mm 35.6 mm 12.1 mm 31 mm 0714 252 17
18 mm 8 mm 38.5 mm 12 mm 35 mm 0714 252 18
19 mm 9 mm 38.1 mm 12.9 mm 36.8 mm 0714 252 19
22 mm 9.6 mm 46 mm 13 mm 39 mm 0714 252 22
24 mm 52.2 mm 52.2 mm 14.5 mm 45.5 mm 0714 252 24
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
9 mm 5.2 mm 18.8 mm 6.9 mm 17.5 mm 0714 253 09
11 mm 6 mm 23 mm 7.7 mm 20.6 mm 0714 253 11
12 mm 6.1 mm 25.1 mm 8.2 mm 21.7 mm 0714 253 12
14 mm 7.1 mm 29.3 mm 9 mm 25.9 mm 0714 253 14
15 mm 7.4 mm 31.3 mm 9.4 mm 27.2 mm 0714 253 15
16 mm 7.7 mm 33.4 mm 9.9 mm 28.7 mm 0714 253 16
18 mm 8.5 mm 37.6 mm 10.7 mm 31.5 mm 0714 253 18
21 mm 9.3 mm 46.1 mm 13 mm 42.1 mm 0714 253 21
22 mm 9.4 mm 45.5 mm 13.1 mm 42.3 mm 0714 253 22
24 mm 10.1 mm 51.7 mm 14.6 mm 48.9 mm 0714 253 24
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
12 mm 7.4 mm 26.6 mm 8.6 mm 25 mm 0714 261 012
14 mm 8.3 mm 31.2 mm 9.4 mm 28.4 mm 0714 261 014
15 mm 8.3 mm 33.7 mm 9.9 mm 31 mm 0714 261 015
16 mm 8.8 mm 34.5 mm 10.3 mm 32.9 mm 0714 261 016
18 mm 9.4 mm 40.2 mm 11.2 mm 35.8 mm 0714 261 018
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
8 mm 5 mm 19.5 mm 6.9 mm 16.9 mm 0714 258 08
12 mm 7.4 mm 26.6 mm 8.6 mm 23 mm 0714 258 12
17 mm 9.2 mm 37.9 mm 10.7 mm 32.3 mm 0714 258 17
19 mm 9.5 mm 41.3 mm 11.2 mm 34 mm 0714 258 19
Width across flats External diameter Width of jaws Ring thickness Thickness of jaw Art. no.
of ring (outside)
36 mm 53.4 mm 73.6 mm 18.2 mm 13 mm 0713 301 360
38 mm 56.5 mm 76.6 mm 19 mm 14.5 mm 0713 301 380
41 mm 61.5 mm 83.5 mm 20 mm 15.5 mm 0713 301 410
46 mm 66.5 mm 91.5 mm 21 mm 16.2 mm 0713 301 460
50 mm 73.5 mm 101.5 mm 22.6 mm 17.2 mm 0713 301 500
55 mm 86 mm 118 mm 28 mm 21 mm 0713 301 550
60 mm 93.6 mm 126 mm 30 mm 23 mm 0713 301 600
5.5 mm 10.5 mm 14 mm 5.5 mm 3.7 mm 0713 301 055
6 mm 10.5 mm 14 mm 5.5 mm 3.7 mm 0713 301 06
7 mm 11.8 mm 16 mm 6 mm 4 mm 0713 301 07
8 mm 13.2 mm 18 mm 6 mm 4 mm 0713 301 08
9 mm 14.6 mm 20 mm 7 mm 4 mm 0713 301 09
10 mm 16.1 mm 22.5 mm 7.5 mm 4.5 mm 0713 301 10
11 mm 17.4 mm 25 mm 8 mm 5 mm 0713 301 11
Width across flats External diameter Width of jaws Ring thickness Thickness of jaw Art. no.
of ring (outside)
12 mm 18.9 mm 27 mm 8.5 mm 5.5 mm 0713 301 12
13 mm 20.4 mm 29 mm 9 mm 5.5 mm 0713 301 13
14 mm 21.6 mm 31 mm 9.5 mm 6 mm 0713 301 14 2
15 mm 22.9 mm 33.5 mm 10 mm 6 mm 0713 301 15
16 mm 24.6 mm 36 mm 10 mm 6 mm 0713 301 16
17 mm 26.1 mm 38 mm 10.5 mm 6.5 mm 0713 301 17
18 mm 27.7 mm 40 mm 11 mm 7 mm 0713 301 18
19 mm 29.9 mm 42 mm 11.5 mm 7.5 mm 0713 301 19
20 mm 30.7 mm 45 mm 12 mm 8 mm 0713 301 20
21 mm 32.2 mm 47 mm 12.5 mm 8 mm 0713 301 21
22 mm 33.7 mm 49 mm 13.5 mm 8 mm 0713 301 22
23 mm 35.2 mm 51 mm 14 mm 8 mm 0713 301 23
24 mm 36.9 mm 53 mm 14.5 mm 9 mm 0713 301 24
25 mm 38.5 mm 55 mm 15 mm 9 mm 0713 301 25
26 mm 39.8 mm 57 mm 15.5 mm 9 mm 0713 301 26
27 mm 40.8 mm 59 mm 15.5 mm 9 mm 0713 301 27
28 mm 42.8 mm 62 mm 16 mm 9 mm 0713 301 28
29 mm 43.8 mm 63.5 mm 16.5 mm 10 mm 0713 301 29
30 mm 44.8 mm 65 mm 17 mm 10 mm 0713 301 30
32 mm 47.8 mm 69 mm 17.5 mm 11 mm 0713 301 32
34 mm 50.8 mm 73 mm 18 mm 12 mm 0713 301 34
Width across flats External diameter Width of jaws Ring thickness Thickness of jaw Art. no.
of ring (outside)
10 mm 16 mm 23.5 mm 8.5 mm 5 mm 0713 308 10
13 mm 20 mm 29.5 mm 10 mm 6.5 mm 0713 308 13
17 mm 26 mm 37 mm 14 mm 8.5 mm 0713 308 17
19 mm 29 mm 41.5 mm 16 mm 9.5 mm 0713 308 19
22 mm 34 mm 48 mm 18 mm 11 mm 0713 308 22
24 mm 37 mm 51 mm 19 mm 12 mm 0713 308 24
27 mm 41 mm 58 mm 20 mm 13 mm 0713 308 27
30 mm 46 mm 63 mm 21 mm 14 mm 0713 308 30
32 mm 49 mm 66 mm 22 mm 15 mm 0713 308 32
36 mm 57 mm 73 mm 24 mm 16 mm 0713 308 36
41 mm 63 mm 86 mm 26 mm 16 mm 0713 308 41
46 mm 69.5 mm 96 mm 27 mm 17.5 mm 0713 308 46
Art. no.
0714 240 50
Art. no.
0713 305 40
Art. no.
0713 305 42
Art. no.
0713 305 41
Art. no.
0714 257 30
Art. no.
0714 251 100
Art. no.
0714 259 50
Art. no.
0714 256 50
Art. no.
0714 265 50
Art. no.
0714 263 50
Art. no.
0714 263 52
Art. no.
0714 252 50
Art. no.
0713 303 41
Art. no.
0713 308 51
Art. no.
0713 308 50
Art. no.
0713 301 052
Art. no.
0713 301 054
Art. no.
0713 303 40
Art. no.
0715 93 735
Art. no.
0714 036 322
Art. no.
0965 93 151
Art. no.
0965 93 087
Art. no.
0965 93 161
Art. no.
0965 93 107
Art. no.
0965 93 142
Art. no.
0965 93 144
Art. no.
0613 900 19
Art. no.
0714 01 582
Art. no.
0965 000 111
Art. no.
0955 905 950
Art. no.
0955 905 951
Art. no.
0955 141 50
Art. no.
0955 744 170
Art. no.
0965 905 922
Art. no.
0965 905 903
Art. no.
0965 905 201
Art. no.
0965 905 901
5988 905 901
Art. no.
0965 905 204
Art. no.
0965 905 501
0965 905 505
0965 905 503
5988 905 501
Art. no.
0965 905 502
Art. no.
0965 905 600
Art. no.
0965 905 401
5988 905 401
Art. no.
0965 905 701
Art. no.
0965 905 980
Art. no.
0965 905 405
Art. no.
0965 905 602
Art. no.
0965 905 407
Art. no.
0965 905 101
Art. no.
0965 905 205
Art. no.
0965 905 206
Art. no.
0965 905 208
Art. no.
0965 905 212
Art. no.
0965 905 408
Art. no.
0965 905 412
0965 905 420
Art. no.
0965 905 510
Art. no.
0965 905 511
Art. no.
0965 905 702
Art. no.
0965 905 704
Art. no.
0965 905 959
Art. no.
0965 905 402
Art. no.
0965 905 906
Art. no.
0965 905 920
Art. no.
0965 905 917
5988 905 917
Art. no.
0965 905 404
Art. no.
0965 905 918
Art. no.
0965 905 603
Art. no.
0965 905 604
Art. no.
0965 905 001
Art. no.
0965 905 111
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH, HEX SOCKET 1/2 INCH
11 pieces
Compatible with all ORSY system products 2
Uniform grid dimensions
Attractive carbon finish
Insert made from high-quality plastic in attractive carbon finish for improved robust-
ness, stability and easy cleaning
Find the correct tools quickly and easily
Tool sizes are marked on the insert.
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 11 PCS
• Size foam section: 2.4.1
• Width x height x depth: 115 x 38 x 335 mm
• Decor: Carbon appearance
Art. no.
0965 905 215
Art. no.
0965 905 214
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH, HEX, LONG 1/2 INCH
12 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 218
Art. no.
0965 905 217
Art. no.
0965 905 216
Art. no.
0965 905 930
Art. no.
0965 905 936
Art. no.
0965 905 937
Art. no.
0955 905 701
Art. no.
0955 905 212
Art. no.
0955 905 101
Art. no.
0955 905 205
Art. no.
0955 905 408
Art. no.
0955 905 702
Art. no.
0955 905 704
Art. no.
0955 905 959
Art. no.
0955 905 934
Art. no.
0955 905 980
Art. no.
0955 905 952
Art. no.
0955 905 900
Art. no.
0955 905 920
Art. no.
0955 905 918
Art. no.
0955 905 001
Art. no.
0955 905 503
Art. no.
0955 905 505
Art. no.
0955 905 208
Art. no.
0955 905 412
Art. no.
0955 905 206
Art. no.
0955 905 930
Art. no.
0955 905 936
Art. no.
5988 905 111
Art. no.
0879 28 131
Art. no.
0714 61 74
2 Ideal geometry of file cut (ideal cut angle, uniform tooth height and
spacing)
• Ensures a clean workpiece surface and eliminates the need for time-consuming
reworking.
• Facilitates good chip removal and prevents the workpiece from being scratched.
• Boosts cutting performance at reduced power. High-quality steel and thorough har-
dening ensures a long service life.
• Conical tang ensures the file sits securely in the handle.
• File cut: 2
EDGE CUTTER
• Neat and precise cut of melamine edges, laminate, wood, PVC etc.
• We recommend carrying out the end trimming before the edge trimming
• Complete with interchangeable, reversible blades
Art. no.
0714 64 210
Art. no.
0714 64 13
Art. no.
0714 64 131
Art. no.
0714 64 03
Art. no.
0695 935 300
Art. no.
0692 600
Art. no.
0695 935 556
Art. no.
0695 935 302
Art. no.
5760 051 005
Art. no.
0695 552 892
Art. no.
0714 64 02
Art. no.
5760 071 001
Art. no.
0714 64 01
Teeth per unit of length Min./max. teeth per unit Width Thickness Art. no.
of length
24 PCS/Inch - 12.5 mm 0.63 mm 0603 300 13
- 18-32 PCS/Inch 13 mm 0.65 mm 0603 301 13
32 PCS/Inch - 12.5 mm 0.63 mm 0603 300 133
Art. no.
0603 300 25
Art. no.
0603 301 424
SAW BLADE
For folding saw with Japanese toothing
• Thickness: 0.8 mm
Art. no.
0695 932 154
Art. no.
5760 051 002
FOLDING SAW
High-quality folding saw with Japanese toothing
Three-way sharpened and impulse-hardened teeth
Extremely rapid cutting action and long service life
Non-slip, ergonomically designed handle
Excellent handling, comfortable action
Saw blade folds fully into handle
No risk of injuries
Two-way saw blade adjustment
• Length: 500 mm
• Sheet length: 240 mm
• Blade thickness: 0.8 mm
Art. no.
0695 932 149
2 • With hardened tooth tips that also work well in fresh wood
• Robust 2-component handle for comfortable handling
• Safety latch for opened and closed saw
• Length: 230 mm
• Sheet length: 190 mm
Art. no.
0695 935 234
SEAL SCRAPER
Vanadium special steel, chrome-plated
• Scraper width: 25 mm
• Blade length: 150 mm
• Length: 260 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic
• Material: Chrome-vanadium steel
Art. no.
0714 34 51
Art. no.
0715 66 40
BLADE SCRAPER
With ergonomic, slip-free 2-component handle
• Includes 6 doctor blades 2
• Robust stainless steel blade holder
• Removable blade protector
• Length: 180 mm
• Scraper width: 40 mm
• Material of the grip handle: 2-component plastic
• Material: Stainless steel A2 1.4310
• Product weight (per item): 109 g
Art. no.
0714 663 35
SCRAPER BLADE
Art. no.
0714 663 351
MACHINE VICE
For holding round materials
Horizontal and vertical prism
2
• Width of clamping jaw: 100 mm
• Width: 150 mm
• Max. clamping width: 85 mm
• Min./max. length: 275-350 mm
• Height: 65 mm
• Clamping depth: 30 mm
Art. no.
0714 671 05
PARALLEL VICE
Robust vice made from forged steel with adjustable guide rail
Long service life
Induction-hardened jaws and anvil work surface
Width of clamping Max. clamping Clamping depth Length Height Art. no.
jaw width
125 mm 150 mm 80 mm 355 mm 150 mm 0714 671 03
150 mm 200 mm 100 mm 460 mm 180 mm 0714 671 04
PARALLEL VICE
Robust vice made from forged steel
Long service life
Induction-hardened jaws and anvil work surface
Width of clamping Max. clamping Clamping depth Max. pipe diameter Min./max. pipe dia- Art. no.
jaw width meter in inches
120 mm 120 mm 65 mm 46 mm 5/8-1-1/4 in 0714 671 01
140 mm 180 mm 90 mm 100 mm 3/4-4 in 0714 671 02
Art. no.
0714 671 051
GLUING CLAMP
Adjustable gluing clamp for gentle clamping
Movable polyamide clamping arm
• Large clamping range with equal pressure force
• Easily and rapidly adjustable
Structurally optimised E-profile adjustable rails
Corrugated ratchet for reliable pre-setting of clamping arm
Ergonomically shaped two-component handle with soft inserts
Easy, energy-saving application
Pressure plates in soft plastic
Prevents workpiece being scratched
Robust polyamide handle section
Cross-ribbed for maximum stability
ONE-HANDED CLAMP
Clamp, open and spread with just one hand
Clamp workpieces more securely 2
• 150 kg clamping force
• Deep jaws with cross slot
Excellent, comfortable handle design
• Spray-moulded 2-component handle
• No need to reposition your hands, e.g. to open the clamp
• Clamping force is easy to release
Spreading function for increased versatility
Easy conversion with quick, push-button adjustment
Highly robust for a long service life
Fixed and sliding bars made of fibreglass-reinforced plastic
Spacer for increased convenience
Clamp can be used on a table
• Overhang: 100 mm
• Profile thickness: 6 mm
• Tension force: 1500 N
RAFTER CLAMP
Manageable clamping tool
Fixed clamp with tip for driving into rafters
For regulated and secure clamping
Recesses on both sides of fixed bar
For levering out using roofer‘s hammer
Striking surface for driving in the clamp
Movable, cold-extruded pressure plate, galvanised
Optimum adaptation to the material
Spindle with rolled and strain-hardened trapezoidal thread, smooth
running
T-handle for very heavy-duty applications
Profile rail in cold-drawn quality steel, galvanised
Good corrosion resistance and high stability
• Max. clamping width: 600 mm
• Overhang: 120 mm
• Profile width: 27 mm
• Profile thickness: 13 mm
Art. no.
0714 675 960
Max. clamping width Overhang Profile width Profile thickness Art. no.
160 mm 80 mm 16 mm 7.5 mm 0714 674 16
200 mm 100 mm 19.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 674 20
250 mm 120 mm 22 mm 10.5 mm 0714 674 25
300 mm 140 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 30
400 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 40
500 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 50
600 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 60
Max. clamping width Overhang Profile width Profile thickness Art. no.
120 mm 60 mm 20 mm 5 mm 0714 671 12
160 mm 80 mm 25 mm 6 mm 0714 671 16
200 mm 100 mm 27 mm 7 mm 0714 671 20
250 mm 100 mm 27 mm 7 mm 0714 672 25
300 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 672 30
300 mm 140 mm 32 mm 10 mm 0714 671 30
400 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 672 40
400 mm 175 mm 32 mm 10 mm 0714 671 40
500 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 671 500
600 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 671 600
800 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 671 800
Max. clamping width Overhang Profile width Profile thickness Art. no.
160 mm 80 mm 16 mm 7.5 mm 0714 674 316
200 mm 100 mm 19.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 674 320
250 mm 120 mm 22 mm 10.5 mm 0714 674 325
300 mm 140 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 330
400 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 340
500 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 350
600 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 360
Art. no.
0715 67 70
Art. no.
0715 13 92
Art. no.
0712 012 0
Art. no.
0712 012 06
Art. no.
0712 012 01
Art. no.
0712 012 03
Art. no.
0713 110 111
Art. no.
0712 014 05
Art. no.
0712 014 0
Art. no.
0712 014 06
Art. no.
0712 014 5
Art. no.
0712 014 01
Art. no.
0712 014 03
Art. no.
0712 038 0
Art. no.
0712 038 01
Art. no.
0712 038 03
2 • Surface: Chrome-plated
• Drive: 1/2“ square socket, ball catch groove
• Tip: Triple square
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Drive type: Internal square
• Length: 100 mm
• Blade length: 60 mm
• Socket wrench external diameter: 22.5 mm
• Surface: Chrome plated
Width across flats Length Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
8 mm 36 mm 13 mm 23 mm 0712 131 108
9 mm 36 mm 14.2 mm 23 mm 0712 131 109
10 mm 36 mm 15.5 mm 23 mm 0712 131 110
11 mm 36 mm 16.7 mm 23 mm 0712 131 111
12 mm 36 mm 18 mm 23 mm 0712 131 112
13 mm 36 mm 19.2 mm 23 mm 0712 131 113
14 mm 36 mm 20.5 mm 23 mm 0712 131 114
15 mm 36 mm 21.7 mm 22 mm 0712 131 115
16 mm 36 mm 23 mm 23.2 mm 0712 131 116
17 mm 36 mm 24.2 mm 23.2 mm 0712 131 117
18 mm 36 mm 25.5 mm 23.5 mm 0712 131 118
19 mm 36 mm 26.7 mm 24.7 mm 0712 131 119
20 mm 36 mm 28 mm 25.5 mm 0712 131 120
21 mm 38 mm 29.2 mm 26 mm 0712 131 121
22 mm 38 mm 30.5 mm 26.5 mm 0712 131 122
23 mm 38 mm 31.7 mm 27.7 mm 0712 131 123
24 mm 38 mm 33 mm 29 mm 0712 131 124
26 mm 38 mm 35.5 mm 31.5 mm 0712 131 126
27 mm 44 mm 36.7 mm 32.2 mm 0712 131 127
28 mm 44 mm 38 mm 33.5 mm 0712 131 128
30 mm 44 mm 40.5 mm 36 mm 0712 131 130
32 mm 44 mm 43 mm 38.1 mm 0712 131 132
Drive type Width across flats Socket wrench Socket wrench Surface Art. no.
external diameter external diameter 2
Hexagon socket 32 mm 41.9 mm 34 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 332
Internal square 30 mm 39.8 mm 33 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 330
Internal square 13 mm 19.1 mm 21.8 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 313
Internal square 14 mm 20.4 mm 21.8 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 314
Internal square 16 mm 22.6 mm 22.6 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 316
Internal square 17 mm 24.1 mm 24.1 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 317
Internal square 18 mm 25.4 mm 25.4 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 318
Internal square 19 mm 26.5 mm 26.5 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 319
Internal square 22 mm 29.7 mm 29.7 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 322
Internal square 24 mm 31.7 mm 27 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 324
Internal square 27 mm 35.7 mm 33 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 327
Width across flats Length Blade length Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter
5 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 051
6 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 060
6 mm 90 mm 50 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 061
7 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 07
8 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 080
8 mm 90 mm 50 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 081
10 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 100
12 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 120
14 mm 60 mm 20 mm 25 mm 0715 137 14
17 mm 60 mm 20 mm 28 mm 0715 137 17
19 mm 60 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0715 137 19
5 mm 180 mm 140 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 052
6 mm 140 mm 100 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 062
7 mm 100 mm 60 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 072
10 mm 140 mm 100 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 102
Tip size Socket wrench external diameter Socket wrench external diameter Art. no.
2
10 mm 15 mm 22 mm 0965 13 910
11 mm 16 mm 22 mm 0965 13 911
12 mm 18 mm 22 mm 0965 13 912
13 mm 19 mm 22 mm 0965 13 913
14 mm 21 mm 25 mm 0965 13 914
16 mm 22 mm 25 mm 0965 13 916
17 mm 24 mm 25 mm 0965 13 917
18 mm 25 mm 26 mm 0965 13 918
19 mm 27 mm 27 mm 0965 13 919
21 mm 29 mm 27 mm 0965 13 921
22 mm 31 mm 27 mm 0965 13 922
24 mm 33 mm 27 mm 0965 13 924
27 mm 35 mm 27 mm 0965 13 927
Width across flats Socket wrench depth Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
7 mm 16 mm 10.8 mm 11.9 mm 0713 112 107
8 mm 16 mm 11.9 mm 11.9 mm 0713 112 108
9 mm 16 mm 13.4 mm 13.4 mm 0713 112 109
10 mm 21 mm 14.5 mm 14.5 mm 0713 112 110
12 mm 21 mm 16.9 mm 16.9 mm 0713 112 112
13 mm 21 mm 18 mm 18 mm 0713 112 113
Width across flats Socket wrench depth Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
4 mm 5 mm 6.8 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 104
5 mm 5 mm 8.1 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 105
5.5 mm 5.5 mm 8.7 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 155
6 mm 6 mm 9.3 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 106
7 mm 6 mm 10.8 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 107
8 mm 7 mm 11.9 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 108
9 mm 7 mm 13.4 mm 13.4 mm 0713 111 109
10 mm 10 mm 14.5 mm 14.5 mm 0713 111 110
11 mm 10 mm 15.9 mm 15.9 mm 0713 111 111
12 mm 10 mm 16.9 mm 16.9 mm 0713 111 112
13 mm 11 mm 18 mm 18 mm 0713 111 113
14 mm 11 mm 19.6 mm 19.6 mm 0713 111 114
Width across flats Socket wrench Socket wrench Socket wrench Length Art. no.
external diameter external diameter 2 depth
24 mm 34.2 mm 36 mm 16 mm 51 mm 0715 142 24
27 mm 38 mm 36 mm 22 mm 52 mm 0715 142 27
30 mm 42 mm 38 mm 24 mm 54 mm 0715 142 30
32 mm 44 mm 38 mm 26 mm 56 mm 0715 142 32
36 mm 50 mm 42 mm 28 mm 58 mm 0715 142 36
46 mm 62 mm 48 mm 34 mm 68 mm 0715 142 46
Width across flats Socket wrench Socket wrench Socket wrench Length Art. no.
external diameter external diameter 2 depth
24 mm 34.2 mm 36 mm 16 mm 51 mm 0715 141 24
27 mm 38 mm 36 mm 22 mm 52 mm 0715 141 27
30 mm 42 mm 38 mm 24 mm 54 mm 0715 141 30
32 mm 44 mm 38 mm 26 mm 56 mm 0715 141 32
36 mm 50 mm 42 mm 28 mm 58 mm 0715 141 36
38 mm 52 mm 45 mm 28 mm 60 mm 0715 141 38
41 mm 56 mm 45 mm 30 mm 64 mm 0715 141 41
46 mm 62 mm 47 mm 34 mm 68 mm 0715 141 46
UNIVERSAL SOCKET
For loosening and tightening screws and nuts
• Universal application as socket wrench insert size 7 to size 19 (1/2 inch) and size
13 to 32 (3/8 inch)
• Replaces hexagon wrenches, hexagon wrench heads and open-end spanners.
• Enormous time and space savings. Holds square and hexagon heads, TX profiles,
wing nuts, hook bolts and eye screws securely with its 54 spring-loaded special
pins.
• Drive: 3/8 inch
• Drive type: Internal square
• Suitable for width across flats: 7-19 mm
• Length: 53.5 mm
• Max. torque: 225 Nm
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Chrome plated
Art. no.
0714 121 907
2 • Surface: Chrome-plated
• Drive: 3/8 inch square drive, ball catch groove
• Output: TX
• Drive: 3/8 inch
• Drive type: Internal square
• Tip type: TX
• Design: Short
• Length: 50.5 mm
• Blade length: 20.5 mm
• Socket wrench external diameter: 19 mm
• Max. nominal diameter of external Torx: 6.66 mm
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Chrome plated
• Tip size: TX40
Art. no.
0715 123 40
Art. no.
0714 35 353
Art. no.
0965 11 310
TOOL CASE
93 pieces The ideal choice for use on the move
Extensive set
All common tools in one case
High-quality case
Plastic case with snap lock
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 93 PCS
• Length x width x height: 423 x 360 x 86 mm
Art. no.
0965 93 180
2 Extensive set
• All common tools in one case
High-quality case
• Robust plastic case with four snap locks
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 115 PCS
• Length x width x height: 564 x 430 x 100 mm
Art. no.
0965 93 124
Art. no.
0965 93 152
Art. no.
0965 93 061
Art. no.
0614 000 111
Art. no.
0614 000 112
Art. no.
0614 000 113
Art. no.
0614 000 002
Art. no.
0614 000 003
Art. no.
0965 13 210
Art. no.
0965 13 110
Art. no.
0965 13 230
Art. no.
0965 13 170
Art. no.
0965 13 20
Art. no.
0965 13 310
Art. no.
0965 012 24
Art. no.
0965 13 023
Art. no.
0965 13 35
Art. no.
0965 012 90
Art. no.
0965 012 60
Art. no.
0965 11 032
Art. no.
0965 11 42
Art. no.
0965 11 16
Art. no.
0965 11 32
2 Contents: 20 pieces
• 1 reversible ratchet
• 1 extension, 100 mm
• 1 Zebra handle
• 1 cardan joint
• 7 socket wrench inserts:
E 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11;
• 9 TX socket wrench inserts:
8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 20 PCS
Art. no.
0965 11 180
Art. no.
0965 014 27
Art. no.
0965 014 32
Art. no.
0965 014 34
Art. no.
0965 11 23
Art. no.
0965 11 023
Art. no.
0965 14 15
Art. no.
0965 14 150
2 Contents: 16 pieces
• 1 ratchet
• 1 125 mm extension
• 1 250 mm extension
• 1 cardan joint
• 12 socket wrench inserts
Sizes 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14; 15; 16; 17; 18; 19
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 16 PCS
Art. no.
0965 12 160
Art. no.
0965 12 190
Art. no.
0965 12 42
Art. no.
0965 038 19
Art. no.
0965 12 022
Art. no.
0965 17 35
Art. no.
0965 17 56
Art. no.
0965 090 59
Art. no.
0965 17 77
Art. no.
2
0614 000 004
Art. no.
0614 000 005
Width across flats Sleeve inside diameter Sleeve outside diameter Art. no.
17 mm 24.4 mm 26.8 mm 0714 130 17
19 mm 26.5 mm 28.8 mm 0714 130 19
21 mm 28.4 mm 30.7 mm 0714 130 21
Width across flats Length Socket wrench Socket wrench Socket wrench Art. no.
external diameter external diameter 2 depth
10 mm 38 mm 17 mm 25 mm 5 mm 0714 13 03
13 mm 38 mm 21 mm 25 mm 6 mm 0714 13 05
15 mm 38 mm 23 mm 30 mm 8 mm 0714 13 07
17 mm 38 mm 26 mm 30 mm 8 mm 0714 13 08
19 mm 38 mm 28.5 mm 30 mm 9 mm 0714 13 09
21 mm 38 mm 30 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 091
22 mm 38 mm 32 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 10
24 mm 38 mm 34 mm 30 mm 12 mm 0714 13 11
27 mm 42 mm 38 mm 30 mm 13 mm 0714 13 12
Width across flats Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Socket wrench depth Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
13 mm 20.5 mm 25 mm 6 mm 0714 13 13
17 mm 25 mm 30 mm 8 mm 0714 13 14
19 mm 27 mm 30 mm 9 mm 0714 13 15
21 mm 30 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 151
22 mm 32 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 16
24 mm 34 mm 30 mm 12 mm 0714 13 17
27 mm 38 mm 30 mm 13 mm 0714 13 18
Width across flats Socket wrench external Sleeve inside diameter Sleeve outside diameter Art. no.
diameter
17 mm 25.5 mm 24 mm 26 mm 0714 134 17
19 mm 27.5 mm 26 mm 28 mm 0714 134 19
21 mm 30 mm 28 mm 30 mm 0714 134 21
Drive type Tip size Tip type Blade length Art. no.
Hexagon socket 14 mm Hexagon socket 24 mm 0715 137 614
Hexagon socket 17 mm For hexagon socket 24 mm 0715 137 617
Hexagon socket 19 mm For hexagon socket 25 mm 0715 137 619
Internal square 5 mm Hexagon socket 8 mm 0715 137 605
Internal square 6 mm Hexagon socket 8 mm 0715 137 606
Internal square 8 mm Hexagon socket 20 mm 0715 137 608
Internal square 10 mm Hexagon socket 22 mm 0715 137 610
Width across flats Length Socket wrench external Socket wrench depth Art. no.
diameter
24 mm 51 mm 39 mm 16 mm 0714 14 04
27 mm 54 mm 42 mm 16 mm 0714 14 05
30 mm 54 mm 46 mm 16 mm 0714 14 06
32 mm 57 mm 48 mm 18 mm 0714 14 07
33 mm 57 mm 50 mm 20 mm 0714 14 071
36 mm 57 mm 54 mm 20 mm 0714 14 08
Width across flats Socket wrench external diameter Socket wrench depth Art. no.
22 mm 36 mm 15 mm 0714 14 11
24 mm 39 mm 16 mm 0714 14 12
27 mm 42 mm 16 mm 0714 14 13
30 mm 46 mm 16 mm 0714 14 14
32 mm 48 mm 18 mm 0714 14 15
33 mm 50 mm 20 mm 0714 14 151
36 mm 54 mm 20 mm 0714 14 16
Art. no.
0714 130 30
Art. no.
0714 13 25
Art. no.
0714 134 30
Art. no.
0714 900 100
Art. no.
0714 900 200
Art. no.
0715 900 100
Art. no.
0715 900 200
Art. no.
0712 138 301
Art. no.
0713 118 301
1/4“ T-HANDLE
• Standard: DIN 3122, ISO 3315
• Sliding handle: ball lock
• Design: chrome-plated, polished
• Application: T or L-handle
• Tip size: 1/4 inch
• Length: 115 mm
• Head height: 15.5 mm
• Width of head: 14 mm
• Handle diameter: 6 mm
Art. no.
0713 110 201
3/4“ T-HANDLE
• Standard: DIN 3122, ISO 3315
• Sliding handle: Ball lock 2
• Surface: Chrome-plated
• Application: T or L-handle
• Tip size: 3/4 inch
• Length: 450 mm
• Head height: 38 mm
• Width of head: 37.5 mm
• Handle diameter: 20 mm
Art. no.
0715 141 04
1/2-INCH T-HANDLE
Sliding handle with ball lock can be used as a T or an L-handle.
• Standard: DIN 3122, ISO 3315
• Design: Chromium-plated
• Tip size: 1/2 inch
• Length: 295 mm
• Head height: 25 mm
• Width of head: 25 mm
• Handle diameter: 13 mm
Art. no.
0712 130 201
3/4-INCH CONNECTOR
• Surface: chrome-plated
• Standard: DIN 3123, ISO 3316
• Tip size: 1/2 inch
• Drive: 3/4 inch
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Chrome plated
• Socket wrench external diameter: 34 mm
• Length: 53.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 141 08
3/8“ CONNECTOR
• Standard: DIN 3123, ISO 3316
2 • Chrome-plated version
• Drive: 3/8 inch square socket
• Tip: 1/2 inch or 1/4 inch external square drive
• Drive: 3/8 inch
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Chrome plated
1/2“ CONNECTION
• Standard: DIN 3123, ISO 3316
• Surface: Chrome-plated
• Drive: 1/2“ square socket
• Tip: Square head
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Chrome plated
3/4“ EXTENSION
• Standard: DIN 3123, ISO 3316
• Surface: Chrome-plated 2
• Drive: 3/4“ square socket, pin detent
• Tip: 3/4“ square head, pin detent
• Drive: 3/4 inch
• Drive type: Internal square
• Tip size: 3/4 inch
• Tip type: Outer square
2 • Surface: Chrome-plated
• Drive: 1/2“ square socket, ball catch groove
• Tip: 1/2 inch square head
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Drive type: Internal square
• Tip size: 1/2 inch
• Tip type: Outer square
Art. no.
0715 11 01
SET OF FITTINGS
For ratchet-type combination wrench
Allows use of ratchet-type combination wrench together with slee- 2
ves and inserts
With bushing locking button
Smaller than traditional ratchet levers
Contents:
• Adapter, bushing holder, 1/2“ for 19 mm spanner
• Adapter, bushing holder, 3/8“ for 13 mm spanner
• Adapter, bushing holder, 1/4“ for 10 mm spanner
• Adapter, bit holder, 1/4“ for 10 mm spanner
• Product weight (per item): 171.598 g
Art. no.
0714 253 51
Art. no.
0714 14 19
Art. no.
0714 15 04
Width across flats Socket wrench external diameter Socket wrench depth Art. no.
32 mm 52 mm 18 mm 0714 151 32
33 mm 54 mm 20 mm 0714 151 33
36 mm 56 mm 20 mm 0714 151 36
Art. no.
0965 13 036
Art. no.
0695 840
Art. no.
0696 112
0695 870
Art. no.
0715 66 565
CABLE KNIFE
Bevelled and sharpened edges on both sides for cable stripping.
Universal application
• Symmetrical double-end cutting edges, suitable for both right-handed and left-han-
ded users.
• Extremely sharp thanks to high-grade tool steel.
Stable and safe
• Ergonomic grip shape and fine, textured surface
• The blade is securely connected to the handle
Optimal storage and protection against injuries
High-quality quiver with belt clip
• Length: 162 mm
• Handle length: 125 mm
• Width of knife blade: 23 mm
• Cutting edge length: 38 mm
• Material of the grip handle: 1-component plastic
Art. no.
0715 66 538
SNAP-OFF BLADE
Extremely sharp blade for precision cuts even of fine strips. Ideal for
paper, film and thin materials
2
Glides through material rapidly and easily
Acute blade angle and top-quality steel make the blade extremely sharp
Safe storage
Practical sliding dispenser
• Material: Steel
Blade length Width of knife blade Thickness of blade Cutting edge length Art. no.
85 mm 9 mm 0.4 mm 80 mm 0715 66 073
110 mm 18 mm 0.5 mm 100 mm 0715 66 053
140 mm 25 mm 0.7 mm 125 mm 0715 66 093
BI-METAL BLADE
The bi-metal makes it almost unbreakable
Extremely safe to use
Unbreakable under normal working conditions.
Excellent profitability and efficiency
3 x longer service life than standard blades.
Bendable and flexible
The blade can be bent and worked with as required. Such special applications are
only possible with this blade
• Blade length: 61 mm
• Width of knife blade: 18.7 mm
• Thickness of blade: 0.6 mm
• Material: Bimetal
Art. no.
0715 66 021
SNAP-OFF BLADE
Robust blade with long service life
• Ice-hardened blade
• 3-facet cut
• In convenient dispenser
• Material: Steel
Blade length Width of knife blade Thickness of blade Cutting edge length Art. no.
100 mm 22 mm 0.7 mm - 0715 66 251
110 mm 18 mm 0.5 mm 100 mm 0715 66 05
85 mm 9 mm 0.4 mm 80 mm 0715 66 07
140 mm 25 mm 0.7 mm 125 mm 0715 66 351
TRAPEZOIDAL BLADE
In dispenser
2 • Blade length: 61 mm
• Width of knife blade: 18.7 mm
• Thickness of blade: 0.65 mm
• Material: Carbon steel
Art. no.
0715 66 02
SAFETY BLADE
With concealed cutter for box cutters
• Blade length: 45 mm
• Width of knife blade: 23 mm
• Thickness of blade: 0.5 mm
• Material: Steel, specially hardened
• Cutting edge length: 5 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 019
Art. no.
0715 66 502
Art. no.
0715 66 536
Art. no.
0715 66 547
0715 66 546
Art. no.
0715 66 059
Art. no.
0715 66 055
Art. no.
0715 66 118
Art. no.
0715 66 500
Art. no.
0715 66 271
Art. no.
0715 66 279
Art. no.
0715 66 015
CARPET KNIFE
With slim, extremely robust metal handle.
Suitable for different cutting depths
Adjustable blade with 3 stop positions
• Length: 160 mm
• Design: Carpet knife
Art. no.
0715 66 01
Art. no.
0715 66 013
BOX CUTTER
With concealed blade
• Maximum safety when cutting packing strips thanks to concealed blades
• Quick opening of adhesive tape using scoring tabs on the top of the blade
• High-quality and ergonomic aluminium handle with hanging loop
• Easy blade replacement without the need for tools
• Integrated blade magazine for one replacement blade
• Length: 165 mm
• Handle width: 35 mm
• Cutting edge length: 5 mm
• Blade length: 45 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Aluminium
Art. no.
0715 66 018
Art. no.
0715 66 017
BEVELLED-EDGE CHISEL
Robust blade features knife and chisel function.
Universal use 2
• V shape chisel tip and flat surface on top of the handle enable use as a regular
wood working chisel.
• Double bevelled with sharpened edge enables various applications.
• Extremely sharp and robust thanks to high-grade tool steel.
Sturdy
• Ergonomic handle shape and fine, textured surface.
• Blade connects securely with the handle.
Optimal storage and protection against injuries
High-quality shank with belt clip
Art. no.
0715 66 537
IDEAL SNIPS
Leverage sheet metal snips for continuous and shaped cuts
Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic
Prevents your hand from slipping
Lower handle made from 1-component plastic
You can slide your finger over the lower handle when opening and closing the handle
Handle heights prevent the shears from slipping out of your hand
Safe execution of the sheet-metal shears
Long service life
• Cutting head made from special stainless steel, die-forged
• Induction hardened cutting edges
Unserrated cutting geometry
Effortless, without the sheet metal slipping
Lever transmission
High cutting power with little effort
• Length: 260 mm
• Cutting edge length: 28 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal: 1.8 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel: 1.2 mm
SHAPE-CUTTING SNIPS
Leverage sheet metal shears for continuous cuts and tight curves
Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic 2
Prevents your hand from slipping
Lower handle made from 1-component plastic
You can slide your finger over the lower handle when opening and closing the handle
Handle heights prevent the shears from slipping out of your hand
Safe execution of the sheet metal shears
Long service life
• Cutting head made from special stainless steel, die-forged
• Inductively hardened cutting edges
Unserrated cutting geometry
Effortless, without the sheet metal slipping
Lever transmission
High cutting power with little effort
• Length: 260 mm
• Cutting edge length: 28 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal: 1.8 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel: 1.2 mm
PELICAN SNIPS
Induction hardened cutting edges guarantee a long service life and
optimum cutting results
• Fully forged sheet metal shears (head and handle)
• For sheet thickness up to 1 mm
• Cutting length 62 mm
• Design: Right-hand cutting
• Length: 300 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 13
Art. no.
0714 03 15
Art. no.
0713 03 200
Art. no.
0713 03 205
STRAIGHT-CUTTING SNIPS
• For long, straight and continuous cuts
• Blade and handle forged from a single piece
• Inductively hardened blades
• Length: 350 mm
• Cutting edge length: 103 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal: 1.2 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel: 0.8 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 200
MITRE SNIPS
For straight and 45° cuts
• Hardened steel
• PVC handle
• Length: 220 mm
• Max. mitre angle: 45 Degree
• Cutting edge length: 55 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 50
CABLE CUTTERS
• Length: 165 mm
• Max. cable diameter cutting capacity in aluminium/copper: 15 mm
• Max. aluminium/copper wire cross-section cutting capacity: 50 mm2
Art. no.
0715 07 52
2 For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts
(DC), observing all prescribed safety precautions
Long service life and precision cutting surfaces
Guaranteed by high-quality tool steel
Easy and distortion-free cutting action through single or multi-stran-
ded cable
Special shear geometry
Optimum transmission of forces
2-stage operation with dual blades
Safe working
Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar
Hardened precision blades
Surface ground and chrome-plated
Bolted and adjustable joint
• Length: 160 mm
• Length in inches: 6 in
• Max. cable diameter cutting capacity in aluminium/copper: 15 mm
• Max. aluminium/copper wire cross-section cutting capacity: 50 mm2
• EN standard: 60900
Art. no.
0714 01 585
Art. no.
0714 01 586
Art. no.
0715 07 50
Art. no.
0715 07 55
Art. no.
0715 55 160
COMBINATION SHEARS
Handy shears for cutting soft materials, film, paper, cardboard and
plastics
• Stainless steel blades for a long service life
• Plastic handle
• Comfortable working through automatic opening of scissors when cutting (built-in
spring between handles)
• With locking lever
• Cutting length 42 mm
• Design: Right- and left-hand cutting
• Length: 190 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 14
OFFICE SCISSORS
• With a large loop
• Length: 180 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 174
Length Max. cable dia- Max. aluminium/ Material Material of the grip Art. no.
meter cutting capa- copper wire handle
city in aluminium/ cross-section cutting
copper capacity
140 mm 10 mm 35 mm2 Stainless steel Plastic multi components 0714 036 317
160 mm - 50 mm2 Stainless steel AISI 420 2-component plastic 0714 036 326
Art. no.
0714 03 163
Art. no.
0714 03 167
2 • Plastic-coated handles
• Safety stop
• Length: 115 mm
• Material: Stainless steel
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic
• Product weight (per item): 84 g
Art. no.
0714 036 316
Art. no.
0714 03 166
Art. no.
0714 036 320
Art. no.
0714 036 325
GLASS CUTTER
6 cutting wheels
• Min./max. glass thickness: 3-4 mm
• Length: 135 mm
Art. no.
0714 70 11
Art. no.
0715 06 01
BOLT CUTTERS
• Forged jaws
Art. no.
0714 061 780
Art. no.
0714 061 782
Art. no.
0714 061 781
Art. no.
0714 060 631
0714 060 781
0714 060 921
Art. no.
0715 07 54
Art. no.
0715 07 56
Art. no.
0715 01 578
PIPE CUTTER
Easy cutting of aluminium, copper and thin-walled metal pipes
Very light weight
Body, slide and turning knob made from high-pressure die-cast zinc
Easy to use
• Steel spindle bearings for smoother carriage movement
• Four guide rollers for optimum pipe grip during cutting
• Longer turning knob sits deep in the hand for effective power transmission
Saves time
Tool-free cutting wheel change
2 Lightweight
Body, slide and turning knob made from high-pressure die-cast zinc.
Saves time
Tool-free cutting wheel change.
Long service life for smoother slide movement
Steel spindle bearings
Very small working radius
Art. no.
0714 551 667
Art. no.
0696 400 0
PIPE CUTTERS
• For plastic pipes up to Ø 15 mm
• Length: 75 mm
• Length: 75 mm
Art. no.
0885 20 01
Art. no.
0695 800 410
Art. no.
0695 800 440
CAT-TONGUE TROWEL
Stainless
Resistance-welded
• Material of the blade: Stainless steel
• Sheet length: 160 mm
Art. no.
0695 800 140
Art. no.
0695 800 180
Art. no.
0695 800 121
Art. no.
0695 800 101
Art. no.
0695 800 100
Art. no.
0695 800 190
FLOORING TROWEL
• Material of the blade: Stainless steel
• Sheet length: 603 mm
• Sheet width: 120 mm
• Material thickness: 1 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Wood
• Product weight (per item): 620 g
Art. no.
0695 800 461
Art. no.
0695 942 02
POLYURETHANE FLOAT
• High abrasion resistance
• Flattened handle shape for more comfortable working
CONCRETE FLOAT
• Length x width: 270 x 130 mm
Art. no.
0695 942 15
FLOAT HYDRO
For cleaning
Art. no.
0695 942 03
Art. no.
0695 942 153
Art. no.
0695 942 150
Art. no.
0695 800 2
Art. no.
0695 800 1
2 • Width: 150 mm
Art. no.
0695 800 958
Art. no.
0695 800 950
Art. no.
0695 800 120
Art. no.
0891 182
Art. no.
0891 180 100
Art. no.
0715 43 031
2 • High-quality tool steel for long service life and precise gripping and cutting surfaces
• Extra-long blade also suitable for thicker cables
• Blades: Additional inductive hardening
• Surface: Entirely polished and sealed with clear lacquer
• Handle shells: PVC, double-dipped
• Joint: Lap joint
• Surface: Lacquered
• Material: Steel
• Material of the grip handle: Polyvinyl chloride
Length Length in inches Jaw-tips thickness Jaw-tips width Jaws length Art. no.
160 mm 6-1/4 in 2.5 mm 3 mm 52 mm 0715 01 567
200 mm 8 in 3 mm 4 mm 77 mm 0715 01 568
200 mm 8 in 3 mm 4 mm 72 mm 0715 01 569
Length Length in inches Jaw-tips thickness Jaw-tips width Jaws length Art. no.
200 mm 8-1/4 in 3 mm 4 mm 72 mm 0714 01 558
160 mm 6-1/2 in 2.5 mm 3 mm 50 mm 0714 01 559
200 mm 8-1/4 in 3 mm 4 mm 76 mm 0714 01 557
Art. no.
0714 07 31
Art. no.
0714 280 001
VDE SNIPE NOSE PLIERS WITH BLADE DIN ISO 5745, IEC 60900
For gripping, holding and cutting soft and hard wires and cables
2 • For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts (DC), obser-
ving all prescribed safety precautions
• High-quality tool steel for long service life and precise gripping and cutting surfaces
• Elastic tips for high stresses, especially under bending forces
• Single-component handle with wide VDE collar for safe working
• Inductively hardened blades
• Surface entirely ground and chrome-plated
• Serrated gripping surfaces
• Lap joint
• Length: 200 mm
• Length in inches: 8-1/4 in
• Jaws length: 74 mm
• Jaws width: 17.5 mm
• Jaws thickness: 9.5 mm
• Jaw-tips width: 3 mm
• Jaw-tips thickness: 2.5 mm
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Chrome plated
• ISO: 5745
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic
Length Length in inches Jaws length Jaws width Jaws thickness Art. no.
160 mm 6-1/2 in 50 mm 16.5 mm 9 mm 0714 01 579
200 mm 8-1/4 in 76 mm 17.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 01 577
200 mm 8-1/4 in 72 mm 17.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 01 578
Art. no.
0715 01 564
Art. no.
0714 07 30
Art. no.
0714 281 001
Art. no.
0713 09 12
Art. no.
0714 09 12
LOCKING PLIERS
With half-round jaws
• Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism 2
• One-hand operation – pulling instead of pressing
• Jam nut for locking clamping width, constant adjustment for repetitive work steps
• Ergonomic, attractive design
• Convenient, effortless use
• High-quality epoxy coating, welding spatters hardly adhere
• Lower rust infiltration than nickel
• 10 times better rust resistance than a nickel coating
• More environmentally friendly
• Material: Steel
Length Min./max. clamping width Product weight (per item) Art. no.
135 mm 0-30 mm 168 g 0713 09 06
190 mm 0-42 mm 405.65 g 0713 09 07
235 mm 0-63 mm 661 g 0713 09 08
Length Min./max. clam- Material Surface Product weight (per Art. no.
ping width item)
- - - - 94 g 0714 09 05
190 mm 0-42 mm Steel Nickel plated 378.7 g 0714 09 07
235 mm 0-48 mm Steel Nickel plated 552 g 0714 09 08
Length Min./max. clamping width Product weight (per item) Art. no.
105 mm 0-25 mm 130 g 0714 09 051
130 mm 0-26 mm 220 g 0714 09 061
170 mm 0-41 mm 380 g 0714 09 071
205 mm 0-53 mm 570 g 0714 09 081
LOCKING PLIERS
With long straight jaws
• Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism
• One-hand operation – pulling instead of pushing
• Jam nut for locking the clamping width, consistent adjustment during repetitive
operations
• Ergonomic and appealing design
• Convenient and effortless handling
• High-quality epoxy coating, welding beads remain barely adhesive
• Less rust infiltration than with nickel
• 10 times better rust resistance than a nickel coating
• Eco-friendlier
• Material: Steel
Length Min./max. clamping width Product weight (per item) Art. no.
165 mm 0-55 mm 194 g 0713 09 03
235 mm 0-70 mm 398 g 0713 09 04
LOCKING PLIERS
With straight jaws
• Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism 2
• One-hand operation – pulling instead of pushing
• Jam nut for locking the clamping width, consistent adjustment during repetitive
operations
• Ergonomic and appealing design
• Convenient and effortless handling
• High-quality epoxy coating, welding beads remain barely adhesive
• Less rust infiltration than with nickel
• 10 times better rust resistance than a nickel coating
• Eco-friendlier
• Material: Steel
Length Min./max. clamping width Product weight (per item) Art. no.
190 mm 0-42 mm 424.25 g 0713 09 09
235 mm 0-63 mm 671.5 g 0713 09 10
Art. no.
0714 09 10
Length Min./max. clamping width Product weight (per item) Art. no.
125 mm 0-44 mm 140 g 0714 09 02
160 mm 0-52 mm 220 g 0714 09 03
200 mm 00-73 mm 360 g 0714 09 04
2 Straight jaws
Provides maximum contact on flat, square or hexagonal workpieces.
Suitable for tightening, clamping, twisting and turning rotary
Adjust screws
To adjust the pressure and suit the job.
Maximum toughness and durability
Made of advanced heat treated alloy steel
Maximum locking force
Thanks to classic trigger release
Hardened teeth are designed to grip from any angle
Nickel plated
• Material: Chrome-vanadium steel, hardened
• Surface: Nickel plated
Length Min./max. clamping width Product weight (per item) Art. no.
170 mm 0-33 mm 420 g 0714 09 091
210 mm 0-43 mm 550 g 0714 09 101
Art. no.
0713 09 28
Art. no.
0713 09 29
Art. no.
0714 09 007
Art. no.
0713 09 15
SELF-LOCKING PLIERS
Locking pliers with flush ends
Art. no.
0713 09 13
Art. no.
0714 09 13
Length Max. medium wire dia- Max. hard wire diameter Max. cable diameter Art. no.
meter cutting capacity cutting capacity cutting capacity in
aluminium/copper
160 mm 3.1 mm 2 mm 10 mm 0714 01 554
180 mm 3.4 mm 2.2 mm 12 mm 0714 01 555
200 mm 3.8 mm 2.5 mm 13 mm 0714 01 556
Length Max. medium wire diameter cut- Max. hard wire diameter cutting Art. no.
ting capacity capacity
160 mm 2.5 mm 1.8 mm 0715 01 574
180 mm 2.8 mm 2.5 mm 0715 01 575
200 mm 3 mm 2.5 mm 0715 01 576
Length Length in inches Max. medium wire Max. hard wire Max. cable dia- Art. no.
diameter cutting diameter cutting meter cutting capa-
capacity capacity city in aluminium/
copper
180 mm 7 in 3.4 mm 2.2 mm 12 mm 0715 01 82
200 mm 8 in 3.8 mm 2.5 mm 13 mm 0715 01 83
2 • For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts (DC), obser-
ving all prescribed safety precautions
• High-quality tool steel ensures long tool life and precision of gripping and cutting
surfaces
• Extra-long blade also suitable for thicker cables
• Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar for secu-
re working
• Inductively hardened precision blades
• Burner port for gripping round materials
• Surface entirely ground and chrome-plated
• Lap joint
• Max. aluminium/copper wire cross-section cutting capacity: 16 mm2
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Chrome plated
• Material of the grip handle: 2-component plastic
• ISO: 5746
Length Length in inches Max. medium wire Max. hard wire Max. cable dia- Art. no.
diameter cutting diameter cutting meter cutting capa-
capacity capacity city in aluminium/
copper
160 mm 6-1/2 in 3.1 mm 2 mm 10 mm 0714 01 574
180 mm 7 in 3.4 mm 2.2 mm 12 mm 0714 01 575
200 mm 8 in 3.8 mm 2.5 mm 13 mm 0714 01 576
Art. no.
0557 10
Art. no.
0714 107 300
Art. no.
0714 107 130
RATCHETING PLIERS
Shape
Compact lightweight design
2
Forced closing
For reliable crimping (unlockable)
Crimping force
High thanks to the efficiency of the ratios
Ergonomic and non-slip
Ergonomic two-component handle improves comfort while working and reduces
fatigue
• Min./max. wire cross section: 0.5-6 mm2
• Number of crimping points: 5 PCS
Art. no.
0558 110 9
RATCHETING PLIERS
For uninsulated cable lugs
2 • The toggle ratcheting system requires the operator to completely close the pliers
before releasing them again
• Constant, controlled pressure of the cable lug on the cable
• Option to disengage the ratcheting mechanism of the pliers when tightening using a
device situated between the handles
• Min./max. wire cross section: 0.1-1.5 mm2
• Length: 195 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic
Art. no.
0558 133
CRIMPING TOOL, C 25
• For crimping wire end ferrules with and without insulation
• 2-component handles
• High strength thanks to hardened alloyed steel
• Flexible and easily adjustable for left or right-handers
• Force stop function to ensure crimp procedure is completed
• Unlocking mechanism to rectify erroneous crimping and remove blockages
• Precise eccentric fitting setting for consistent crimping quality and calibration
function
• Min./max. wire cross section: 10-25 mm2
• Number of crimping points: 3 PCS
• Length: 225 mm
• Surface: Phosphated
• Material of the grip handle: 2-component plastic
Art. no.
0714 103 125
Type description Min./max. wire cross section Profile shape Art. no.
16/4S 0.08-16 mm2 Square 0714 107 162
10/6S 0.08-10 mm2 Hexagon 0714 107 171
Connector type Type description Min./max. wire cross Length Art. no.
section
- 16/4F 0.08-16 mm2 190 mm 0714 107 182
Wire end ferrules - 0.5-6 mm2 198 mm 0557 158
Art. no.
0557 14
Art. no.
0714 106 111
Art. no.
0714 104 121
CRIMPING TOOL QI 60
For insulated and uninsulated cable connectors
• Crimping of insulated and uninsulated cable connectors 0.5–6.0 mm2
• Shortening of screws M2.6–M5
• Stripping of cables 0.75–6.0 mm2
• Min./max. wire cross section: 0.5-6 mm2
• Length: 235 mm
• Material: Tool steel
• Surface: Burnished
• Material of the grip handle: 2-component plastic
Art. no.
0714 101 111
Art. no.
0714 107 926
Art. no.
0714 107 922
Art. no.
0714 107 923
Art. no.
0714 107 924
Art. no.
0714 107 925
Art. no.
0714 107 324
Art. no.
0714 282 002
DOUBLE-SEAMING PLIERS
Straight model
Art. no.
0714 282 801
PINCERS
DIN 5241, German design
• Design: Polished head
• Surface: Phosphated
MONIER PLIERS
DIN 5242
• Design: Polished head
• Surface: Phosphated
Art. no.
0715 02 10
Grip range in inches Max. pipe diameter Grip range Length Width of clamping Art. no.
in inches jaw
1 in 1 in 35 mm 320 mm 18 mm 0714 06 60
1-1/2 in 1-1/2 in 46 mm 416 mm 24 mm 0714 06 61
2 in 2 in 65 mm 535 mm 28 mm 0714 06 62
3 in 3 in 80 mm 640 mm 30 mm 0714 06 63
2 Continuously adjustable
Fixed with captive adjusting nuts
Optimal hold with high strength properties
Toothing on head set against the direction of rotation
Durable and wear resistant
Inductively hardened teeth
Max. pipe diameter Grip range Length Width of clamping Jaws thickness Art. no.
in inches jaw
1-1/2 in 46 mm 420 mm 20 mm 18.5 mm 0714 06 51
1 in 35 mm 310 mm 18 mm 15.5 mm 0714 06 50
2 in 65 mm 560 mm 25 mm 22.5 mm 0714 06 52
Art. no.
0715 02 20
Length Min./max. grip Jaws length Hook length Tenon diameter Art. no.
range
130 mm 3-10 mm 27 mm 12 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 16
130 mm 10-25 mm 27 mm 12 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 17
165 mm 19-60 mm 40 mm 15 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 18
210 mm 40-100 mm 55 mm 16 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 19
305 mm 85-140 mm 73 mm 20 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 20
Length Min./max. grip range Jaws length Tenon diameter Art. no.
140 mm 3-10 mm 39 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 11
140 mm 10-25 mm 38 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 12
180 mm 19-60 mm 56 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 13
225 mm 40-100 mm 70 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 14
320 mm 85-140 mm 92 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 15
Length Min./max. grip range Jaws length Tenon diameter Art. no.
140 mm 8-13 mm 39 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 01
140 mm 12-25 mm 38 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 02
180 mm 19-60 mm 54 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 03
225 mm 40-100 mm 65 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 04
320 mm 85-140 mm 91 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 05
Length Min./max. grip Jaws length Hook length Tenon diameter Art. no.
range
130 mm 8-13 mm 26 mm 12 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 06
130 mm 12-25 mm 26 mm 12 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 07
165 mm 19-60 mm 40 mm 14 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 08
210 mm 40-100 mm 49 mm 16 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 09
305 mm 85-140 mm 73 mm 20 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 10
Art. no.
0714 01 563
Length in inches Length Min./max. grip range Length of gripping jaws Art. no.
7 in 175 mm 10-28 mm 27 mm 0714 02 75
10 in 250 mm 10-30 mm 32 mm 0714 02 76
12 in 300 mm 10-40 mm 41 mm 0714 02 77
Length in inches Length Min./max. grip range Length of gripping jaws Art. no.
10 in 250 mm 10-46 mm 35 mm 0715 02 23
7 in 180 mm 10-36 mm 31 mm 0715 02 33
6 in 150 mm 10-30 mm 27 mm 0715 02 330
12 in 300 mm 10-60 mm 40 mm 0715 02 331
5 in 125 mm 10-27 mm 23 mm 0715 02 332
22 in 560 mm 10-120 mm 88 mm 0715 02 341
16 in 400 mm 10-95 mm 56 mm 0715 02 34
Length in inches Length Min./max. grip range Length of gripping jaws Art. no.
7 in 175 mm 10-28 mm 27 mm 0714 02 70
10 in 250 mm 10-32 mm 36 mm 0714 02 71
12 in 300 mm 10-42 mm 41 mm 0714 02 72
Art. no.
0714 02 85
PLIER WRENCH
Pliers and wrench in one tool
Plastic-covered handle 2
Baking: parallel, smooth and chromium-plated
No damage to workpiece thanks to zero-backlash surface pressure
Push-button adjustment
Adjustable directly on the workpiece
Joint: box joint
Force transfer: 10x
High clamping force
The stroke between the gripping surfaces allows rapid tightening
and loosening of bolted connections using the ratchet principle
Max. grip range Max. grip range in Length Width of clamping Jaws thickness Art. no.
inches jaw
27 mm 1 in 150 mm 12 mm 5 mm 0715 02 515
35 mm 1-3/8 in 180 mm 14 mm 6 mm 0715 02 51
46 mm 1-3/4 in 270 mm 18.5 mm 8 mm 0715 02 50
60 mm 2-3/8 in 300 mm 22 mm 10 mm 0715 02 52
Art. no.
0715 05 11
Art. no.
0714 01 588
Art. no.
0714 01 511
2 Handle: Plastic-coated
Guarantees a secure grip, prevents slippage
Tip from compressed spring steel
Optimised stability, even with seized rings.
Inserted tips
Offers maximum strength when loosening seized rings and allows rings to be installed
with minimal distortion.
Screwed and mounted joint
High precision and optimised movement.
Large locating faces
Rings mounted without torsion.
Pliers head
Narrow design for optimum access to workpiece, including in hard-to-reach spots.
Contents: 4 pcs
• 1 circlip pliers, shape A, 19 - 60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape B, 19 - 60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape C, 19 - 60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape D, 19 - 60 mm
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 4 PCS
• Product weight (per item): 739 g
Art. no.
0714 02 30
Art. no.
0714 02 32
Art. no.
0714 02 31
Art. no.
0714 01 580
Art. no.
0714 01 581
PLIERS ASSORTMENT
Double-dipped
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 3 PCS
• Product weight (per item): 722 g
Art. no.
0715 01 561
PLIERS ASSORTMENT 1
Set comprising combination pliers, stripping pliers and snipe nose
pliers and power side cutters
2
• High-quality tool steel ensures long service life and precision of gripping and cut-
ting surfaces
• Combination pliers with extra-long blade also suitable for thicker cables
• Wire stripping pliers with opening spring for automatic opening
• Snipe nose pliers with tips for high bending stresses
• Heavy-duty side cutters for piano wire, hard and soft wire
• Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with narrow collar profile for
comfortable working and optimum force transfer
• Size foam section: 2
• Width x height x depth: 335 x 42 x 185 mm
• Product weight (per item): 920 g
Art. no.
0714 01 560
PLIERS ASSORTMENT
4 pcs. Including combination pliers, water pump pliers, snipe nose
pliers and heavy-duty side cutters
• High-quality tool steel ensures long tool life and precision of gripping and cutting
surfaces
• Combination pliers with extra-long blade also suitable for thicker cables
• Water pump pliers with convenient quick-adjustment
• Snipe nose pliers with tips for high bending stresses
• Power side cutters for piano wire, hard and soft wire
• Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with narrow collar profile for
comfortable working and optimum force transfer
• Product weight (per item): 1185 g
Art. no.
0714 01 565
PLIERS, ASSORTMENT
3-piece set of combination and snipe nose pliers, as well as heavy-du-
ty side cutters
2
• High-quality tool steel ensures long service life and precision of gripping and cut-
ting surfaces
• Ergonomic, non-slip two-part comfort handle with narrow collar profile for comfor-
table use and optimal power transmission
• Combination pliers with extra-long cutting edge for thicker cables
• Snipe nose pliers with tips for high bending stresses
• Heavy-duty side cutters for piano wire, hard wire and soft wire
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 3 PCS
• Product weight (per item): 767 g
Art. no.
0714 01 561
Art. no.
0714 107 920
2 • High-quality tool steel ensures long service life and precision of blades
• Inductively hardened
• Surface entirely polished and sealed with clear lacquer
• Handle shells: PVC, double-dipped
Length Max. medium wire diameter cut- Max. hard wire diameter cutting Art. no.
ting capacity capacity
140 mm 2.5 mm 1.8 mm 0714 01 571
160 mm 2.8 mm 2 mm 0714 01 572
180 mm 3 mm 2.5 mm 0714 01 573
Length Max. medium wire diameter cut- Max. hard wire diameter cutting Art. no.
ting capacity capacity
140 mm 2.5 mm 1.8 mm 0715 01 87
160 mm 2.8 mm 2 mm 0715 01 88
Length Max. medium wire dia- Max. hard wire diameter Max. piano wire dia- Art. no.
meter cutting capacity cutting capacity meter cutting capacity
140 mm 3.1 mm 2 mm 1.5 mm 0714 01 551
160 mm 3.4 mm 2.5 mm 2 mm 0714 01 552
180 mm 3.8 mm 2.7 mm 2.2 mm 0714 01 553
Art. no.
0714 01 599
Art. no.
0714 07 36
Art. no.
0714 07 37
Art. no.
0714 07 38
Art. no.
0714 07 39
Art. no.
0714 07 40
2C SUPER NIPPERS
Fine-cut pliers for precision working
• Standard: DIN ISO 9654
• Ergonomic 2-component grip
• Joint with stainless steel rivet, opening spring and opening limiter
• Non-chamfered cutting; precision-ground for sharp, flush cutting
• Length: 125 mm
• Cutting edge length: 9 mm
• Jaws thickness: 7.5 mm
• Material: Tool steel
• Surface: Burnished
Jaws width Min./max. soft wire dia- Max. medium wire dia- Design Art. no.
meter cutting capacity meter cutting capacity
12.5 mm 0.2-1 mm - Narrow head 0714 07 542
13.5 mm 0.2-1.6 mm 1.2 mm Normal head size 0714 07 544
Art. no.
0695 943 975
WIRE BRUSH
With wooden body
• Wire diameter: 0.35 mm
• Length of bristles: 25 mm
• Length: 290 mm
• Length of head: 135 mm
Art. no.
0697 977
FILE BRUSH
• Length: 260 mm
• Length of head: 115 mm
• Width: 40 mm
2
Art. no.
0714 61 67
Art. no.
0715 516 95
HAND BRUSH
Car brush with ergonomic, comfortable handle for effective and simp-
le cleaning of all surfaces
• Diagonally arranged bristles can reach all areas
• Split hair tips so the brushes draw in lots of water
• Cleaning that is gentle on paint thanks to split and therefore softened bristles
• Colour: Red, Black
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Material of the bristles: Polybutylene terephthalate -PBT
• Length: 320 mm
• Width: 115 mm
• Height: 107 mm
• Length of bristles: 40 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 102
SQUEEGEE WIPE-N-SHINE
With handle mount for removing residual drops of water
Art. no.
0891 350 206
FLOOR SQUEEGEE
Black cellular rubber floor squeegee for effective removal of water
and oil
• Made of black polypropylene
• Oil-resistant
• Ideal for large surfaces
• Soft cellular rubber ensures gentle treatment and optimal protection of surfaces
• Long-lasting
• Colour: Black
• Material: Polypropylene, foam rubber
• Length: 600 mm
• Width: 35 mm
• Height: 95 mm
• Product weight (per item): 318 g
Art. no.
0891 350 207
Art. no.
0891 350 205
Art. no.
9501 006 983
Art. no.
0691 209
FUEL BLEEDER
For draining a fuel tank after a fuel filling error
• 45-litre mobile tank (on wheels) to completely drain petrol or diesel tanks
• Supplied with two anti-static earth cables, an anti-overflow pipe and three fuel
sensors
Draining is via the fuel tank filler neck or the fuel hoses
• To drain via the hoses, the optional priming kit must be used
Stainless steel tank
• To prevent any risk of corrosion
• Hose length: 1 m
• Number of pieces: 7 PCS
• Min./max. pressure: 7-10 bar
Art. no.
0714 570 011
Art. no.
0691 209 235
FUEL BLEEDER
For draining a fuel tank after a fuel filling error
2 • 45-litre mobile tank (on wheels) to completely drain petrol or diesel tanks
• Supplied with two anti-static earth cables, an anti-overflow pipe and three fuel
sensors
Draining is via the fuel tank filler neck or the fuel hoses
• To drain via the hoses, the optional priming kit must be used
Stainless steel tank
• To prevent any risk of corrosion
• Number of pieces: 12 PCS
Art. no.
0714 571 010
Art. no.
0715 57 112
Art. no.
0714 526 035
Art. no.
0715 57 120
Art. no.
0853 52
Art. no.
0704 506
Art. no.
0714 577 100
Art. no.
0714 55 16
Art. no.
0714 55 21
Art. no.
0714 577 101
Art. no.
0714 55 201
Art. no.
0714 556 30
Art. no.
0714 55 202
Art. no.
0714 55 203
Art. no.
0714 55 204
Art. no.
0714 55 207
Art. no.
0714 55 208
Art. no.
0714 55 329
Art. no.
0715 53 200
Art. no.
0715 53 220
0715 55 261
PNEUMATIC SPINDLE
Multi-purpose pneumatic spindle for easier resetting of brake pistons
with the help of compressed air.
2
For universal use
Compatible with all common adapter systems
Makes work easier
Minimum force required due to pneumatic compression on the brake piston
Accuracy
Owing to manual turning movement
• Min./max. working pressure: 4.9-7.9 bar
• Max. working pressure: 7.9 bar
• Min. working pressure: 4.9 bar
• Length: 260 mm
Art. no.
0715 55 246
Art. no.
0714 55 200
Art. no.
0714 55 205
Art. no.
0714 55 126
Art. no.
0715 55 200
Art. no.
0713 525 20
Art. no.
0715 55 256
Art. no.
0715 55 257
Art. no.
0695 391 889
TYRE INFLATOR
Portable device without hose connection - calibrated design
2 Automatic refilling
By means of filling socket with filling valve (counter piece)
Can be attached on both sides
Double-sided filling station connector
Easy two-button operation
Filling and draining
Clear view of the scale
The water runs off easily thanks to inclined manometer.
Protects the manometer from rough impacts
Rubber buffer
• Min./max. pressure measuring range: 0-10 bar
• Pressure conditions for measuring accuracy: < 0.08 bar: 0-4 bar, < 0.16
EU type-approval bar: 4-10 bar, < 0.25 bar: > 10 bar
• Max. working pressure: 16 bar
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -10 to 40 °C
• Medium that can be measured: Air
• Manometer diameter: 160 mm
• Hose length: 800 mm
• Connection thread: 1/4 inch
• Volumetric capacity: 6 l
• Product weight (per item): 6987 g
• Material of the housing: Plastic
Art. no.
0715 93 92
Min./max. pressure mea- Pressure conditions for Medium that can be Product weight (per item) Art. no.
suring range measuring accuracy measured
0-12 bar < 0.08 bar: 0-4 bar, < 0.16 bar: Air, Nitrogen 1057.25 g 0715 54 05
4-10 bar, < 0.25 bar: > 10 bar
1-10 bar - - 915 g 0715 540 507
Art. no.
0715 540 54
Art. no.
0715 540 55
Art. no.
0715 54 099
QUICK-CONNECT NIPPLE
For quick connection of the manual tyre inflator to the tyre valve.
Fast sealing 2
with a slight twist of the plug-in nipple
• Suitable for hose internal diameter: 6 mm
Art. no.
0715 54 061
Art. no.
0715 54 04
Art. no.
0715 540 515
Art. no.
0715 35 35
TELESCOPIC MAGNET
Magnetic retention force 500 g
• With wash nozzle adjustment needle, magnetic head, cover cap and pocket clip
• Extension length 155-670 mm
• Min./max. length: 155-670 mm
• Max. loading weight: 500 g
Art. no.
0715 34 96
TELESCOPIC MAGNET
With non-magnetic cover
• Strong telescopic tube made of stainless steel
• Anti-magnetic cover prevents unwanted attachment to metal surfaces, concentrates
and intensifies the magnetic field
• Comfortable soft grip handle ensures a secure grip, even with wet or oily hands
• With convenient pocket clip for secure transport
• Min./max. length: 175-765 mm
• Max. loading weight: 3.9 kg
Art. no.
0715 34 900
Art. no.
0715 35 71
Art. no.
0715 55 340
Art. no.
0714 01 550
Art. no.
0714 01 570
Art. no.
0714 108 10
Art. no.
0713 41 20
MEASURING
Measuring instruments 614 3
Measuring tools 639
Art. no.
0715 53 110
Art. no.
9501 006 572
CAR TESTER
With voltage testing and polarity determination (+/–)
• Four LEDs for voltage and polarity display
• Built-in piercing probe facilitates testing on cables
• Length: 150 mm
3
• Display: LED
• Min./max. voltage range DC: 6-48 V/DC
• IP protection class: IP 40
Art. no.
0715 53 07
Art. no.
0715 53 100
Art. no.
0715 53 001
SOCKET TESTER B
Quick and reliable testing of all potentially fatal connection faults in
the Schuko sockets
Handy tester
Practical storage facility
3 No presetting required
Intuitive operation possible
Compact, lightweight design
Approx. 50 g
Fast and reliable testing of sockets
Tests for correct connection and indicates wiring faults via LED display
Power supply across socket being tested
No follow-up costs, no battery required
Housing made from fibre glass-reinforced polyamide
Shock and break-proof, allowing a long service life
Manufactured and certified to IEC/EN 61010-1 (DIN VDE 0411)
• Min./max. voltage range AC: 85-230 V/AC
• Min./max. frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
• IP protection class: IP 40
• Overvoltage protection category: CAT II/300 V
Art. no.
0715 53 003
Art. no.
0715 53 175
Art. no.
0715 53 165
Art. no.
9501 007 747
Art. no.
0715 53 315
Art. no.
0715 53 421
CABLE TESTER CT 51
Test telephone, computer and video cables
• Check continuity, cable breaks, short circuits, and crossing of pairs
• Test RJ11, RJ45, IEEE 1394, USB and BNC cables
• Quick identification of the fault by simply pressing the button
3
• All tests can be carried out by one person
• Comprises a central unit and a secondary unit
• Measuring distance 180 m
• Operating temperature 5°C to 45°C
• Weight of device: 280 g
• Width: 100 mm
• Length: 200 mm
• Height: 27 mm
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 1 PCS
• Rechargeable battery/battery permanently installed: No
Art. no.
0715 53 570
Art. no.
0715 53 370
Art. no.
0715 53 390
Art. no.
0715 53 415
Art. no.
0715 53 440
Art. no.
0715 58 550
MAGNET TESTER
Test tip lights up without metallic contact as soon as a magnetic field
is present – it reacts to magnetic fields, excited by direct voltage,
alternating voltage or permanent magnets
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 2 PCS
3
Art. no.
0715 53 150
Art. no.
0715 53 715
Art. no.
0715 58 770
Art. no.
0715 58 660
Art. no.
0715 53 405
CROCODILE TERMINALS
• Insulation: PVC
• Contact: nickel-plated steel
• Safety socket in the insulating body with female thread
• Min./max. temperature range: -10 to +55°C
• Scope of delivery: One red and one black tapper
• Colour: Red, Black
• Max. nominal current: 5 A
• Max. nominal voltage: 600 V
• Overvoltage protection category: CAT II
• Max. grip range: 8 mm
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 2 PCS
Art. no.
0715 53 403
Art. no.
0715 53 404
Art. no.
0964 715 535
Art. no.
0715 53 188
Art. no.
0715 53 189
Art. no.
0704 510
EASY-FINDER SET
Contactless cable locator
The cable finder allows any technician to find any kind of cable,
wire or wire pair in the shortest possible time without contact and
without time-consuming stripping work.
• Search depth down to 60 cm (also when concealed)
• For locating cables and cableways up to 15 km
• For limiting cable disruptions
• Test cable, with fully insulated alligator clips, length 25 cm
• Test cable, with special RJ11 connector, 10 cm long
• Transmission power (in dBm) at 600 Ohms: 12 dBm
• Transmission power (in dBm) at 50 Ohms: 10.5 dBm
• Output voltage: 9 V/DC
• Length of test cable: 25 cm
• Length of test cable 2: 10 cm
• Material of the housing: ABS, splash water protected
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 2 PCS
• Rechargeable battery/battery permanently installed: No
Art. no.
0715 53 750
Art. no.
0715 53 790
Art. no.
0715 53 758
Art. no.
0715 53 962
Art. no.
0715 53 757
CHARGER
• Charger for endoscope
• Cable length: 1.8 m
Art. no.
0715 53 766
POSITION FINDER MD 12
Digital position finder for locating metal, wood and electrical cables
Automatic calibration
Fastest possible use and no more measuring errors.
Effortlessly locate
3 energised and non-energised cables.
Clear borehole guides
With a three-colour LED ring and accurate indication of the object centre using the
„centre finder“ scale.
Illuminated display
Excellent readability, even in poor light.
3 detection modes
Dry-wall mode, metal mode, mode for energised cables
• Max. detection depth: 120 mm
• Steel detection depth: 120 mm
• Copper detection depth: 80 mm
• Current-carrying line detection depth: 50 mm
• Wooden substructure detection depth: 38 mm
• Automatic switch-off: 5min
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 9 V block; 6LR61; 6AM6
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 1 PCS
• Length: 200 mm
• Width: 85 mm
• Height: 32 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 800
Art. no.
0715 939 100
PROFILE GAUGE
• Transfer of profiles
• The profile gauge can be extended an unlimited number of times.
• The profile gauge adapts to directional changes via the delay angle
• The scanned profiles can be transported secured without changes.
3
• Length: 400 mm
• Max. profile depth: 50 mm
Art. no.
0714 64 400
Art. no.
0714 64 521
Art. no.
0714 64 522
Art. no.
0715 64 58
Art. no.
0715 64 603
Art. no.
0715 64 57
0715 64 56
TAPE MEASURE
Steel design in wear-resistant palatal case
Good readability
White-painted steel tape with millimetre pitch and metre count in red font
No corrosion and long service life of the tape
3 Start of tape in stainless steel
• Width of band: 13 mm
Tape measure to EEC precision class II
• Accuracy class: II
Art. no.
0714 641 603
Art. no.
0714 64 97
Art. no.
0714 64 902
MARKING GAUGE
Made of stainless steel with hardened marking edge and millimetre
graduation
• Rail width: 40 mm
Max. length measuring range Width of band Maximum extension before the Art. no.
tape bends (vertical)
3m 16 mm 220 cm 0714 64 511
2m 13 mm 150 cm 0714 64 510
5m 19 mm 360 cm 0714 64 512
7m 25 mm 360 cm 0714 64 513
5m 25 mm 320 cm 0714 64 514
8m 25 mm 320 cm 0714 64 516
10 m 25 mm 320 cm 0714 64 541
Max. length measuring Width of band Maximum extension Design Art. no.
range before the tape bends
(vertical)
5m 25 mm 3.6 m With magnetic end hook 0714 64 599
5m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 518
7m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 519
10 m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 540
8m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 538
3m 16 mm 2.2 m - 0714 64 530
Art. no.
0714 64 515
Pocket tape measure complies with accuracy class II Yellow nylon-coated steel tape with cm/mm and inch graduation
Sliding end hook for stop and retraction measurement
Curvature makes steel tape extremely stable
Max. length measuring range Width of band Maximum extension before the Art. no.
tape bends (vertical)
3m 16 mm 220 mm 0714 65 013
5m 25 mm 360 mm 0714 65 015
8m 25 mm 360 mm 0714 65 018
10 m 25 mm 360 mm 0714 65 020
Max. length measuring range Width of band Maximum extension before the Art. no.
tape bends (vertical)
3m 16 mm 220 cm 0714 65 003
5m 19 mm 240 cm 0714 65 005
8m 25 mm 3.6 m 0714 65 008
MEASURING WHEEL LM
• Robust, ergonomic design
• Wear-resistant precision wheel and precision counter guarantee accurate measu-
ring results
• Pistol grip with integrated brake button enables ease of handling
• Small packaging dimensions thanks to clever folding mechanism on the guide rod
• Wheel circumference: 1 m
• Wheel diameter: 31 cm
• Measuring accuracy: < 0.05%
• Max. length measuring range: 9999.9 m
• Material: Aluminium
• Weight: 2100 g
Art. no.
0714 641 210
AUTO-MESSFIX
The telescopic measuring tool for bodywork repairs.
• For measuring vehicle bodywork after accident damage
• Comparison measurements for fitting new components. Actual dimensions can be
read immediately and compared directly with the reference dimensions
• Reliable inspection and final check of competed work. 3
• Fast, easy damage assessment for quotation, insurance and workshop planning
purposes
• The interchangeable measuring tips for inside, diagonal and outside measurements
permit precise positioning
• Design: Square aluminium pipe for removal and insertion with abrasion-proof pla-
stic guides
• Supply scope: 1 telescopic scale with 2 angled tips, measuring tubes, tube holders,
longitudinal measuring tips, measuring cone
• Min. length measuring range: 0.92 m
• Max. length measuring range: 2.6 m
• Length (folded together): 0.92 m
Art. no.
0715 64 94
TELESCOPIC RULE
Analogue measuring tool for trade professionals. For vertical and
horizontal measurements.
Fast, simple measurement of successive sections
Saves an enormous amount of time
Individual telescopic sections made from round aluminium
Extremely sturdy and torsion-free, no corrosion
With horizontal and vertical level
No measuring errors through positioning of the measuring instrument
Coated tape measure with millimetre pitch
Very precise reading and long service life
Reading window with magnifying effect
Numbers enlarged for quicker reading of the measurement results
Min. length measuring range Max. length measuring range Art. no.
0.6 m 3m 0714 642 103
0.9 m 5m 0714 642 105
Art. no.
5709 300 510
Art. no.
5709 300 515
Art. no.
5709 300 522
Art. no.
5709 300 523
Art. no.
5709 300 516
Art. no.
5709 300 030
Art. no.
5709 300 110
Art. no.
5709 300 021
Art. no.
5709 300 041
Art. no.
5709 300 111
Art. no.
5709 300 116
Art. no.
5709 300 115
Art. no.
5709 300 222
Art. no.
5709 300 302
Art. no.
5709 300 305
Art. no.
5709 300 301
Art. no.
5709 300 981
Art. no.
5709 300 915
Art. no.
5709 300 451
Art. no.
5709 300 452
Art. no.
5709 300 453
ELEVATOR TRIPOD
For rangefinder
• Min./max. length: 63.5-170 cm
• Connection thread: 1/4 inch
Art. no.
0714 649 210
Art. no.
0714 64 442
Art. no.
0714 649 302
MONOPOD 145–290 CM
Clamping stand incl. universal fastening platform for the use of line,
dot and rotation lasers.
• For stepless positioning of the laser at different heights
• Easy to fasten e.g. between the floor and ceiling
3 • Telescopic aluminium rods
• Easy operation
• Robust design
• Single-handed operation
• Stepless adjustment
• Automatic feed
• Ball joint and non-slip rubber pads enable diagonal positioning
• Supplied with adapter, 1/4 inch and 5/8 inch screw
•
Includes:
1 x stand rod
1 x adapter incl. screw
• Min./max. length: 145-290 cm
• Connection thread: 1/4 inch, 5/8 inch
Art. no.
0962 980 851
Art. no.
0714 649 301
Art. no.
5709 300 900
FACADE HOLDER
Art. no.
5709 300 913
SCAFFOLD HOLDER
Art. no.
5709 300 914
WALL BRACKET WM 1
Universal bracket for the CLL 18, CLLG 18 and PLL18 lasers.
Art. no.
5709 300 908
Art. no.
0714 64 425
Art. no.
0962 980 853
CHARGING CABLE
For rotation lasers
Art. no.
5709 300 903
Art. no.
5709 300 921
Art. no.
5709 300 916
RECEIVER BRACKET
For using the laser receiver LR5-14 on a rod
Art. no.
5709 300 901
Art. no.
5709 300 902
Art. no.
5709 300 920
Art. no.
0715 76 16
Art. no.
0715 76 19
VERNIER CALLIPER
With torque fixing
• Thread table on the rear
• Stainless
• Scale and nonius matt chrome-plated
3
• Measuring surfaces ground and lapped
• Depth scale on the calliper
• Supplied in elegant case
• DIN 862
• Max. length measuring range: 150 mm
• Vernier scale (imperial): 1/128 inch
• Vernier scale: 0.05 mm
• Length of jaw: 40 mm
• DIN: 862
• Standards: DIN 862
• Product weight (per item): 60 g
• Min./max. length measuring range: 0-150 mm
Art. no.
0715 76 01
VERNIER CALLIPERS
With locking screw
• Thread table on the reverse
• Stainless
• Scale and vernier, matt chrome-plated
• Measuring surfaces ground and lapped
• Depth gauge on calliper
• Supplied in an elegant case
• DIN 862
• DIN: 862
• Standards: DIN 862
Max. length measu- Vernier scale Vernier scale Length of jaw Material Art. no.
ring range (imperial)
150 mm 1/128 inch 0.05 mm 40 mm - 0715 76 02
200 mm - 0.02 mm 50 mm Stainless steel 0715 76 013
Art. no.
0715 76 10
Art. no.
0715 76 07
Art. no.
0715 76 12
MICROMETER
With reference dimension
Bracket: forged steel
Measuring surfaces: Carbide, ground and lapped
With reference dimension and scale adjustment wrench
Micrometer with heat protection
No dimensional deviation
With ratchet
For consistent measuring pressure
• Scale value: 0.01 mm
• Measuring spindle increments: 0.5 mm
Art. no.
0714 646 21
Art. no.
0714 646 210
TILTING WEDGE
For rotation lasers
Art. no.
0714 649 151
REMOTE CONTROL
Controls the laser lines on rotation laser RL5-14
Art. no.
5709 300 306
Art. no.
0714 644 060
Art. no.
0714 644 360
SPIRIT LEVEL
Extra-strong, stable light metal rectangular profile with two handles
Precise measurements
• Two milled measuring surfaces allow for very high accuracy including for overhead
measurements.
3 • Transferring of measuring planes flush with workpiece by means of removable end
caps
• Two vertical bubbles mean there is no need to turn the spirit level to read vertically.
Highly resistant and long service life
• Acrylic glass level block with integrated corrosion-free reading rings
• Fluorescent bubble liquid, highly resistant to UV radiation, no liquid discolouration,
maximum precision with fluctuating temperatures.
Easy to clean
thanks to very smooth electrostatic powder coating
• Height: 30 mm
• Width: 60 mm
• Measuring accuracy (per length): 0.5 mm/m
• Measuring accuracy for overhead measurements (per length): 0.5
mm/m
• Degrees measuring accuracy: 0.029 degree
• Degrees measuring accuracy for overhead measurements: 0.029
Degree
Art. no.
0714 644 106
Art. no.
0714 644 125
Art. no.
0714 644 510
Art. no.
0714 644 505
Art. no.
0714 644 222
Art. no.
0714 644 422
Art. no.
0714 70 025
Art. no.
0714 644 962
Art. no.
0714 64 31
Art. no.
0715 642 202
STOP ANGLE
Accuracy 1
Made from standard steel DIN 875/1
Very low rectangularity tolerance
Suitable for monitoring and precision work
High edges finely ground and adjusted
Flat sides finely ground and trued
• Thickness: 6 mm
TRY SQUARE
Accuracy 2
Made from carbon steel DIN 875/2
Low rectangularity tolerance
Suitable for general mechanical engineering work
3
High edges finely ground and adjusted
Flat sides finely ground and trued
• Thickness: 6 mm
STEEL SQUARE
With stop
Galvanised design
No corrosion
Accuracy in line with DIN 7168 m
• Thickness: 5 mm
• Width: 30 mm
PRECISION PROTRACTOR
Precision dial gauge for measuring angles of 0 to 180 degrees
• Measuring arms and degree arcs are movably connected to the knurled nut and
can be locked at any point
• Surface: Chrome plated
• Min./max angle measuring range: 0-180 Degree
Art. no.
0715 64 92
Art. no.
0715 64 93
GONIOMETER WINKELTRONIK
Electronic goniometer for quick and easy measurement of angles.
Fast reading with maximum accuracy
With digital display (0.1° graduation)
No measurement error due to slanted positioning
With level in horizontal and vertical direction
3
Good base for transcription of angles
Arms of the Winkeltronik fit into each other
No unnecessary waste of energy
Automatic switch-off after 3 minutes
• Limb length: 600 mm
• Min./max angle measuring range: 0-355 Degree
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 4 PCS
• Colour: Red
• Product weight (per item): 1415 g
Art. no.
0715 64 950
Art. no.
0715 641 91
Art. no.
0714 71 19
Art. no.
0714 71 20
Min./max. torque Min./max. torque Scale value torque Length Head diameter Art. no.
measuring range measuring range
(inches)
300-1000 Nm 220-750 lbf.ft 10 Nm 1750 mm 75 mm 0714 71 25
110-550 Nm 80-405 lbf.ft 5 Nm 850 mm 60 mm 0714 71 26
Art. no.
0714 71 24
Art. no.
0714 71 22
Art. no.
0714 71 23
Art. no.
0714 71 80
TORQUE WRENCH
With switchover square drive, fine-toothed ratchet head (72 teeth)
• Accuracy of ± 3% to the set value, in accordance with DIN EN ISO 6789:2003
• Simple and precise setting by turning the handle
• Scaling in Nm and also in pound force per square foot
• Acoustic and tangible torque triggering prevents over-tightening of bolts
• Anti-slip 2-component handle
• With calibration certificate
• Tip size: 3/8 inch
• Min./max. torque measuring range: 20-100 Nm
• Min./max. torque measuring range (inches): 15-80 lbf.ft
• Suitable for right-hand tightening: Yes
• Suitable for left-hand tightening: Yes
• Scale value torque: 1 Nm
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
• Length: 350 mm
• Length of lever: 330 mm
• Ratchet head height: 22 mm
• Ratchet head height with square: 33 mm
• Handle diameter: 37 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 21
Art. no.
0715 762 01
Art. no.
0715 762 04
METAL FITTINGS
Furniture fittings 710
Working aids for furniture fittings 719
4
END CAP
For Slidebox
• Material: Plastic
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 008
T-BAR BRACKET
For Slidebox
• Material: Plastic
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 007
Art. no.
0684 318 006
BAR
For Slidebox
• Material: Aluminium
• Surface: Powder-coated
• Colour: Grey, similar to RAL 7042
• Length: 1080 mm
Art. no.
0684 318 005
PANEL BRACKET
For Slidebox H135
• Material: Plastic
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 004
TRIM PANEL
For Slidebox H135
• Fits body width 1200 mm
• To adjust length
• Material: Aluminium
• Colour: Grey
• Length: 1092 mm
4
Art. no.
0684 318 003
PANEL BRACKET
For Slidebox H84
• Material: Plastic
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 002
TRIM PANEL
For Slidebox H84
• Fits body width 1200 mm
• To adjust length
• Material: Aluminium
• Colour: Grey
• Length: 1079 mm
Art. no.
0684 318 001
4
Art. no.
0684 318 126
Door position Hole distance Hole distance Hole drilling Type description Art. no.
(horizontal) (vertical)
Enclosed 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm Full overlay, 2-way, T48 0683 138 415
with hinge cap screws
Enclosed 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm Half overlay, 2-way, T48 0683 138 416
with hinge cap screws,
Enclosed 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm Embed, 2-way, T48 with 0683 138 417
hinge cap screws,
Full support 5.5 mm 52 mm 52/5.5 mm one way 0683 138 315
Half support 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm one way 0683 138 116
Full support 9.5 mm 45 mm 45/9.5 mm one way 0683 138 215
Art. no.
0683 277 117
Art. no.
0683 800 435
4
REPAIR KIT SBL 3
Scope of delivery:
• 3 x hexagon socket M8 x 16
• 3 x washer
• 3 x spring
• Material: Metal
Art. no.
0683 800 450
Art. no.
0683 800 460
Art. no.
0683 800 400
0683 800 401
0683 800 402
0683 800 404
721
Building supplies / ChapterToC
BUILDING SUPPLIES
Facades, full heat insulation 724
Products roof 725
Products interior fitting 743
Construction site materials 749 5
Roof sealing 752
Roof jointing elements 788
Fixing and mounting accessories 789
Window-,shutter a.door construc.,floors 791
MASONRY BARRIER
Ensures the capillary action of brick walls is interrupted
• Made of black embossed polyolefin film, 30 microns thick
• Better age resistance compared to bituminous felt
• Withstands crushing
• Colour: Black
• Length: 50 m
• Thickness: 300 µm
5
Width Art. no.
20 cm 0818 900 301
25 cm 0818 900 302
35 cm 0818 900 303
50 cm 0818 900 304
CENTRE CLAMP
For framed photovoltaic modules
Height-adjustable
A single centre clamp covers almost all available module types
Fully pre-assembled
The centre clamp can be clicked straight onto the mounting rail without any prepara-
tory work
• Grip distance between the modules: 19 mm
• Grip width: 40 mm
• Material: Aluminium
• Internal drive: HS5 5
END CLAMP
For framed photovoltaic modules
Height-adjustable
A single end clamp covers almost all available module types
Fully pre-assembled
The end clamp can be pushed straight onto the mounting rail without any preparatory
work
• Suitable for module height: 30 - 50 mm
• Grip distance between the modules: 25 mm
• Grip width: 35 mm
• Material: Aluminium
• Internal drive: HS5
Art. no.
0865 799 942
Art. no.
0865 799 952
Art. no.
0865 799 946
CENTRE CLAMP
Aluminium
• Suitable for module height: 36 - 50 mm
• Grip distance between the modules: 19 mm
• Grip width: 80 mm
• Material: Aluminium
• Surface: Plain
• Width: 30 mm
• Internal drive: HS5
• Length: 80 mm
Art. no.
0865 799 90
ELEVATION TRIANGLE
Aluminium (EN-AW-6063 T6)
Variable
Adjustable in 5° increments.
Completely pre-assembled
The triangle can be attached to the roof without any preparatory work.
• Limb length: 1230 mm
• Limb length 2: 1300 mm
• Width: 33 mm
Preset angle Possible elevation angle Product weight (per item) Art. no.
10° 10°, 15° 2572 g 0865 700 103
20° 20°, 25°, 30° 2500 g 0865 700 104
35° 35°, 40°, 45° 3045 g 0865 700 105
Art. no.
0865 700 106
Art. no.
0865 998 8
MOUNTING RAIL, 47 X 37
Aluminium (EN-AW-6063 T6)
Lateral rail mounting
Simple, time-saving mounting
Lateral ribbing
Guaranteed optimum positive and friction locking
MOUNTING RAIL, 70 X 44
Aluminium (EN-AW-6063 T6)
Rail fastening possible on both sides
Heavy loads can be easily transferred to the roof substructure
Lateral ribbing
Guaranteed optimum positive and friction locking
• Length: 6200 mm
Art. no.
0865 770 620
Art. no.
0865 726 315
Art. no.
0865 726 041
MOUNTING RAIL, 39 X 37
Aluminium (EN-AW-6063 T6)
Lateral rail mounting
Simple, time-saving mounting
Lateral ribbing
Guaranteed optimum positive and friction locking
Art. no.
0865 726 180
Art. no.
0865 731 315
Art. no.
0865 727 315
Art. no.
0865 994 81
Art. no.
0865 994 851
Art. no.
0865 994 8
Art. no.
0865 995 85
Art. no.
0865 700 111
RAIL CONNECTORS
For mounting rail 47 x 37 and 60 x 37
Aluminium
Pure plug-in connection
Fast mounting with no need for additional screwing
CROSS-RAIL CONNECTOR
For the creation of a two-layer rail installation
Fully pre-assembled
Connectors can be clipped straight onto the mounting rail without preparatory work
• Internal drive: HS5
• Length x width x height: 40 x 29 x 30 mm
Art. no.
0865 799 930
LOCKING CLAMP
Slip protection for the lowest end clamp in vertical rail mounting
Fully pre-assembled
The end clamp can be pushed straight onto the mounting rail without any preparatory
work
Suitable for 39 x 37, 47 x 37, 60 x 37, 70 x 44 and 120 x 90 mm
mounting rails
• Internal drive: HS6
Art. no.
0865 799 920
END CAP
Aluminium
Simple plug-in assembly
Art. no.
0818 070 150
Length x width x height Material Product weight (per item) Art. no.
550 x 548 x 300 mm PP - Polypropylene 327 g 5397 542 550
5
570 x 570 x 220 mm PES - Polyester 875 g 5397 542 570
Art. no.
5397 546 302
Art. no.
5397 546 602
Art. no.
5397 546 902
Art. no.
5397 546 122
Art. no.
5397 545 301
Art. no.
5397 545 601
Compliant with French standard DTU verified with F45 furring (F47
pending)
Art. no.
0998 011 22
Art. no.
0998 011 0
Art. no.
0998 011 1
Art. no.
0998 011 2
GALVANISED CHASSIS WITH FOLDING HANDLES (SUPPLIED WITH SCREWS) FOR MODULAR
WHEELBARROW
Advantages compared with traditional wheelbarrows
• Lighter
• Replaceable tray
• The wheelbarrow is rust-resistant (polypropylene tray, galvanised chassis, galvani-
sed screws)
• Larger tray capacity
• Material: Steel
• Diameter: 30 mm
Art. no.
0998 011 11
Art. no.
0992 419 980
Art. no.
0681 001 204
Art. no.
0681 001 015
Art. no.
0681 001 026
DIN EN 13859-1
Meets the requirements of the ZVDH (German Central Association
of the Roofing Trade) product data sheet for class UDB-A/USB-A.
Design Roll width Area Number of rolls per Suitable as preli- Art. no.
pallet minary roofing for
slate
- 1.2 m 60 m2 - - 0681 001 120
Without self-adhesive 1.5 m 75 m2 20 PCS 4 Weeks 0681 001 001
strips
EN 13859-1/2
Watertight
Classification according to UNI 11470-2015: class B Thermal insulation protected from accidental infiltration of water and atmospheric
agents, which could compromise functionality
Suitably breathable
• Highly permeable to water vapour
• Expels excess moisture coming from inside the house
• No condensation formation in the thermal insulation if used in conjunction with a
vapour retarder on the inside of the house
2SK version
• Double-sided adhesive tape built into the overlap area for optimal hermetic sealing
• Avoids the use of additional adhesive tapes to seal the joints
• Coating weight per m2: 170 g
• Length of roll: 50 m
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Min./max. temperature resistance: -40 to 80 °C
Design Roll width Area Number of rolls per pallet Art. no.
- 1.5 m 75 m2 20 PCS 0681 001 016
With two self-adhesive strips 1m 50 m2 30 PCS 0681 001 081
With two self-adhesive strips 1.5 m 75 m2 20 PCS 0681 001 018
With two self-adhesive strips 3m 150 m 2
30 PCS 0681 001 083
Art. no.
0681 001 024
Art. no.
0681 001 341
Length of roll Roll width Area Number of rolls per pallet Art. no.
30 m 3.2 m 96 m2 - 0681 001 461
50 m 1.6 m 80 m2 20 PCS 0681 001 459
Art. no.
0681 001 080
Art. no.
0681 001 044
Art. no.
0681 001 047
Art. no.
0681 001 203
Art. no.
0681 001 032
Art. no.
0681 001 045
Art. no.
0681 001 342
Art. no.
0681 001 220
Art. no. 5
0681 001 104
0681 001 105
Art. no.
0681 001 251
Colour Number of rolls Ventilation cross section Min./max. processing Art. no.
temperature
Black 4 PCS 0 cm2 5 to 25 °C 0681 000 259
Brick red 4 PCS 200 mm2 5 to 90 °C 0681 000 231
Brick red 6 PCS 0 cm2 5 to 25 °C 0681 000 257
Brown 4 PCS 200 mm2 5 to 90 °C 0681 000 232
Brown 6 PCS 0 cm2 - 0681 000 258
Art. no.
0681 000 370
Art. no.
0681 001 056
Design Roll width Area Number of rolls per Material Art. no.
pallet
- 0.5 m 25 m2 30 PCS Polypropylene/polyethy- 0681 000 02
lene/ethylene vinyl
acetate
- 2.1 m 105 m2 30 PCS Polypropylene/polyethy- 0681 000 01
lene/ethylene vinyl
acetate
3-ply 1.5 m 75 m2 46 PCS PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 004
3-ply 3m 150 m2 46 PCS PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 144
Art. no.
0681 000 010
Coating weight per Roll width Area Number of rolls per Material Art. no.
m2 pallet
130 g 1.5 m 75 m2 50 PCS Polyethylen/HDPE/PP 0681 000 267
Polypropylen
140 g 0.5 m 25 m2 - PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 256
140 g 1.5 m 75 m2 - Polyethylen/HDPE/PP 0681 000 250
Polypropylen
140 g 2.1 m 105 m2 - PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 255
140 g 3m 150 m2 - PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 254
Art. no.
0681 000 260
Art. no.
0681 000 270
Art. no.
0681 000 268
0681 000 269
Art. no.
0681 000 006
Art. no.
0681 000 009
5
Width Diameter of hole Hole distance Max. load force Art. no.
14 mm 5.3 mm 10 mm 1300 N 0972 001 4
19 mm 6.3 mm 15 mm 1250 N 0972 001 9
Art. no.
0972 019
Width Diameter of hole Hole distance Max. load force Art. no.
12 mm 5.3 mm 10 mm 1300 N 0972 12
17 mm 6.3 mm 12 mm 1600 N 0972 171
26 mm 8.3 mm 14 mm 2400 N 0972 261
Width Diameter of hole Hole distance Marginal-hole Hole distance of Art. no.
diameter holes on the edges
17 mm 6.3 mm 12 mm 3 mm 12 mm 0972 17
25 mm 8.3 mm 14 mm 4 mm 14 mm 0972 25
5
Art. no.
0715 67 80
GLAZING BLOCK
For long-lasting, professional frame blocking of glazing units
• Material: Polypropylene
• Ageing-resistant
• Temperature-resistant
• Optimised rib system for high load-bearing capacity
• Verified compatibility with conventional glazing sealants (based on polysulphide,
polyurethane and silicone)
Glazing blocks verified as compatible with cured
sealants of double glazing edge bond • Ventilation channel for vapour pressure compensation (from 32 mm block width
• Test report 607 41481/4
and 2 mm thickness upwards)
• Tests carried out in line with IfT Rosenheim guideline VE 05/01
„Verified compatibility of glazing blocks“ in conjunction with
• Length: 100 mm
conventional sealants used for double glazing edge bonds
based on polysulphide, polyurethane, silicone, Würth Natural • Material: PP - Polypropylene
Stone Sealant and Würth Glass Active Sealing Compound.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT
Work clothing 794
Personal protective equipment 795
Work shoes 971 6
Occupational safety 984
Protection equipment, hazardous goods 988
Emergency equipment 989
Skin protection 1011
WORK VEST
High-quality work vest made from a special anti-slip material and bre-
athable 3D Air Mesh
• Many different sized pockets
• Breast pocket with rip-tape fastening
• ID card holder
• Elastic bands on the outside for pens, screwdrivers, knifes or pliers
• Optimum ventilation thanks to the mesh fabric on the inside
• Elastic bands on the sides and adjustable straps on the rear guarantee a perfect fit
• Comfortable to get on and off thanks to the sturdy zip on the front
• Small discreet Würth logo
• Colour: Black
6 • Size: Universal
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Coating weight of mesh per m2: 210 g
Art. no.
0715 930 239
Art. no.
0899 175 101
6
Art. no.
0899 110 205
Art. no.
0899 114 10
Art. no.
0899 110 300
Art. no.
0899 110 301
Art. no.
0899 110 302
Art. no.
0899 110 303
Art. no.
0899 110 305
Art. no.
0899 110 304
Art. no.
0899 110 400
Art. no.
0899 121 100
Art. no.
0899 121 104
Art. no.
0899 123 100
Art. no.
0899 110 500
Art. no.
0899 110 501
Art. no.
0899 110 502
Art. no.
0899 110 503
Art. no.
0899 110 504
Art. no.
0899 110 505
Art. no.
0899 110 511
Art. no.
0899 110 520
Art. no.
0899 110 521
Art. no.
0899 110 522
Art. no.
0899 110 523
Art. no.
0899 110 524
Art. no.
0899 110 525
Art. no.
0899 121 110
Art. no.
0899 121 103
Art. no.
0997 895 399
Art. no.
0899 110 431
Art. no.
0899 110 430
Art. no.
0899 110 433
Art. no.
0899 110 432
Art. no.
0899 110 434
Art. no.
0899 175 000
GAS FILTER A2
For breathing protection series 175
• Easy attachment of the filters by a bayonet connection system
• Compatible with half face and full face mask from series 175
• Optimum weight distribution
• Using a filter pad can be expanded to an A2 P2R combination filter
• Filter class: Edelstahl A2
• Protection against: Organic vapours and gases (boiling point above 65°C)
• Range of applications: Spray painting, Application of solvents
Art. no.
0899 175 010
6
COMBINATION FILTER A2P3 RD
For breathing protection series 175
• Easy attachment of the filters by a bayonet connection system
• Compatible with half face and full face mask from series 175
• Optimum weight distribution
• Filter class: A2-P3 RD
• Protection against: Organic vapours and gases (boiling point above 65°C)
• Range of applications: Spray painting, Application of solvents
Art. no.
0899 175 011
Art. no.
0899 175 012
Art. no.
0899 175 014
PRE-FILTER HOLDER
For breathing protection series 175 for expanding the A2 and ABEK1
filters
• Range of applications: Is required when using the particle prefilter for all gas
filters
Art. no.
0899 175 015
PARTICULATE FILTER P3 R
For breathing protection series 175
• Easy attachment of the filters by a bayonet connection system
• Compatible with half face and full face mask from series 175
• Optimum weight distribution
• Filter class: Zink-Nickel schwarz
• Protection against: Fine dusts up to 30 times the limit value, Fine dusts with full
face mask up to 400 times the limit value
• Range of applications: Against solid and liquid particles of toxic, highly toxic
and carcinogenic substances
Art. no.
0899 175 016
6
Art. no.
0899 175 100
PAINTER‘S SET
3 Pieces ready-for-use breathing protection set for painting and deco-
rating work.
• Practical quick-action closure allows you to protect the inside of the mask from dirt
when not wearing
• Filter against gases, vapours, fine dust and particles that occur during painting
• Can be used flexibly on construction sites, during renovation work and in the paint
booth
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 3 PCS
Art. no.
0899 175 020
Size
8
Art. no.
5350 000 408
6
9 5350 000 409
10 5350 000 410
11 5350 000 411
• Cotton half-lining
• Material: Full-grain cowhide leather
• Interior finish: Palm lining
6 • Standards: EN 388 EN 420
• Category: II
• Colour: Natural
4343B
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HDPE/glass fibre/polyester/elastane
4X42C
4X42C
Extended service life
Optimal fit and outstanding tactile and touch sensitivity
Suitable for precision work in dry conditions with high cut protection
requirements
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: HDPE/glass fibre/polyester/elastane 6
• Material coating: Nitrile foam
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: C
• Category: II
• Size: 8
3X21E
• Gauge: 18
• Material of the liner: Para-Aramide/polyester/elastane/steel
• Material coating: Polyurethane
• Standards: EN 388 EN 407 EN 420
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: E
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 403 808
Art. no.
5350 050 010
2132X
• Length: 35 cm
• Material: Full-grain cowhide leather
6 • Interior finish: Complete lining
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420 EN 12477A
• Category: II
EN 388:
2016
3132X
Art. no.
5350 050 210
2132X
6
Size Art. no.
8 0899 401 078
9 0899 401 079
10 0899 401 080
11 0899 401 081
• Colour: Blue
2016
• Gauge: 13
6 • Material of the liner: Polyamide/cotton
• Material coating: PVC dots
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 404 109
MECHANIC‘S GLOVE
Universal glove with good mechanical resistance and special surface
texturing for excellent dry and wet grip
• Outstanding flexibility for fine assembly work
• Good mechanical resistance
• Special surface texturing for outstanding wet and dry grip
• Skin-friendly, seamless knitted nylon lining
• High-quality natural latex coating with open backs of hands for good breathability
EN 388: • Gauge: 15
2016
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyamide/elastane
• Material coating: Nitrile foam
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420
• Category: II
• Gauge: 15
2016
EN 388:2016, EN 420
EN 388:2016, EN 420
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Nylon
• Material coating: Nitrile
• Standards: EN 420 EN 388:2016 6
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 411 367
Art. no.
0899 411 377
Art. no.
0899 411 027
Art. no.
0899 102 115
Art. no.
0899 102 275
6
Colour of safety lens UV protection Art. no.
Clear 380 nm 0899 102 310
Grey 400 nm 0899 102 311
Clear 380 nm 0899 102 312
Yellow 400 nm 0899 102 313
Art. no.
0899 106 13
Art. no.
0899 106 12 6
Art. no.
0899 102 242
Art. no.
0899 102 0 6
Art. no.
0899 103 120
Art. no.
0899 103 180 6
Art. no.
0899 102 450
PC SAFETY GOGGLES
Can be worn over all prescription glasses
• Unrestricted peripheral perception due to panoramic lens with 180° field of view
• Polycarbonate lens with matt roof section to suppress reflections
• 99.99% UV protection (up to 380 nm)
• Colour of safety lens: Clear
• Material of safety lens: Polycarbonate
• UV protection: 380 nm
• EN standard: 166
• Mechanical strength: F (45m/s)
Art. no.
0899 102 232
Art. no.
0899 102 460
Art. no.
0899 102 466
Art. no.
0899 102 463
FACE SHIELD
Perfect protection for grinding and cutting work, as well as against
dripping or splashing liquids
• Maximum safety combined with optimum comfort
• Special geometry for extended protection of the upper head and chin
• Large, resistant polycarbonate visor with wide field of view
• Quick and easy lens change
• Multiple visor inclination adjustment settings
• Individual head strap adjustment
• Soft padding on all parts with head contact
• Tested in accordance with EN166 and 170
• Mechanical strength: B (120m/s)
Art. no.
0899 101 202
Art. no.
0899 210 15
Art. no.
0899 101 200
Art. no.
0899 101 225
Art. no.
0899 101 205
Art. no.
0899 101 203
Art. no.
0899 200 030
6
Classification: U EN166 3 8 9 AT, U EN175 9-B
Art. no.
0899 210 13
Art. no.
0899 210 16
0899 101 201
6
Approved in accordance with EN 166 - 389 B T.
Art. no.
0899 101 222
Art. no.
0899 210 14
SWEATBAND
• For face shield Proguard
• Keep the sweat out and feel more comfortable at work
• Material: Cotton / polyester
Art. no.
0899 101 226 6
PROTECTIVE FILM
For Ultimate face shield
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
Art. no.
0899 101 212
SPARE SCREEN
For Ultimate face shield
• Material: Polycarbonate - PC
Art. no.
0899 101 213
Art. no.
0984 502 250
GOGGLES CASE
With zip and belt loop
For safe storage of goggles and corresponding spare lenses
Art. no.
0899 102 350
Art. no.
0899 106 131
Art. no.
0899 106 121
Art. no.
0899 102 351
EXTERNAL LENS
For automatic welding helmet WSH II 3/11, WSH II 9-13, WSH II 5-13,
WSH III 10-11, WSH III 9-13 and WSH III 5-13
Art. no.
0984 680 02
Art. no.
0984 743 408
Art. no.
0984 743 202
Art. no.
0984 743 201
Art. no.
0984 743 106
Art. no.
0984 743 105
6
BATTERY PACK FOR S9
For S9 welding helmet
• Energy supply: Lithium 3V
Art. no.
0984 743 104
Art. no.
0984 743 103
Art. no.
0984 743 102
6
Art. no.
0984 743 101
6
Art. no.
0984 700 201
SWEATBAND
Ensures comfortable use
• For automatic welding Helmet
Art. no.
0984 700 621
HEADBAND
Complete headband for welding helmet
• Accessories for automatic welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 700 622
Art. no.
0984 741 001
Art. no.
0984 730 005
Art. no.
0984 730 006
EN12941
Art. no. 6
0984 690 004
Art. no.
0984 700 202
Art. no.
0984 740 009
Art. no.
0984 740 006
Art. no.
6 0984 700 401
Art. no.
0984 700 402
Art. no.
0984 700 403
WELDING LENS
For visor and protective screen
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 90 mm
• Design: Not metallised
Art. no.
0899 102 111
FACE GUARD
For combination with the Full-vision goggles FS 2020-01
• Functional extension of the Full-vision goggles FS 2020-01
• Additional protection of the entire face from flying particles and splashes
• Integrated ventilation
• EN standard: 166
Art. no.
0899 102 421
Art. no.
0899 102 110
Art. no.
0899 102 116
Art. no.
0899 102 420
Art. no.
0899 102 489
Art. no.
0899 102 383
Art. no.
0984 700 400
Art. no.
0984 690 010
Art. no.
0984 690 020
Art. no.
0984 690 030
Art. no.
0984 743 407
6
Art. no.
0984 743 406
Art. no.
0984 743 405
Art. no.
0984 743 403
Art. no.
0984 743 402
Art. no.
0984 743 401
Art. no.
0899 030 10
Art. no.
0899 030 20
Art. no.
0899 030 30
Art. no.
0899 030 50
Art. no.
0899 030 60
6
STORAGE BOX
For optimal storage of personal protective equipment
• Sign indicating mandatory use included
• Always at hand and neatly stored away
• Suitable for safety goggles, breathing protection (half-face masks), ear defenders
• Width: 225 mm
• Height: 180 mm
Art. no.
0899 102 360
Size Min./max. chest size Suitable for min./max. body size Art. no.
M 92-100 cm 168-176 cm 0899 021 212
L 100-108 cm 174-182 cm 0899 021 213
XL 108-116 cm 182-188 cm 0899 021 214
XXL 116-124 cm 188-194 cm 0899 021 215
3XL 124-132 cm 194-200 cm 0899 021 216
Size Min./max. chest size Suitable for min./max. body size Art. no.
M 92-100 cm 168-176 cm 0899 021 222
L 100-108 cm 174-182 cm 0899 021 223
XL 108-116 cm 182-188 cm 0899 021 224
XXL 116-124 cm 188-194 cm 0899 021 225
3XL 122-172 cm 194-200 cm 0899 021 226
OVERSHOE
Hygiene and dirt protection overshoe for protection against fluids and
dirt
• Colour: Blue
• Size: Universal
• Material: PE - Polyethylene
Art. no.
0899 028 1
Art. no.
0899 032 008
Art. no.
0899 032 915
Art. no.
0899 032 911
Art. no.
0899 032 055
Art. no.
0899 032 020
Art. no.
0899 032 029
Art. no.
0899 032 069
Art. no.
0899 032 901
Art. no.
0899 032 075
Art. no.
0899 032 959
Art. no.
0899 032 931
Art. no.
0899 032 930
Art. no.
0899 032 067
HARNESS, TYPE 2
• Retaining strap with high wearing comfort due to wide and breathable padding
• Quick release for effective and fast working
• Two large tool holder loops on the back
• Material: Polyester
• Two holder loops according to EN 358
• Weight: 550 g
• EN standard: 358
Art. no.
0899 032 089
Art. no.
0899 032 900
Art. no.
0899 032 998
Art. no.
0899 033 003
Art. no.
0899 032 096
0899 032 097
Art. no.
0899 032 920
6
Art. no.
0899 032 925
Art. no.
0899 032 919
SNAP-HOOK
• With double-action lock (automatic lock)
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Zinc plated
• EN standard: 362
• Max. width of mouth: 59 mm
• Length: 219 mm
• Width: 101 mm
• Load force in a vertical position: 23 kN
Art. no.
6 0899 032 917
Art. no.
0899 032 045
Art. no.
0899 032 019
Art. no.
0899 032 024
6
Art. no.
0899 032 005
Art. no.
0899 032 933
Art. no.
0899 032 093
Art. no.
0899 032 996
6
Art. no.
0899 032 997
Art. no.
0899 032 976
0899 032 091
Art. no.
0899 033 001
6
FALL ARRESTER SET ELASTICO W1003 3 PIECES
Complete set comprising safety harness, fall arrest traveller with 15 m
rope and storage case
Safety harness
• Maximum freedom of movement and very comfortable to wear thanks to the elastic
harness material in the back and shoulder area
• Tools are quickly at hand thanks to the holding loops on the sides
• The safety harness is tested and approved for up to 140 kg
Fall arrest traveller
• The fall arrestor is free-sliding in the direction of ascent and is automatically locking
in case of a fall
• With a robust and flexible 11 mm kernmantle rope
• The fall arrestor is tested and approved for up to 140 kg
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 3 PCS
Art. no.
0899 032 103
Art. no.
0899 032 105
Art. no.
0899 032 012
Art. no.
0899 032 014
Y-CONNECTOR
For attachment on alternating sides
For fast, easy attachment to pipes up to Ø 59 mm with large, steel
pipe carabiner
• EN standard: 354, 355
• Length: 1.5 m
• Suitable for: Pipe up to max. diameter 59 mm
• Max. load capacity: 100 kg
Art. no.
0899 032 015
Art. no.
Art. no.
0899 032 047
Art. no.
0899 032 948
Y-CONNECTOR 1.7 M
• Elasticated Y-band
• Two aluminium snap hooks up to max. dia. 26 mm/dual-catch closure
• Snap hook with auto block closure for connecting to the safety harness
• Energy absorber
• EN standard: 355
• Length: 1.7 m
Art. no.
0899 032 949
6
CONNECTOR WITH BELT FALL ARRESTER AND SNAP HOOK
Ideal connector with belt fall arrester for use on scaffolding.
• Elasticated belt strap made of polyamide, width 30 mm
• Equipped with trilock aluminium snap hook (for connecting to the safety harness)
and aluminium tubular snap hook with an opening width of up to dia. 56 mm for
easy and quick mounting
• Integrated fall damper for absorbing the fall energy
• Including protective cover with hook-and-loop fastener for holding the fall arrester
and to facilitate regular inspections
• EN standard: 355
• Length: 1.7 m
• Max. load capacity: 100 kg
Art. no.
0899 032 077
Art. no.
0899 032 978
Art. no.
0899 033 004
Art. no.
0899 032 954
Art. no.
0899 032 016
Art. no.
0899 032 903
Art. no.
0899 032 968
Art. no.
Art. no.
0899 032 908
Art. no.
0899 032 110
Art. no.
0899 032 112
Art. no.
0899 032 111
Art. no.
0899 032 430
Art. no.
0899 032 435
Art. no.
0899 032 440
KERNMANTLE ROPE
• Rope with two sewn eyelets
• With a sewn-in „Autoblock“ steel snap hook
• Length 20 m
• Ø 11 mm
• Breaking load 2500 daN
• Length: 20 m
• EN standard: 354, 795
Art. no.
0899 032 962
RUCKSACK
Storage rucksack for personal protective equipment
• Practical storage and transport of fall arrestor gear
• Storage net for helmets, clothing and other accessories
• Pockets for mobile phone and flask
Art. no.
0899 032 943
BELT SLING
Minimum breaking strength: 26 kN
Proof of performance
Belt sling in accordance with EN 354 and EN 795.
Belt sling in accordance with EN 354 and EN 795
• Material: PA - Polyamide
• Width: 25 mm
• EN standard: 354, 795
TRAUMA SLING
For reducing the suspension trauma after a fall
• Trauma slings keep the muscle pump and blood circulation functioning until the fal-
len person is rescued
• Length adjustable from 45 cm to 126 cm
• To be used in pairs
Art. no.
0899 032 966
Art. no.
0899 032 946
ENERGY ABSORBER
• Complete with EN362 auto lock carabiner
Max. extension of the absorber: 1.4 m
• Length: 30 cm
• EN standard: 355
Art. no.
0899 032 073
6
Complies with European standards EN 341/A; EN12841 type C,
PSA category III.
Art. no.
0899 032 083
Art. no.
0899 032 084
Art. no.
0899 033 100
D-RING EXTENSION
• Material: Polyamide/steel
• Length: 0.5 m
• EN standard: 354
Art. no.
0899 032 094
RECOVERY KIT
To facilitate rescue in the event of an accidental fall. Max. load:
150 kg/1 person
Kit contains:
Anti-panic descender
• Descender with manual control
• Automatic lock activated by releasing and pushing the lever
• Enables descent at a controlled speed
• Can be used on ropes Ø 10.5–11 mm
• Made from aluminium alloy
• Weight: 477 g
• Complies with EN 341/A; EN 12841 type C
• Category III PPE
6 Emergency hoist
• Consisting of black, semi-static rope, incorporated snap-hook, webbing and hoist
block and tackle
• Length: 1.50 m
• Safety webbing to prevent the rope from accidentally being cut
• Complies with EN 567; EN12278; EN 566; EN 354; EN 795/B
• Category III PPE
Anchor webbing
• Fabric band made from polyamide, closed loop
• Length: 1.80 m; width: 25 mm
• Tensile strength: 3500 daN
• Complies with EN 566; EN 354; EN 795/B
• Category III PPE
Semi-static rope, red
• Rope with two stitched loops
• Length: 20 m
• Ø 11 mm
• Tensile strength: 2500 daN
• Complies with EN 566; EN 795/B
• Category III PPE
•
Aluminium handle
• With safety lock, prevents the rope from escaping
• For use on ropes Ø 8 mm–13 mm
• Weight: 226 g
• Complies with EN 567
• Category III PPE
2 steel snap hooks
• Auto lock closure
• Complies with EN 362 B
• Category III PPE
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 10 PCS
• Product weight (per item): 3700 g
Art. no.
0899 032 939
Art. no.
0899 032 909
Art. no.
0899 032 953
Art. no.
0899 032 960
Art. no.
0899 032 961
Art. no.
0899 032 087
Art. no.
0899 032 980
6
Art. no.
0899 032 985
Art. no.
0899 032 995
IMPACT CAP
Sporty head protection with a modern baseball cap design for any
applications with a risk of impact to the head.
• Upper material: 100% cotton
• Hard plastic shell
• Foam padding on the shell and built-in ventilation holes for comfort
• Adjustable with riptape fastening
• Built-in sweatband
• Covering washable at up to 30°C
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -30 to 50 °C
• EN standard: 812
• Min./max. size: 54 cm-59 cm
6
Colour Art. no.
Dark blue 0899 200 980
Black 0899 200 981
Art. no.
0899 200 123
Art. no.
0899 200 242
Art. no.
0899 200 236
SWEATBAND
Sweatband for hard hat Pro-Tek
• Material: Faux leather
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0899 200 266
CHIN STRAP
Chin strap for hard hat Pro-Tek
• Material: Textile
6
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 200 265
SCRATCH-RESISTANT VISOR
• For Pro-Tek hard hat
• Hard-wearing polycarbonate visor
• Interior/exterior coating: scratch-resistant
• In accordance with EN 166
• Material: Polycarbonate - PC
• Colour: Transparent
Art. no.
0899 200 130
Art. no.
0899 200 248
SWEATBAND
For hard hat SH 2000/working-at-height helmet
• Material: Faux leather
• Colour: Skin-coloured
Art. no.
0899 200 249
Art. no.
0899 200 286
Art. no.
0899 200 287
6
3-PIECE INNER PADDING FOR HARD HAT
Replacement pad for scaffolding hard hat
• Material: PA - Polyamide
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 200 284
Art. no.
0899 200 324
Art. no.
0899 200 291 6
Art. no.
0899 301 351
REPLACEMENT PLUGS
For ear defender strap x-300
• Number of ear plugs: 5 Pair
6 Art. no.
0899 300 340
Art. no.
0899 300 335
Art. no.
0899 300 354
Art. no.
0899 300 353
Art. no.
0899 300 351
Art. no.
0899 300 350
Art. no.
6
0899 300 312
Art. no.
0899 390 415
Art. no.
0899 390 416
6
Tested in accordance with EN 352
Art. no.
0899 300 352
Art. no.
0899 300 295
6
Tested in accordance with EN 352, ANSI S3.19- 1974, AS/NZ
S1270:2002
Art. no.
0899 300 296
Art. no.
0899 300 298
6
Tested in accordance with EN 352, ANSI S3.19-1974, AS/NZ
S1270:2002
Art. no.
0899 300 299
Art. no.
0899 300 400
Art. no.
0899 300 410
Art. no.
0899 300 430
Art. no.
0899 300 420
Art. no.
0899 300 450
Art. no.
0899 300 332
Art. no.
0899 300 333
Art. no.
0899 300 339
Art. no.
0899 300 341
Art. no.
0899 300 338
6
Safety class S5:
Closed heel area, anti-static, energy absorption capacity in the
heel area, energy absorption in the protective toe cap of 200
joules, oil and petrol-resistant outsole, anti-puncture sole, water-re-
pellent (not watertight), fully moulded or vulcanised upper (e.g.
boots made of rubber, PVC, PU)
6
HIGH-TEMPERATURE PROTECTIVE BLANKET HTD 900
To protect sensitive components during welding and soldering work
• Resistant to sparks, cinders, welding beads
• Asbestos-free
• Application temperature: 750°C, briefly: 900°C
• Length: 1500 mm
• Width: 1000 mm
• Max. temperature resistance: 750 °C
• Max. short-term temperature resistance: 900 °C
Art. no.
0984 350 3
CURTAIN
For portable welding protection wall
• Width: 205 cm
• Height: 180 cm
• ISO: EN ISO 25980
Art. no.
0984 770 3
Art. no.
0984 770
DISPENSER
Empty roller block for warning tape
• Material: PE - Polyethylene
• Suitable for strap dimension: 500 m x 80 mm
Art. no.
0899 615 000
Art. no.
0899 615 010
WARNING TAPE
Made of sustainable regranulate to close off, secure and mark hazard
zones, construction sites, construction pits, plots of land, paths etc.
• Blue Angel certified
• Red/white blocks on both sides
• Free from PVC and heavy metal
• Material: Plastic recyclate
• Colour: Red-white
• Width: 80 mm
• Length: 500 m
6
Art. no.
0899 615 009
Art. no.
0899 964 801
6
Art. no.
0899 520 104
6
FABRIC FINGER PLASTER
• Flexible fabric adhesive plaster
• Extra long, specifically for fingers
• Colour: Beige
Contents:
100 pcs per box
• Length: 180 mm
• Width: 20 mm
• Number of pieces: 100 PCS
CE-certified
Art. no.
0899 520 102
Art. no.
0899 520 30
Art. no.
0899 520 50
Art. no.
0899 520 31
Art. no.
0899 520 51
Art. no.
0899 520 32
Art. no.
9501 007 834
Art. no.
0899 520 40
Art. no.
0899 520 125
Art. no.
0899 110 1
CAR FIRST-AID BOX, DIN 13164 FOR W-FR FIRST AID KIT FOR BUS/CAR
First-aid kit complies with DIN 13164
Contents:
• DIN 13164
• 4 alcohol wipes
• 1 mouth-to-mouth breathing aid
• DIN: 13164
• Length: 255 mm
• Width: 166 mm
• Height: 80 mm
• Box material: Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol
Art. no.
6 0899 520 14
Art. no.
0899 511 96
6
Registered as a medical product
Art. no.
9501 007 835
DISPENSER
For adhesive-free latex-free plasters
Optimum availability
Rapid wound care
Hygienic storage
Integrated blade for cutting plasters
• Colour: Red
• Length: 280 mm
• Height: 170 mm
• Width: 170 mm
Art. no.
0899 512 23
PLASTER DISPENSER
Simple and practical dispenser for plaster refills
Quick-release dispenser
The dispenser contains 36 plasters measuring 25 x 72 mm and
42 plasters measuring 19 x 72 mm
Safe and practical
• Dispenses plasters and also protects them from dust
• Each plaster is individually wrapped
• Very easy to use as immediately available when needed
• Unlock to refill
Ready to use
• Easy to use with just one hand
6 • Simply lift the transparent protective cover and take out the plaster
• When you take a plaster from the dispenser, the protective film is removed automati-
cally for immediate application
Can be used anywhere
• Supplied with dowels and screws for wall mounting
• The dispenser is quick and easy to refill using the key
• Colour: White
• Length: 230 mm
• Height: 131 mm
• Width: 38 mm
Art. no.
0899 512 30
MEDICAL SET
For first aid cases, Appendix 1
• 2 x 500 ml bottles of povidone-iodine and 3 x 500 ml bottles of sterile saline
solution
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03 - Appendix 1 with addi-
tions Suitable for class A and B businesses or production units
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0899 520 126
MEDICAL SET
For first aid cases, Appendix 2
• 1 x 125 ml bottle of povidone-iodine and 1 x 250 ml bottle of sterile saline solution
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03. Appendix 2 with addi-
tions Suitable for class C businesses or production units
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0899 520 127
REFILL SET
For first aid cases, Appendix 1
• With extra content
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03 - Appendix 1 with addi-
tions Suitable for class A and B businesses or production units
Art. no.
0899 520 121
REFILL SET
For first aid cabinet, Appendix 1
• With basic contents
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03 - Appendix 1 with addi-
tions Suitable for class A and B businesses or production units
Art. no.
0899 520 123
6 Art. no.
0899 520 52
REFILL SET
For first aid cases, Appendix 2
• With extra content
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03. Appendix 2 with addi-
tions Suitable for class C businesses or production units
Art. no.
0899 520 122
REFILL SET
For first aid cases, Appendix 2
• With basic contents
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03. Appendix 2 with addi-
tions Suitable for class C businesses or production units
Art. no.
0899 520 321
6
In accordance with Italian Decree of the President of the Autono-
mous Province of Bolzano no. 25 of 13 June 2005
Art. no.
0899 520 53
Art. no.
0899 110 100
PLASTER REFILL
• Fabric backing
• Plaster length: 72 mm
ASSORTED PLASTERS
Polyethylene micropore support
Plaster sizes:
• 5 pieces 70 x 20 mm
• 10 pcs 60 x 20 mm
• 5 pcs 40 x 10 mm
Pack:
160 plasters (8 boxes of 20 pieces)
Art. no.
0899 511 94
6
In accordance with DIN EN 15154-4
Art. no.
0899 511 921
Art. no.
0899 511 920
Art. no.
0899 511 925
6
Art. no.
0899 511 803
Art. no.
0899 511 805
Art. no.
0899 511 900
Art. no.
0899 520 910
Art. no.
0899 511 95
Art. no.
0890 600 206
Art. no.
0890 600 217
Art. no.
0890 600 218
HAND CREAM
• Has moisturising and revitalising effect
• Absorbed quickly and leaves no residue
• External irritation to your hands can be alleviated with this cream.
• Weight of content: 980 g
• Smell/fragrance: Pleasant
• Colour: White
• Container: Bucket
Art. no.
0893 902
Art. no.
0890 600 703
Art. no.
0893 934 951
FOAMING HANDWASH
No rinsing or wiping required
• Removes grease, sludge and other dirt
• Ideal when cleaning with water is impossible
• Suitable for all sectors: agricultural, public works, industrial, plumbing, motorcycles,
pushbikes
• 150-ml can gives a minimum of 90 washes
• Product compliant with European legislation on cosmetic products
• The raw materials used in this product have been selected for their sound environ-
mental qualities
• Non-perishable
• Protect from frost
6 • Ideal resale product: a display of 12 cans is available
• Contents: 150 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Floral
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 931 7
Art. no.
0890 600 706
Art. no.
0899 982 951
PLANT-BASED HANDWASH
Formula based on wood powder and essential lavender oil
Enriched with essential lavender oil
• Anti-inflammatory and natural healing properties
• Soothes and purifies the skin
• Leaves the skin soft, hydrated and gently fragranced
Ideal for frequent washing
• Smell/fragrance: Lavender
• Colour: Beige
6
Contents Art. no.
5l 0893 938 005
25 l 0893 938 025
FOAM SOAP
For gentle and effective cleaning in case of light contamination. For
Skin-Line dispenser systems 0891900500, 0891900501, 0891900502,
0891900503.
• With skin-nourishing glycerine
• Slightly perfumed
• Soap- and alkali-free
• With skin-neutral pH value
• Very economical compared to washing lotions
• Contents: 1000 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Perfumed
• Colour: Blue
• Performance (points system): 1 of 5 points
• pH value / conditions: 5 / at 20°C
Art. no.
0890 600 619
Art. no.
0890 600 601
Art. no.
0890 600 612
Art. no.
0890 600 615
Art. no.
0893 955 110
Art. no.
0893 955 130
Art. no.
0899 982 950
Art. no.
0893 900 10
Art. no.
0893 910 10
Art. no.
0893 700 50
Art. no.
0893 585 8
Art. no.
0890 600 707
Art. no.
0890 600 708
Art. no.
0890 600 620
Art. no.
0893 900 012
Art. no.
0893 900 103
CREAM SOAP
Cream soap for light soiling
• Pleasantly perfumed
• Good foaming action
• Ingredients that are kind to the skin
• pH neutral
• Can be used with pump art. no. 0891 930 06 or a wall-mounted dispenser
• Contents: 5 l
• Colour: Pearly
Art. no.
0893 934
Art. no.
0890 600 617
Art. no.
0890 600 618
Art. no.
0890 600 614
Art. no.
0890 600 613
Art. no.
0890 600 616
Art. no.
0890 600 611
Art. no.
0893 900 005
Art. no.
0893 900 004
Art. no.
0893 900 013
Art. no.
0893 955 140
Art. no.
0893 955 143
Art. no.
0893 955 144
Art. no.
0890 600 623
Art. no.
0890 400 250
Art. no.
0890 600 105
Art. no.
0893 015 201
Art. no.
0890 600 119
Art. no.
0890 600 117
Art. no.
0890 600 120
Art. no.
0890 600 118
Art. no.
0890 600 150
Art. no.
0890 600 151
DISPENSER
Hygienic, user-friendly, wall-mounted dispenser for cream and soap
products
Economical
• Accurate dosage prevents excess consumption
Promotes good hygiene in the workplace
• Closed cartridges so that bacteria cannot get into the cream/soap product
• Easy to clean
User-friendly design
• Easy to use
Art. no.
0891 938 05
Art. no.
0891 903 004
Art. no.
0891 930 04
DISPENSING PUMP
For 4000 ml bucket of hand cleaner
• The pressure pump transports the hand cleaner as soon as the pump is pressed
• Single pump action dispenses a precise amount (6 cm³)
• Total height: approx. 40 cm
• Material: Plastic
Art. no.
0891 901 1
0891 901 358
WALL MOUNT
For 5000 ml container of hand wash paste, art. no. 0890 600 701
Art. no.
0891 900 3
DISPENSER SYSTEM
Pressure pump with wall bracket for hand cleaner
Practical dispensing pump
• The pressure pump transports the hand cleaner as soon as the pump is pressed
• Single pump action dispenses a precise amount (6 cm³)
Total height: 40 cm
• Material: Plastic / metal
Art. no.
0891 901
WALL BRACKET
For wall mounting of the hand cleaner 4.5 litre bucket
For wall-mounting of the 4.5 litre hand cleaner bucket „white sol-
vent-free hand cleaner“ (art. 0893 942 2); „Red gel soap with natu-
ral micro-granules“ (art. 0893 900 045) and „Yellow gel soap with
natural micro-granules“ (art. 0893 934 11).
• Ease of installation
• Simple maintenance
Art. no.
0891 900 101
Art. no.
0891 930 06
Art. no.
0891 901 088
SKIN BOARD
Skin Board contains four dispensers for easy use of soap and cream
before, during and after work. The symbols explain the products.
• 1 x 1-l dispenser for sunscreen
• 1 x 2-l dispenser for soap
• 1 x 2-l dispenser for heavy duty soap
• 1 x 1-l dispenser for hand cream
• Material: PVC - Polyvinyl chloride
Art. no.
0891 600 020
Art. no.
0891 900 4
Art. no.
0891 900 52
Art. no.
0891 935
Art. no.
0891 96
Art. no.
0891 935 1
6
Art. no.
9501 006 879
Art. no.
0899 981 952
WORK EQUIPMENT
Tool holders/loops/pockets 1054
Lifting devices 1058
Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment 1059
Storage systems for hazardous materials 1070
Storage systems 1072
Working lighting, batteries, chargers 1109
Boxes 1196 7
Belts, straps, strings, anchors 1197
Pneumatic technology 1214
Labelling system 1256
Tool boxes/cases/bags 1262
Workplace equipment 1291
Document administration 1445
Packaging material 1447
Tyre fitting 1448
Art. no.
0715 930 212
Art. no.
0715 930 231
Art. no. 7
0715 93 150
LEATHER BELT
With metal double-pin buckle
Length x width Material Colour Min./max. waist Product weight (per Art. no.
measurement item)
1330 x 50 mm Cowhide leather Black 800-1200 mm 290 g 0715 93 709
120 x 4 cm Leather Light brown 90-120 cm 139 g 0715 93 026
LEATHER BELT
Leather belt for tool carrier case
Belt to be used with a tool holder bag
• Material: Leather
• Colour: Brown
• Min./max. waist measurement: 1200-1250 cm
• Product weight (per item): 146 g
Art. no.
0715 93 025
Art. no.
0715 930 218
7
TOOL HOLDER
Keeps the most important tools for tyre service to hand
4 powerful magnets with a retention force of max. 5 kg for flexible
use
Ideal for attaching to lifting platforms or toolboxes
Keeps essential tools right where you work
E.g. pneumatic screwdriver, torque wrench and up to four socket wrench inserts
Dip-coated mounts for protective
and secure storage of tools
Robust and durable
• 1.6-mm thick steel construction
• Black powder-coated surface
• Width: 102 mm
• Height: 395 mm
• Material thickness: 1.6 mm
Art. no.
0714 937 130
SMARTPHONE POCKET
With convenient riptape closure
• Elasticated strap on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier)
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Colour: Black, Grey
• Max. load capacity: 1 kg
Length x width x Suitable for mobile For belt width Design Product weight (per Art. no. 7
height phone item)
150 x 30 x 80 mm 145 x 75 x 15 mm 50 mm Horizontally 27 g 0715 930 220
85 x 30 x 150 mm 145 x 75 x 15 mm 50 mm Vertical 985 g 0715 930 221
95 x 30 x 170 mm 160 x 80 x 15 mm 60 mm Vertical 90 g 0715 930 241
HAMMER HOLDER
• With leather carrier and metal clip with swing feature that keeps the tool vertical
and stops it from getting lost
• Suitable for max. belt width: 40 mm
• Material: Steel/leather
• Product weight (per item): 0.55 kg
Art. no.
0715 93 027
Art. no.
0715 93 82
Art. no.
0713 92 915
7
Art. no.
0899 500 100
Art. no.
0827 300 230
Art. no.
0691 207 100
Art. no.
0715 534 800
Art. no.
0715 54 200
Art. no.
0715 54 47
Art. no.
0715 54 130
Art. no.
0715 54 110
Art. no.
0715 54 120
Art. no.
0715 54 53
PIT JACK
Assembly and disassembly aid in the automotive sector
Foot-operated control
• Frees hands for work
Manual control
• For precise, safe lowering
Large steering rollers
• Ensures maximum stability and manoeuvrability
Chrome-plated piston and rod
• Rustproof
Equipped with safety valve
• Prevents overloading
Jack has paint coating
• Corrosion-resistant
• Ensures longer life
7
Load capacity Min./max. overall height Art. no.
300 kg 1125-1950 mm 0715 54 54
600 kg 1125-1950 mm 0715 54 56
1000 kg 1170-2000 mm 0715 54 57
SADDLE CUSHION
Made from oil-resistant rubber
Art. no.
0715 54 112
Art. no.
0713 92 404
Art. no.
0713 920 405
Art. no.
0824 102 00
Art. no.
0957 801 221
Art. no.
0957 370 005
Art. no.
0957 802 455
Art. no.
0957 370 006
Art. no.
0957 801 903
Art. no.
0957 370 180
7
Art. no.
0957 801 901
Art. no.
0957 801 902
Art. no.
0957 370 185
Art. no.
0957 370 186
Art. no.
0957 370 187
7 Art. no.
0955 720 1
Art. no.
0956 109 0
Art. no.
0956 770 00
Art. no.
0956 109
0956 109 00
Art. no. 7
0961 930 051
Art. no.
0961 080 078
7
COMPONENT FOR CUTTING AND ROUGH GRINDING DISCS ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM
For shelf top
For up to nine different cutting, rough grinding and sanding discs
Hooks can be arranged variably on the strip.
COVER
As a rack end
FLOOR PART
For constructing an ORSY® tower
FLOOR PART
Floor part for the construction of an ORSY® tower
7
Colour Width Depth Height Art. no.
- - - - 0961 080 005
Reseda green RAL 6011 526 mm 16 mm 365 mm 0961 10
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 536 mm 16 mm 365 mm 0961 610
Traffic red RAL 3020 526 mm 16 mm 365 mm 0961 910
CORNER SHELF
For large packages, cardboard boxes, spray bottles, pump spray
cans, large containers etc.
CORNER LID
Rack end, not intended for storage
Art. no. 7
0961 913
Art. no.
0961 080 098
0961 891 110
DRAWER
For ORSY 1 shelf system small parts magazine
• Height: 55 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 042
SPARE KEY FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE AND SHELVING SYSTEM CABINET ORSY 1
2 spare keys
Spare keys for shelving system cabinet 0961 930 051 and 0957 801
900
Art. no.
0961 050 093
0961 930 053
Art. no.
0961 050 096
Art. no.
0961 050 026
Art. no.
0961 002 001
0961 002 002
Art. no. 7
0961 050 100
7
HOLDER ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM
Art. no.
0961 050 041
Art. no.
0961 050 039
Art. no.
0961 050 040
Art. no.
0961 930 052
PARTITION PLATE
For ORSY 1 shelf system, drawer height 115 mm
• Width: 330 mm
• Height: 110 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 025
SEPARATING PLATE
For rack cabinet
• Width: 390 mm
• Height: 80 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 038
BRACKET
For wall mounting
• Width of side: 65 mm
• Height: 65 mm
MULTI-BOX SET
Storage box with assortment of 14 detachable compartments
Practical transparent design
• The contents of the box can be seen without opening it
• Makes it easy to select the right box
Reliable closing system
Compartment is easy to detach from the box and easy to refit
Easy single-handed opening
Belt clip
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Number of compartments: 14 PCS
• Colour: Black, Red
• Height: 330 mm
• Width: 300 mm
• Depth: 145 mm
7
Art. no.
0955 700 053
Art. no.
0981 508
Art. no. 7
0721 508
Art. no.
0827 940 359
Art. no.
0827 940 991
7
WIRELESS CHARGING PAD ERGOPOWER PAD II
Compatible with Würth wireless charging lamps
• For charging two lamps
• With 5V USB output, max. 1A
• Two magnets on reverse side for mounting to metal surfaces
• With mounting holes for wall mounting
• Charger and USB-C charging cable included in scope of delivery
• Dimensions: 210 x 100 x 13.5 mm
• Min./max. nominal voltage: 100 / 240 V/AC
• Min./max. frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
• Type description: Pad II
Art. no.
0827 940 992
Art. no.
0827 809 200 7
Art. no.
0827 809 610
LED CAPLIGHT
Simple clippable led of high quality light beam adjustable to most
caps for on the go lighting use
Easy and stable to wear on
Cap clip easy and stable to wear on
Deliver 50 lumen light output
COB light source
Easy lighting solution for activities
Wide rande of usage such as jogging, fishing, hiking, etc.
Adjustable rotation lighting direction
90 degree
2 CR2032 dry battery power source delivered
• Luminous flux: 50 lm
• Luminous period: 5 h
• IP protection class: IP 20
7 • Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Round cell
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 2 PCS
Art. no.
0827 809 353
Art. no.
0827 809 998
Art. no.
0827 500 073
7
Art. no.
0827 809 802
Art. no.
0827 809 902
SPARE PARTS FOR LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER COB (2001021423) SPARE PARTS
FOR LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER COB (2001021423)
Art. no.
0827 940 254
Art. no.
0981 30 124
Art. no.
0981 736
0981 737
7 Art. no.
0721 306 10
Art. no.
0981 738
Art. no.
0827 940 10
Art. no.
0827 940 600
Art. no.
0827 940 450
Art. no.
0827 500 021
Art. no.
0827 940 240
Art. no.
0827 940 290
Art. no.
0827 940 390
Art. no.
0827 940 310
Art. no.
0827 940 320
Art. no.
0827 940 117
Art. no.
9501 000 065
Art. no. 7
9501 000 066
Art. no.
0981 180 955
Art. no.
0981 508 142
Art. no.
9501 000 060
Art. no.
9501 000 061
7
LED WORK LAMP 360°
Soft, pleasant and low-shadow light for effortless work
• LED panel with highly efficient SMD LEDs (≥ 110 lm/W)
• Shock and break-resistant housing
• Foldable holding/mounting bracket made from rustproof stainless steel
• Incl. pressure equalisation valve
• Device for screw mounting on the wall
• No need to change the bulb
• Low power consumption
• No warm-up and pre-heating time
• Made in Germany
• Design: 1 socket, type E
• Luminous flux: 3400 lm
• Lamp light power: 3900 lm
• Colour temperature: 5000 K
• IP protection class: IP 54
• Impact resistance: IK07
• Cable type: H07BQ-F3G1.5 mm2
• Power-lead length: 5 m
Art. no.
0981 180 951
REPLACEMENT COVER
For fluorescent hand-held lamp 11 W
REPLACEMENT HOOK
For fluorescent hand-held lamp 11 W
• Product weight (per item): 18 g
7 Art. no.
0981 38
Art. no.
0981 36
REPLACEMENT HANDLE
For fluorescent hand-held lamp 11 W
REPLACEMENT CIRCUIT
For fluorescent hand-held lamp 11 W
• Product weight (per item): 92 g
Art. no.
0981 33
0981 34
Art. no.
0827 559 000
0827 559 100
Art. no.
0981 508 124
7
RECHARGABLE BATTERY PACK
For LED work lamp Ergopower
• Material: Plastic
Art. no.
0981 508 101
Art. no.
0981 509 000
Art. no.
0981 509 001
Art. no.
0981 509 003
Art. no.
0981 509 004
7 Art. no.
0981 509 002
Art. no.
0981 509 016
Art. no.
0981 509 090
0981 509 091
Art. no.
0981 508 157
Art. no.
0827 940 750
Art. no.
0981 508 158
Art. no.
0981 504 118
ERGOPOWER DUAL 25 W
Cordless LED work lamp in exclusive Würth design with two different
light levels and USB output connection.
The lamp can be charged either via the mains or in the vehicle.
Thanks to the independent battery management system, the lamp
can also be used when the charging cable is connected and the lamp
is being charged at the same time = dual use.
Properties:
• SMD LEDs
• Two light levels - 2500 lumens and 1000 lumens
• With residual capacity/charging status display
• Stand with mounting holes - for wall mounting or mounting on a tripod
• Scope of delivery incl. 3m H07RN-F charging cable (mains connection cable) and
car charger for 12/24 volts
• Mains connection cable with self-lock connection
7 • Min. colour rendering index (CRI): 80
• Min./max. luminous flux: 1000 / 2500 lm
• Colour temperature: 6000 K
• Min./max. luminous period: 2.5-6 h
• Impact resistance: IK08
• IP protection type, lamp: IP 65
• Nominal voltage: 8.4 V/DC
• Rechargeable battery/battery capacity: 7800 mAh
Art. no.
0981 509 126
0981 509 125
Art. no.
0827 981 501
CHARGER SET
For LED lamp Ergopower
Art. no.
0981 504 221
0981 504 220
Art. no.
0827 809 631
Art. no.
0827 809 612
Art. no.
0827 809 635
Art. no.
0827 809 185
7 Art. no.
0827 809 634
Art. no.
0827 809 613
Art. no.
0827 809 812
Art. no.
0827 809 813
Art. no.
0827 809 912
Art. no.
0827 809 642
Art. no. 7
9501 000 133
Art. no.
0827 809 626
Art. no.
0827 809 172
Art. no.
0827 600 224
Art. no.
0827 809 174
Art. no.
0827 809 170
7
STANDARD MAGNETIC COVER SUPRABEAM M SERIES
Standard magnetic cover for Suprabeam M series headlamp
• Material: Aluminium / aluminium
• Width: 22.95 mm
• Length: 14.05 mm
• Product weight (per item): 13.5 g
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
9501 002 891
Art. no.
0827 809 187
Art. no.
9501 008 720
Art. no.
9501 009 404 7
Art. no.
9501 009 405
Art. no.
0981 509 025
Art. no.
0827 809 625
CAR CHARGER
With USB socket
• 5V 1A
• one USB
7
• Length: 55 mm
Art. no.
0827 940 373
Art. no.
0827 405
Art. no.
0772 726 102
Art. no.
0827 400 5
Art. no.
0510 955 607
Art. no.
0510 955 604
Art. no.
0772 955 999
Art. no.
0510 955 710
Art. no.
0510 955 750
Art. no.
0510 955 900
Art. no.
0510 955 901
Art. no.
0510 955 902
0510 955 903
Art. no.
0510 955 804
0510 955 805
Art. no.
0827 940 212
Art. no. 7
0827 510
Art. no.
0827 805 400
Art. no.
0827 901
Art. no.
0827 806 100
Art. no.
0827 806 110
Art. no.
0827 806 120
7 Art. no.
0827 806 130
Art. no.
0827 806 131
Art. no.
0827 500 014
Art. no.
0827 806 801
Art. no.
0827 806 802
Art. no.
0827 806 803
Art. no.
0827 806 804
Art. no.
0827 806 805
Art. no.
0827 806 806
Art. no.
0827 805 301
Nominal voltage Min./max. nominal Min./max. charging Rechargeable battery/ Art. no.
voltage voltage battery capacity
3.7 V/DC - - 2200 mAh 0827 600 303
3.7 V/DC 3.7/3.7 V/DC 3.7-3.7 V/DC 5000 mAh 0827 600 301
3.6 V/DC 3.6/3.6 V/DC 3.6-3.6 V/DC 3000 mAh 0827 600 311
3.7 V/DC 3.7/3.7 V/DC 3.7-3.7 V/DC 5000 mAh 9501 000 137
3.6 V/DC 3.6/3.6 V/DC 3.6-3.6 V/DC 3000 mAh 0827 600 216
7
SUPRABEAM USB CHARGING DOCK
Charging dock with charge status display for 3.7-V Li-ion batteries.
With USB mini interface.
• Nominal voltage: 3.7 V/DC
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: Li-lon
• Rechargeable battery/battery capacity: 5000 mAh
Art. no.
0827 600 300
Art. no.
9501 009 403
Art. no.
9501 008 786
Art. no.
0827 806 274
Art. no.
0827 802 11
7
BATTERY-POWERED LED POCKET TORCH POWER LED
Rechargeable LED pocket torch with multi-level switch.
• Up to four hours of light
• Aluminium alloy housing
• Protection class IPX6 - watertight
• 230 VAC charger, 12/24 V DC vehicle charger and hand loop included in scope
of delivery
Four different functions:
• Full brightness
• Reduced brightness
• Flashlight
• SOS
• Luminous flux: 230 lm
• Lighting range: 100 m
• Luminous period: 5 h
• Charging time: 5.5 h
• IP protection class: IP X6
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: Li-lon
Art. no.
0827 805 300
Art. no.
0827 806 140
Art. no.
0827 806 270
Art. no.
0827 806 250
Art. no.
0827 806 233
Art. no.
0827 806 712
Art. no.
0827 806 812
Art. no.
0827 806 813
Art. no.
0827 806 814
Art. no.
0827 806 301
Art. no.
0827 940 457
Art. no.
0827 940 229
Art. no. 7
0827 870 315
Art. no.
0827 08 23
BATTERY MINI/AAAA/LR8D425
Top quality and long shelf life
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mini AAAA, LR8D425
• Nominal voltage: 1.5 V/DC
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: Alkali
7 Art. no.
0827 081 111
Art. no.
0827 08 010
Art. no.
0827 08 13
Art. no.
0981 500 701
ALUMINIUM BOX
Very robust transport box with lockable lid, perfect for trade and
business professionals
• Corrosion-resistant, weather-resistant and temperature-resistant
• Low tare weight
• Beads and profiles on all sides guarantee high level of stability and durability
• Stackable
• Rubber seal on all sides protects against environmental influences such as splashed
water, dust and unpleasant odours
• Plastic-coated, automatic fold-away safety handles
• Integrated rebound straps
• Material: Aluminium
• Material thickness: 1 mm
Width x depth x height (internal Width x depth x height (external Volume Art. no.
7 dimension) dimension)
550 x 350 x 248 mm 580 x 385 x 277 mm 48 l 0962 320 047
550 x 350 x 381 mm 580 x 385 x 410 mm 73 l 0962 320 076
750 x 350 x 350 mm 780 x 385 x 379 mm 92 l 0962 320 091
870 x 460 x 350 mm 900 x 495 x 379 mm 140 l 0962 320 134
750 x 550 x 381 mm 782 x 585 x 410 mm 157 l 0962 320 157
750 x 550 x 590 mm 782 x 585 x 619 mm 243 l 0962 320 240
Art. no.
0713 922 910
Art. no.
0713 92 31
Art. no.
0713 926 106 7
Art. no.
Art. no.
0713 922 024
Art. no.
0713 927 907
Art. no.
0713 92 337
Permitted tensile force LC Permissible LC tensile Pre-load Shape of the hook Art. no. 7
in the strapping force when pulled
directly
4000 daN 2000 daN 320 daN Claw hook 0713 923 905
5000 daN 2500 daN 350 daN Double pointed hook 0713 926 805
4000 daN 2000 daN 360 daN Double pointed hook 0713 921 804
Art. no.
0713 922 911
Art. no.
0713 922 931
Art. no.
9501 008 152
7
POLYESTER STRAPPING FOR SPANNFIX STRAPPING SYSTEM
Flexible polyester strapping for strapping or bundling a wide range
of materials
Five times lighter than steel strapping
Also ideal for use on the go
Simple securing by hand or using the tensioner
• Easy to re-tighten if volume of packaged goods decreases
• Doesn‘t loosen, even during long storage periods
UV and weather-resistant
Largely resistant to chemicals
Does not leave behind scratches or rust spots
Strapping gentle on products
Tape is reusable
Excellent value for money
No sharp edges
• No risk of injury
• Adapts well to all shapes
• Tear-out force: 500 daN
• Width of band: 16 mm
• Length of tape: 850 m
• Material of the clamp band: PES - Polyester
Art. no.
0899 713 850
Art. no.
0899 713 000
STRAPPING CLIP
For Spannfix strapping system
Simple securing by hand or using the tensioner
• Easy to retighten if volume of packaged goods decreases
• Does not loosen, even over long storage periods
Clips can be used multiple times
Excellent value for money
• Width of band: 16 mm
• Width: 16 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0899 713 001
TENSIONER
For Spannfix strapping system
Multi-functional
Tension and cut the polyester strapping in one step
Easy to use
• Suitable for min./max. strap width: 9-19 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0899 713 003
LIFTING STRAP
Made from high-strength polyester
7 • Made from high-strength polyester
• Flat woven fabric, with crane loops at both ends
• Reinforced crane loops
• Various sling configurations are possible
• Protects surfaces
• Considerably lower risk of injury compared with conventional slings
High load-bearing capacity despite low tare weight
In accordance with DIN EN 1492-1
GS-certified
Colour-coded load-bearing capacity designation
• Material: PES - Polyester
Width of band Usable length Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Art. no.
city (single direct) city (single u-shape) city (single noosed)
60 mm 2m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg 0713 50 702
60 mm 4m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg 0713 50 704
60 mm 6m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg 0713 50 706
90 mm 2m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg 0713 50 602
90 mm 4m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg 0713 50 604
90 mm 6m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg 0713 50 606
30 mm 2m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg 0713 50 502
30 mm 4m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg 0713 50 504
ROUND SLING
Ensures high load-bearing capacity despite low tare weight
Made from high-strength polyester with woven-in barrel strips
Endless loop
Colour-coded load-bearing capacity designation
Extremely flexible sling for loads of all kinds
• Protects surfaces
• Considerably lower risk of injury compared with conventional slings
• Material: PES - Polyester
Usable length Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Colour Art. no.
city (single direct) city (single u-shape) city (single noosed)
1m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 22
2m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 24 7
3m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 26
4m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 28
1m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 32
1.5 m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 33
2m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 34
3m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 36
4m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 38
1m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg Purple 0713 50 12
2m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg Purple 0713 50 14
Art. no.
0880 240 325
OPEN-END SPANNER
Open-end spanner for securing the vertical aligner to the screw-in
7 ground anchor
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0880 240 323
PU COMPRESSED-AIR HOSE
Highly resistant and durable PU pneumatic hose in straight design
Increased working comfort and wider range of applications
Compressed-air hoses made from polyurethane (PU) are considerably lighter, more
flexible and more resistant to kinking than PVC hoses.
No pressure drop and maximum utilisation of output of consumers
Smooth inside hose surfaces prevent air resistance and enable a high air flow rate.
High UV resistance and particularly high resistance to oil, solvents
and other non-aqueous solutions
Robust fabric inserts and high-quality ester-based polyurethane coating
• Colour: Red
Inner hose diameter Outer diameter of Length Design Max. working Art. no.
hose pressure
6.5 mm 10 mm 10 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 650
7 6.5 mm 10 mm 25 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 651
8 mm 12 mm 10 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 811
8 mm 12 mm 25 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 812
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 16 bar 0699 944 950
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 50 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 953
11 mm 16 mm 10 m Without fittings 12 bar 0699 942 115
11 mm 16 mm 25 m Without fittings 12 bar 0699 942 116
13 mm 18 mm 10 m Without fittings 10 bar 0699 942 137
13 mm 18 mm 25 m Without fittings 10 bar 0699 942 138
6.5 mm 10 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 16 bar 0699 944 650
8 mm 12 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 16 bar 0699 944 812
11 mm 16 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 12 bar 0699 944 116
6.5 mm 10 mm 10 m With wSafe 3000 fittings - 0699 930 651
8 mm 12 mm 10 m With wSafe 3000 fittings - 0699 930 801
11 mm 16 mm 10 m With wSafe 3000 fittings - 0699 930 111
Outer diameter of hose Inner hose diameter Working length Product weight (per item) Art. no.
8 mm 5 mm 6m 400 g 0699 941 002
12 mm 8 mm 4m 630 g 0699 941 001
Outer diameter of hose Inner hose diameter Working length Product weight (per item) Art. no.
10 mm 6.5 mm 6m 435 g 0699 940 652
11 mm 6.5 mm 8m 545 g 0699 940 651
12 mm 8 mm 8m 760 g 0699 940 812
16 mm 11 mm 8m 1354 g 0699 940 116
Outer diameter of hose Inner hose diameter Working length Product weight (per item) Art. no.
10 mm 6.5 mm 6m 610 g 0699 1
12 mm 8 mm 8m 960 g 0699 2
Inner hose diameter Outer diameter of Working length Length (elongated Diameter Art. no.
hose state)
6.5 mm 10 mm 4m 5m 52 mm 0699 945 650
6.5 mm 10 mm 8m 10 m 52 mm 0699 945 651
8 mm 12 mm 4m 5m 65 mm 0699 945 811
8 mm 12 mm 8m 10 m 65 mm 0699 945 812
11 mm 16 mm 8m 10 m 95 mm 0699 945 116
Inner hose diameter Outer diameter of Working length Length (elongated Diameter Art. no.
hose state)
6.5 mm 10 mm 4m 5m 52 mm 0699 931 654
6.5 mm 10 mm 8m 10 m 52 mm 0699 931 658
8 mm 12 mm 4m 5m 65 mm 0699 931 804
8 mm 12 mm 8m 10 m 65 mm 0699 931 808
11 mm 16 mm 8m 10 m 95 mm 0699 931 118
Inner hose diameter Outer diameter of Working length Length (elongated Diameter Art. no.
hose state)
6.5 mm 10 mm 4m 5m 52 mm 0699 930 654
6.5 mm 10 mm 8m 10 m 52 mm 0699 930 658
8 mm 12 mm 8m 10 m 65 mm 0699 930 808
Art. no.
0699 011 001
Art. no.
0699 008 12
Art. no.
0699 112
Art. no.
0699 016
Art. no.
0699 108
Art. no.
0699 110
AUTOMATIC REEL
For compressed air systems
• Technopolymer frame
• Adjustable metal mounting bracket
• Spring recoil
• Device that automatically stops the hose at the required length, can be disengaged
• Suitable for air
• Includes inlet tube 1.5 m long with an inner diameter of 10 mm, without fitting
• 3/8 male outlet fitting
• Hose length: 24 m
• Inner hose diameter: 10 mm
Complies with ATEX 94/9/CE directive, specifically II 2GD c IIB • Hose length (from stopper ball): 1 m
T6/T85°C X
• Max. pressure: 15 bar
Art. no.
0699 108 061
Type description Design Hose length Inner hose diameter Max. pressure Art. no.
DSA 11-S With R 1/4 inch external 11 m 8 mm 16 bar 0699 080 11
thread
DSA 18-S With R 1/4 inch external 18 m 8 mm 16 bar 0699 080 18
thread
DSA 17-S With R 3/8 inch external 17 m 9.5 mm 16 bar 0699 095 17
thread
DSA 8-S With R 1/2 inch external 8m 13 mm 10 bar 0699 130 8
thread
Type description Design Hose length Inner hose diameter Max. pressure Art. no.
DSA 11-S With wSafe 2000 fittings 11 m 8 mm 16 bar 0699 080 110
DSA 18-S With wSafe 2000 fittings 18 m 8 mm 16 bar 0699 080 180
DSA 17-S With wSafe 2000 fittings 17 m 9.5 mm 16 bar 0699 095 170
DSA 8-S With wSafe 4000 fittings 8 m 13 mm 10 bar 0699 130 80
Art. no.
0699 095 135
Art. no.
0699 962 812
Art. no.
0699 965 650
SPRAYER ALK PRO
• Container capacity: 6 l
• Flow capacity conditions: at 3 bar
• Flow capacity: 0.5 l/min
• Max. operating temperature: 25 °C
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Height x width: 46.5 x 18 cm
• Hose length: 1.5 m
• Product weight (per item): 2480 g
Art. no.
0891 385 014
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose external Length Art. no.
diameter diameter
6 mm 12 mm 67 mm 0699 100 106
8 mm 16 mm 70 mm 0699 100 108
10 mm - 70 mm 0699 100 110
13 mm 19 mm 68 mm 0699 100 113
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose Length Width across flats Art. no.
diameter external diameter
6.5 mm 10 mm 64 mm 16 mm, 20 mm 0699 100 765
8 mm 12 mm 68 mm 20 mm 0699 100 780
11 mm 16 mm 68 mm 24 mm 0699 100 711
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose external Length Art. no.
diameter diameter
6.3 mm 10 mm 67.1 mm 0699 021 063
8 mm 12 mm 70 mm 0699 021 080
10 mm 15 mm 70 mm 0699 021 100
13 mm 19 mm 70 mm 0699 021 130
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose Length Width across flats Art. no.
diameter external diameter
6.5 mm 10 mm 64 mm 20 mm 0699 022 065
8 mm 12 mm 68 mm 20 mm 0699 022 080
11 mm 16 mm 68 mm 24 mm 0699 022 011
13.5 mm 9.5 mm 68.2 mm 21 mm 0699 022 095
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose external Length Art. no.
diameter diameter
6.5 mm 10 mm 64 mm 0699 032 065
8 mm 12 mm 68 mm 0699 032 080
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose external Length Art. no.
diameter diameter
11 mm 16 mm 77 mm 0699 042 011
13 mm 18 mm 79 mm 0699 042 013
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose Length Width across flats Art. no.
diameter external diameter
6.5 mm - 64.1 mm 20 mm 0699 052 065
8 mm - 67.1 mm 20 mm 0699 052 080
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 68 mm 21 mm 0699 052 095
11 mm - 68.2 mm 24 mm 0699 052 011
Art. no.
0699 410 538
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose external Length Art. no.
diameter diameter
6 mm 12 mm 42 mm 0699 100 406
8 mm 16 mm 45 mm 0699 100 408
10 mm 16 mm 45 mm 0699 100 410
13 mm 19 mm 45 mm 0699 100 413
Suitable for hose Suitable for hose Connection thread Length Width across flats Art. no.
internal diameter external diameter
- - 1/4 inch 49.5 mm 21 mm 0699 100 895
6.5 mm 10 mm - 44 mm 16 mm 0699 100 865
8 mm 12 mm - 47 mm 19 mm 0699 100 880
11 mm 16 mm - 56 mm 24 mm 0699 100 811
Art. no.
0699 410 411
7
Connection thread Length Surface Width across flats Art. no.
ET G 1/2 inch 42 mm Zinc plated 24 mm 0699 410 612
ET G 1/4 inch 41 mm Plain 17 mm 0699 410 614
ET G 3/8 inch - Zinc plated 24 mm 0699 410 638
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose external Length Art. no.
diameter diameter
6 mm 11 mm 43 mm 0699 355 414
8 mm 14 mm 46 mm 0699 355 456
9.5 mm 14 mm 46 mm 0699 355 438
Art. no.
0699 355 514
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose Length Width across flats Art. no.
diameter external diameter
6.5 mm 10 mm 45 mm 16 mm 0699 355 810
8 mm 12 mm 49 mm 19 mm 0699 355 812
11 mm 16 mm 57 mm 24 mm 0699 355 816
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose Length Width across flats Art. no.
diameter external diameter
6.5 mm - 47 mm 16 mm 0699 500 865
8 mm - 51 mm 19 mm 0699 500 880
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 52.1 mm 21 mm 0699 500 895
11 mm - 57 mm 24 mm 0699 500 811
Art. no.
0699 358 053
7
Y-DISTRIBUTOR WSAFE® 3100
For the installation of a compressed air system with wSafe® safety
couplings
• Pneumatic connection: R 3/8 inch
• Width across flats: 20 mm
• Length: 112 mm
• Width: 104 mm
• Outer diameter: 23.5 mm
Art. no.
0699 358 076
Art. no.
0699 812 14
Art. no.
0699 100 980
Art. no.
0699 357 0
Art. no.
0699 070 314
Art. no.
0967 909 901
PAINT MARKER
All colours are heat-resistant up to 400°C. The colour white is still
visible up to 1000°C.
• Also for dark and transparent surfaces
• Waterproof and abrasion-resistant
• Light-resistant and weatherproof after drying
• Ink resistant to isopropyl alcohol, ethanol and engine oil
• Design: Permanently waterproof
• Shape of tip: Round tip
• Material of the housing: Aluminium
• Silicone-free: No
MARKER PEN
All-purpose pen for permanent marking
Long-term durability and neat results
• Valve between the felt tip and the fluid container ensures that the marker pens do
not dry out
• Waterproof on all materials
• Will not smear
• Quick-drying ink
Art. no.
0967 911 214
Art. no.
0967 911 203
Art. no. 7
0967 911 210
Art. no.
0967 911 212
7 Art. no.
0967 911 211
Art. no.
0967 911 213
Art. no.
0967 911 401
Art. no.
0967 911 201
STORAGE BOX
• In high-resistant polypropylene
• Suitable for external use
• Resistant to impact and chemical agents
• Resistant to high and low temperatures
• Reinforced ribbed lid
• Wheels and handle for trolley use
• Sturdy folding front handle
• Side grips so that it can be carried by two people
• Fittings for a padlock
• Stackable
• Lightweight
• Length x width x height: 807 x 470 x 345 mm
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
Art. no.
0715 93 175
Art. no.
0715 930 222 7
Art. no.
0715 930 030
LUNCH BAG
Spacious lunch bag with coated insulating material.
• Nylon shoulder strap and carrying handle
• ID card holder on the side
• Robust two-piece zip
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier)
• Length x width x height: 300 x 220 x 190 mm
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Colour: Black, Grey
• Max. load capacity: 5 kg
• Product weight (per item): 377 g
Art. no.
0715 930 242
7 Art. no.
0715 930 236
Art. no.
0715 930 237
Art. no.
0715 930 233
Art. no.
0715 93 688
7 Art. no.
0715 930 232
Art. no.
0715 930 246
Art. no. 7
0715 930 227
ORGANISER BAG
Practical organiser bag with laptop compartment and plenty of stora-
ge space for tools.
• Polyester pockets for tools, laptop mains adapter and personal items
• Padded laptop compartment
• Shoulder strap can be removed easily and used as a tool belt.
• Comfortable leather carrying handle
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier)
• Length x width x height: 430 x 160 x 330 mm
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Colour: Black, Grey
• Max. load capacity: 5 kg
• Product weight (per item): 1758 g
Art. no.
0715 930 250
7 Art. no.
0715 930 223
Art. no.
0715 93 689
Art. no.
0715 93 694
7
CARPENTER‘S BAG
Belt bag with two large storage compartments for carrying tools and
materials directly on your person.
• Two leather outer pockets for screwdrivers, knives and pliers
• Circlip for securing tools up to a maximum weight of 0.5 kg
• Rubber band on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier) and velour leather trim on the con-
tact surfaces
• Length x width x height: 200 x 140 x 290 mm
• For belt width: 70 mm
• Material: Polyester/leather
• Colour: Black, Grey
• Product weight (per item): 380 g
• Max. load capacity: 4 kg
Art. no.
0715 930 211
HAMMER HOLDER
With belt loop and robust, moving buckle made from stainless steel
• Elasticated strap on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
• Belt loop and hammer holder made from high-quality polyester (1680 denier)
• Length x width x height: 110 x 70 x 160 mm
• For belt width: 70 mm
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Colour: Black, Grey
• Product weight (per item): 93 g
• Max. load capacity: 3 kg
7 Art. no.
0715 930 230
Art. no.
0714 036 321
Art. no. 7
0715 930 214
Art. no.
0715 930 226
KNIFE POUCH
Universal reinforced knife pocket
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier) and velour leather trim on the fric-
tion points.
• Elasticated strap on the outside for pens or small screwdrivers
• Length x width x height: 100 x 45 x 200 mm
• For belt width: 50 mm
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Colour: Grey, Black
• Product weight (per item): 75 g
• Max. load capacity: 1 kg
7 Art. no.
0715 930 216
Art. no.
0715 930 228
Art. no.
0715 930 219
Art. no.
0715 930 213
UNIVERSAL BAG
Belt bag with two large storage compartments and a hammer holder
for carrying tools and materials directly on your person.
• Two leather outer pockets for screwdrivers, knives and pliers
• Free-moving hammer holder made of stainless steel
• Tape measure holder made of stainless steel
• Circlip for securing tools up to a maximum weight of 0.5 kg
• Rubber band on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier) and velour leather trim on the con-
tact surfaces
• Length x width x height: 200 x 110 x 290 mm
• For belt width: 70 mm
• Material: Polyester/leather
• Colour: Black, Grey
• Product weight (per item): 400 g
• Max. load capacity: 4 kg
Art. no.
0715 930 210
Art. no.
0715 936 246
TOOL CASE
Unequipped polypropylene service case with two removable tool
trays and tool pockets
Sturdy and impact-resistant at high and low temperatures
Thanks to case shells made from impact-proof polypropylene plastic
Sturdy, dust-proof design
Thanks to torsion-resistant aluminium frame
• Extra-robust carrying handle
• Lockable cylinder locks (keyed alike)
• Metal hinges and top braces
• Bottom shell with separators
• Carrying capacity up to 30 kg
• Height: 352 mm
• Width: 215 mm
• Depth: 465 mm
7 • Colour: Black
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Product weight (per item): 4500 g
Art. no.
0715 930 047
0715 930 049
Art. no.
0715 930 050
Art. no.
0715 93 073
0715 930 093
Art. no.
0715 93 662
Art. no.
0715 93 003
Art. no. 7
0715 93 661
Art. no.
0715 93 037
Art. no.
0715 930 090
Art. no.
0715 93 665
Art. no.
0715 93 748
Art. no.
0715 930 080
Height Width Depth Product weight (per Load capacity Art. no.
item)
200 mm 405 mm 210 mm 1860 g 15 kg 0962 219 001
230 mm 510 mm 235 mm 1816.2 g 20 kg 0962 219 002
250 mm 580 mm 265 mm 2968.5 g 25 kg 0962 219 003
7
TOOL BOX PP
With removable compartments and a removable insert
• Made of polypropylene, thus impact-resistant, robust and heavy duty
• Easy and comfortable to wear thanks to large aluminium handle
• Low tare weight
• Metal fastening
• Can be locked with a padlock
• Two removable compartments for small parts in the lid
• Interactive aluminium closure
• Anti-shock corners made of thermoplastic
• Height: 268 mm
• Width: 663 mm
• Depth: 270 mm
• Colour: Red, Black
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Product weight (per item): 3900 g
• Load capacity: 25 kg
Art. no.
0962 219 004
Art. no.
0715 930 055
7
WATERTIGHT AND DUSTPROOF TOOL TROLLEY IP67
Impact-resistant polypropylene case
• Super-robust and stackable
• Dust-tight and watertight in accordance with IP 67
• Thermally stable from -40°C to +80°C
• Shatter-proof
• Durable
• Ergonomic two-component handle
• Automatic air pressure equaliser valve
• Property marking
• Eyelets for padlock
• 2 inline wheels
• 1 telescopic handle
Internal equipment
• Document pocket in the lid
• Removable tool panel in the lid with pockets
• Removable cover panel for the base shell with pockets
• Lockable base shell, patented aluminium divider system permits individual
partitioning
• 3 dividers, 6 end caps, 4 centre caps (with screws)
• Height = 70 mm
• Height: 440 mm
• Width: 595 mm
• Depth: 235 mm
• Colour: Black
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Product weight (per item): 9800 g
Art. no.
0715 930 091
Art. no.
0715 930 048
Art. no.
0715 930 044
Art. no.
0715 93 666
Art. no.
0962 219 005
Art. no.
0715 930 009
Art. no.
0955 000 003
Art. no. 7
0715 93 730
Art. no.
0715 930 244
7 Art. no.
0997 341 866
EXTENSION CABLE 16 A
Designed for flexibility and ductility in the cold.
• Extra-reinforced rubber cable
• With a shock-resistant, oil-resistant socket
• Sockets feature patented pull load relief
• Approved for outdoor use
• Self-closing cover
• Cable type: H07RN-F5G2.5 mm2
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Max. current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 400 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Plug connector: 1 CEE plug 5-pin, 16 A
• Socket type: 1 CEE 16 A, 5P, 400 V
EXTENSION CABLE 32 A
Designed for flexibility and ductility in the cold.
• Extra-reinforced rubber cable
• With a shock-resistant, oil-resistant socket
• Sockets feature patented pull load relief
• Approved for outdoor use
• Self-closing cover
• Cable type: H07RN-F5G6 mm2
• Nominal current: 32 A
• Max. current: 32 A
• Nominal voltage: 400 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Socket type: 1 CEE 32 A, 5P, 400 V
EXTENSION CABLE 32 A
Designed for flexibility and ductility in the cold.
• Extra-reinforced rubber cable
• With a shock-resistant, oil-resistant socket
• Sockets feature patented pull load relief
• Approved for outdoor use
• Self-closing cover
• Cable type: H07RN-F
• Cable length: 25 m
• Nominal current: 32 A
• Max. current: 32 A
• Nominal voltage: 400 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Plug connector: 1 CEE plug 4-pin, 32 A
7 Art. no.
9501 000 049
EXTENSION CABLE 32 A
Designed for flexibility and ductility in the cold.
• Extra-reinforced rubber cable
• With a shock-resistant, oil-resistant socket
• Sockets feature patented pull load relief
• Approved for outdoor use
• Self-closing cover
• Cable type: H07RN-F4x2.5 mm2
• Cable length: 10 m
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Max. current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 400 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Plug connector: 1 CEE plug 4-pin, 16 A
• Socket type: One CEE socket 4-pin, 16 A
Art. no.
9501 000 050
EXTENSION CABLE 16 A
Residual current device, 16 A/30 mA
• Reinforced plug and coupling
• Self-closing lid
• Approved for outdoor use
• Is not affected by temperature rise in continuous operation
• The earth fault switch has a fault indicator light
• Cable type: H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2
• Cable length: 1.5 m
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Cable connection: Safety plug 16 A, 250 V
• Cable outlet: Safety plug connector with cover
Art. no. 7
9501 000 025
EXTENSION CABLE 16 A
Can withstand stronger starting currents and power surges.
• With reinforced coupling
• Approved for outdoor use
• Suitable for heat blowers, high-pressure cleaners, compressors etc.
• Cable type: H07RN-F3x2.5 mm2
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Cable connection: Safety plug
• Cable outlet: Safety plug connector with cover
EXTENSION CABLE 16 A
Designed for flexibility and ductility in the cold.
• Extra-reinforced rubber cable
• With a shock-resistant, oil-resistant socket
• Approved for outdoor use
• Cable type: H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2
• Cable length: 25 m
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Cable connection: Safety plug
• Cable outlet: Safety plug connector with cover
• Plug type: F
Art. no.
9501 000 043
EXTENSION CABLE 16 A
Polyurethane sheathed cable to connect high mechanical loads.
• High resistance to chemical solvents and oils
• Approved for outdoor use
• With shock-resistant, oil-resistant plug and coupling
• Approved for outdoor use
• Does not discolour the surface, e.g. boat decks, parquet floors
• Cable type: H07BQ-F3G2.5 mm2
• Cable length: 20 m
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Cable connection: Safety plug
• Cable outlet: Safety plug connector with cover
Art. no. 7
9501 000 044
EXTENSION CABLE 16 A
• Self-closing cover with suspension device
• Approved for outdoor use
• Cable type: H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2
• Cable length: 25 m
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Cable connection: Safety plug 16 A, 250 V
• Cable outlet: Safety plug connector with cover
Art. no.
9501 000 057
7 Art. no.
0707 999 023
Art. no.
0715 935 50
Art. no.
0715 93 000
7
Art. no.
0715 93 55
Art. no.
0715 93 474
7
Art. no.
0715 93 475
Art. no. 7
0715 93 472
Cable length (rolled Cable length Cable type Nominal voltage Power (with cable Art. no.
up) (external) rolled up)
11.5 m - H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2 230 V/AC 1200 W 0721 158 27
7m - H05VV-F3G2.5 mm 2
500 V/AC/DC 1.9 kW 0721 158 25
10 m - H05VV-F3G2.5 mm2 230 V/AC 1.9 kW 0774 158 28
20 m - H05VV-F3G2.5 mm2 230 V/AC 2 kW 0774 158 29
10.5 m 1.5 m H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2 230 V/AC - 0721 590
Art. no.
0721 590 306
Art. no.
0774 12 166
Art. no.
0774 12 165
CABLE UNWINDER
with automatic reel
• 3 meter connection cable
• Impact resistant and oil-resistant cable drum
• Cable guide for problem-free cable wind-up
• Cable latches every 50 cm
• Latching can be unblocked on the outside
• Thermal protection against overload
• Double-earthing
• Mounting bracket made from steel, which allows the cable reel to rotate through
180°, is supplied with plug
• Cable length (rolled up): 11.5 m
• IP protection class: IP 42
• Nominal voltage: 500 V/AC/DC
• Power (with cable rolled up): 1200 W
• Power (with cable unrolled): 1800 W
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -5 to 50 °C
• Length x width x height: 300 x 155 x 295 mm
Art. no.
0721 315
Art. no.
0774 017
0774 017 6
0774 017 03
Art. no.
0774 117 309
Art. no.
0774 017 350
0774 017 353
Art. no.
0774 20
Art. no.
0774 100 000
Art. no.
0774 50 100
7 Art. no.
0774 025 001
Art. no.
0774 403 325
Art. no.
0774 25 101
CABLE CASSETTE
230 volts - 10/16 amperes
• Complies with NF C 61-720, category A
• Impact-resistant plastic housing
• Maximum power: 3000 watts (cable entirely unwound)
• H 05 VV-F cable
• Power supply: 1 rubber plug 2 connectors + earth - 230 V - 10/16 A
• Distribution: 4 connectors + earth - 230 V - 10/16 A
• IP 20 ingress protection
• Impact-resistant plastic housing
• Cable length: 10 m
• Cable type: H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2
• Design: 4 CEE sockets, 16 A
• Nominal current: 16 A/AC/DC
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC/DC
• IP protection class: IP 20
7
• Length x width x height: 27.5 x 27 x 7.5 cm
• Power (with cable unrolled): 3000 W
• Power (with cable rolled up): 1000 W
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker
Art. no.
0774 851 510
Cable length Cable type Power (with cable unrolled) Art. no.
25 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 1000 W 0774 881 625
25 m H07RN-F3G2.5 mm2 1500 W 0774 882 625
40 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 1000 W 0774 881 640
Art. no.
0774 101 7
Art. no.
0774 50 315
CABLE DRUM 16 A
With overheating protection
• With self-closing cover
• Approved for outdoor use
• Cable length: 20 m
• Cable type: H05RR-F3G1.5 mm2
• Design: 4 grounding-contact sockets
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Length x width x height: 210 x 250 x 370 mm
• Power (with cable unrolled): 3500 W
• Power (with cable rolled up): 1100 W
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker
Art. no.
9501 000 036
CABLE DRUM 16 A
With overheating protection
• Robust cable drum with cable guide, brake and easy-grip handle
• Approved for outdoor use
• Cable type: H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2
• Design: 4 grounding-contact sockets
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Length x width x height: 230 x 200 x 350 mm
• Power (with cable unrolled): 3200 W
• Power (with cable rolled up): 1100 W
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker
CABLE DRUM 16 A
With overheating protection
• Robust cable drum with cable guide, brake and easy-grip handle
• Approved for outdoor use
• Cable length: 20 m
• Cable type: H07RN-F3G2.5 mm2
• Design: 4-fold
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• IP protection class: IP 44
• Length x width x height: 380 x 240 x 260 mm
• Plug type: F
• Power (with cable unrolled): 3600 W
• Power (with cable rolled up): 1100 W
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker
Art. no.
9501 000 035
CABLE DRUM 16 A
With overheating protection
• With handles
• With childlock
• Cable length: 10 m
• Cable type: H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2
• Design: 4 grounding-contact sockets
• Nominal current: 10 A
• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• IP protection class: IP 20
• Length x width x height: 250 x 80 x 320 mm
• Power (with cable unrolled): 2300 W
• Power (with cable rolled up): 1100 W
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker
7 Art. no.
9501 000 051
Art. no.
0962 613 000
NON-SLIP MAT
Protects the tool, prevents slipping and clattering on the WE-series
workshop trolley
Type description Number of Drawer design Colour Material of the Art. no.
drawers worktop
- 7 PCS - Black Rubber mat 0962 615 003
C5 5 PCS 2 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Rubber mat 0962 615 510
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm, 1
drawer, W 466 x D
336 x H 215 mm
C6 6 PCS 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Plastic top 0962 615 600
D 336 x H 65 mm, 3
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Plastic top 0962 615 700
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Rubber mat 0962 615 710
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Light grey RAL 7035 Plastic top 0962 615 703
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Light grey RAL 7035 Rubber mat 0962 615 713
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Anthracite, metallic Plastic top 0962 615 001
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C8 8 PCS 7 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Plastic top 0962 615 800
D 336 x H 65 mm, 1
drawer, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
1316 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Workshop trolleys
Art. no.
0962 615 400
S7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Traffic red RAL 3020 0962 613 700
x H 65 mm, 2 drawers, W
469 x D 337 x H 140 mm
- 7 PCS 2 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Traffic red RAL 3020 0962 613 740
x H 140 mm, 5 drawers, W
469 x D 337 x H 65 mm
S7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Traffic red RAL 3020, Gra- 5581 613 700
x H 65 mm, 2 drawers, W phite black RAL 9011
469 x D 337 x H 140 mm
ASSEMBLY WORKBENCH WE
Sturdy, spacious assembly workbench with numerous practical
details
• Extremely robust sheet-steel construction
• Total load: 1000 kg
• Power-coated: Unit in RAL 3020, drawers in RAL 9011 (graphite black)
• Ball bearing-mounted, fully extending drawers, load capacity up to 35 kg
• Sturdy side handle
• Rubber wheels, steering wheels Ø 120 mm (one with locking brake), running
wheels Ø 120 mm
• Wide range of accessories
Two-stage locking concept
• Central locking with cylinder lock
• One-handed unlocking and individual drawer locks prevent drawers from acciden-
tally opening while in motion
7 • Type description: WE11
• Number of drawers: 11 PCS
• Drawer design: 1 drawer, W 930 x D 402 x H 62 mm, 3 drawers, W 568 x D
402 x H 62 mm, 1 drawer, W 568 x D 402 x H 132 mm, 1 drawer, W 568 x D
402 x H 280 mm, 3 drawers, W 300 x D 402 x H 62 mm, 1 drawer, W 300 x D
402 x H 132 mm, 1 drawer, W 300 x D 402 x H 280 mm
• Colour: Carmine red RAL 3002
Art. no.
0962 636 165
Traffic red RAL 3020 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 060
H 71 mm, 3 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Traffic red RAL 3020 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 080
H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x
D 463 x H 156 mm
Signal black RAL 9004 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 063
H 71 mm, 3 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Gentian blue RAL 5010 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 081
H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x
D 463 x H 156 mm
Gentian blue RAL 5010 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 061
H 71 mm, 3 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Gentian blue RAL 5010 WE7 system 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x 7 PCS 0962 639 071
H 71 mm, 2 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Light grey RAL 7035 WE7 system 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x 7 PCS 0962 639 072
H 71 mm, 2 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Light grey RAL 7035 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 082
H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x
D 463 x H 156 mm
Light grey RAL 7035 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 062
H 71 mm, 3 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Signal black RAL 9004 WE7 system 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x 7 PCS 0962 639 073
H 71 mm, 2 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Signal black RAL 9004 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 083
H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x
D 463 x H 156 mm
WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 1323
Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Workshop trolleys
Wood panel Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 WE8 XXL system 6 drawers, W 1005 x D 463 0962 639 088
x H 65 mm, 2 drawers, W
1005 x D 463 x H 131 mm
Art. no.
0962 639 213
Art. no.
0962 613 001
Type description Drawer design Colour Design of the rolls Number of Art. no.
drawers
BASIC 8.4 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 1 swivel castor with 6 PCS 0962 641 060
D 336 x H 69 mm, 3 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
drawers, W 466 x D swivel castor without
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
fixed castors without
brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4/3 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 1 swivel castor with 3 PCS 0962 641 030
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
cupboard compart- swivel castor without
ment with hinged brake (D: 100 mm), 2
doors W 490 x D 350 fixed castors without
x H 440 mm brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4/3 3 drawers, W 466 x Bright red orange RAL 1 swivel castor with 3 PCS 0962 641 034
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 2008 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
cupboard compart- swivel castor without
ment with hinged brake (D: 100 mm), 2
doors W 490 x D 350 fixed castors without
x H 440 mm brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4/3 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic black RAL 9017 1 swivel castor with 3 PCS 0962 641 033
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
cupboard compart- swivel castor without
ment with hinged brake (D: 100 mm), 2
doors W 490 x D 350 fixed castors without
x H 440 mm brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 - 6 PCS 0962 641 020
D 336 x H 149 mm, 3
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 69 mm
BASIC 8.4 5 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 1 swivel castor with 7 PCS 0962 641 070
D 336 x H 69 mm, 2 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
drawers, W 466 x D swivel castor without
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
fixed castors without
brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4 7 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 1 swivel castor with 8 PCS 0962 641 080
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
drawer, W 466 x D swivel castor without
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
fixed castors without
brake (D: 100 mm)
Type description Drawer design Colour Pullout type Load capacity of Art. no.
drawer
BASIC 8.4 5 drawers, W 466 x Blue Full extension, 30 kg 0962 641 209
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 Ball-bearing
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 100
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 101
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 102
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 103
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 104
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 105
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 106
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
Yellow green RAL 6018 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 210
Sapphire blue RAL 5003 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 211
Traffic black RAL 9017 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 212
Art. no.
0962 641 210
3 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Gentian blue RAL 5010 6 PCS 0962 643 061
mm, 3 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H
149 mm
3 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 6 PCS 0962 643 062
mm, 3 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H
149 mm
3 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Traffic black RAL 9017 6 PCS 0962 643 063
mm, 3 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H 69 Traffic red RAL 3020 7 PCS 0962 643 070
mm, 2 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Gentian blue RAL 5010 7 PCS 0962 643 071
mm, 2 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H 69 Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 7 PCS 0962 643 072
mm, 2 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H 69 Traffic black RAL 9017 7 PCS 0962 643 073
mm, 2 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H
149 mm
Art. no.
0962 642 901
7
Art. no.
0962 642 900
FIXED CASTOR
For workshop trolleys
• Compatible with: Basic 8.8
Art. no.
0962 642 902
7
EXTENDABLE DRAWER
For workshop trolley
• Compatible with: Basic 8.8
Art. no.
0962 642 903
LOCK
For workshop trolley Basic 8.4/8.8
HANDLE
For workshop trolleys
• Compatible with: Basic 8.8
Art. no.
0962 642 905
7
DRAWER
For workshop trolleys
• Compatible with: Basic 8.8
Art. no.
0962 642 907
LARGE DRAWER
For workshop trolleys
• Compatible with: Basic 8.8
Art. no.
0962 642 908
DEEP-DRAWN TOP
For workshop trolleys
• Compatible with: Basic 8.8
Art. no.
0962 642 906
Art. no.
0962 646 500
Art. no.
0962 646 501
Art. no.
0962 646 502
Art. no.
0962 646 503
Art. no.
0962 646 504
Art. no.
0962 646 505
Art. no.
0962 646 020
Art. no.
0962 646 023
7
CLAMP BOARD HOLDER FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEYS
For organised storage of clamping boards and hand tools for the
workshop trolleys Basic/Pro
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Basic 8.4, Basic 8.8, Pro 8.4, Pro 8.8, Pro 8.12
• Width: 300 mm
• Height: 300 mm
• Depth: 80 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 024
Art. no.
0962 646 025
7
SUPPORT ARM WITH PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE HOLDER FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY
For mounting pump spray bottles on workshop trolleys, Basic/Pro
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Basic 8.4, Basic 8.8, Pro 8.4, Pro 8.8, Pro 8.12
• Width: 300 mm
• Height: 652 mm
• Depth: 150 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 002
Art. no. 7
0962 646 003
Art. no.
0962 646 040
Art. no.
0962 646 041
7
Art. no.
0962 646 042
Art. no.
0962 980 850
Art. no.
0962 980 906
Art. no.
0962 931 910
ASSEMBLY TRESTLE
Adjustable, robust, welded metal pipe construction
• Non-slip feet and contact surfaces
• Height and contact surfaces can be increased by 80%
• Collapses to save space during transport
• High load-bearing capacity despite minimal tare weight
• Excellent stability
FOLDING WORKBENCH
Wooden board with angular, robust tubular iron frame
Due to its high degree of stability,
it is also excellently suited for vice work
Due to its light weight and small dimensions,
ideally suited for mobile use, e.g. in customer service vans
• Material of the worktop: Wood
• Colour: Red
• Length (folded together): 700 mm
• Width (folded together): 1200 mm
• Height (folded together): 150 mm
• Length (opened out): 700 mm
• Width (opened out): 1200 mm
• Height (opened out): 810 mm
• Load capacity: 200 kg
Art. no.
0715 93 10
Art. no.
0715 93 200
Art. no.
0818 050 100
Art. no.
0818 050 091
COVER FILM
Rolled LDPE cover film for large-scale covering during renovation or
painting tasks
Advantage of LDPE quality
• LDPE (low-density polyethylene) films are softer and more supple than HDPE films
• On account of their increased flexibility/elasticity, LDPE films have greater tear
resistance
7
COVER/CONSTRUCTION FILM
Robust, tear-proof and watertight LDPE film for indoor and outdoor
use
• For covering large areas of floors, components and facilities that need to be protec-
ted from moisture, dust, paint etc. during renovation and painting work.
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
• Foil type: 200
• Tolerance of material thickness: 26 %
• Area: 200 m2
• Length: 50 m
• Width: 4 m
• Design: Opaque
• Number of rolls per pallet: 39 PCS
• Foil thickness: 120 µm
Art. no.
0993 818 200
Art. no.
0962 699 105
Art. no.
0891 420 60
Art. no.
0695 555 70
TAP
Tap for 5 L plastic canister
The tap makes it quick and easy to cleanly fill up and dispense
liquids and helps with dosing large amounts of liquid in a short peri-
od of time.
Advantages:
• Quick, easy and clean dosing without gurgling
• Incline lets drips run off for convenient and clean dosing - including into bottles with
narrow threaded necks.
• Smooth-running lever for easy operation
• High flow rates - > 5 litres/min.
• Resistant to a large number of chemicals
• Complies with food processing regulations
• Product weight (per item): 85 g
Art. no. 7
0891 423 005
DN 60 TAP
Plastic tap with DN 60 connection for 20-l plastic canister and 60-l pla-
stic drum
The tap makes it quick and easy to cleanly fill up and dispense
liquids and helps with dosing large amounts of liquid in a short peri-
od of time.
Advantages:
• Quick, easy and clean dosing without gurgling
• Incline lets drips run off for convenient and clean dosing - including into bottles with
narrow threaded necks
• Smooth-running lever for easy operation
• High flow rates - > 5 litres/min.
• Resistant to a large number of chemicals
• Complies with food processing regulations
• Product weight (per item): 50 g
Art. no.
0891 140
Art. no.
0891 510 211
Art. no. 7
0891 503 360
Art. no.
0891 503 021
7 Art. no.
0891 503 030
Art. no.
0891 503 031
Art. no. 7
0891 503 001
Art. no.
0891 599 1
Art. no.
0891 503 032
REPLACEMENT SPOUT
For plastic dosing dispenser for distilled water
Art. no.
0695 555 71
7 Equipped with:
• 230-V/AC 16-A sockets in a 45-degree arrangement, ideal for angled plugs
• 2 x 5-V 2100-mA USB charging port with indicator light
• 1 x on/off switch with indicator light
Protects plugged-in devices against power surges up to a maximum
of 19,500 A
Indicator light shows that surge protection is enabled
Polycarbonate housing
Protection marking IP20
• Max. flash leakage current: 19500 A
• Nominal current of circuit breaker: 2100 mA
• Width: 500 mm
• Max. current: 16 A
• Max power: 3520 W
• Cable type: H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2
Art. no.
0969 319 006
Art. no.
0969 319 005
Art. no.
0774 991 163
Art. no.
0774 991 162
Art. no. 7
9501 000 078
Art. no.
9501 000 053
Art. no.
7 9501 000 052
Art. no.
9501 000 054
Art. no.
9501 000 077 7
Art. no.
9501 009 231
7 Output Socket type Input Cable connection Cable type Art. no.
Four shockproof sockets Four shockproof sockets CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V H07RN-F5G2.5 mm2 0774 761 002
16 A, 250 V 16 A, 250 V
Six shockproof sockets Six shockproof sockets CEE 32 A, 5 pin, 400 V CEE 32 A, 5 pin, 400 V H07RN-F5G4 mm2 0774 762 002
16 A, 250 V 16 A, 250 V
Art. no.
0774 700 003
Art. no.
9501 000 022
Art. no.
0774 765 529
Art. no.
0774 765 540
ASSEMBLY PLATFORM
Compact and sturdy
Rapid assembly and space-saving transport/storage
Foldable ascending parts
The ascending parts automatically snap into use/transport position
Easy to transport
Carry hole in the platform
• Platform dimension: 1.7 x 0.5 m
• Max. load capacity: 300 kg
• Stand height: 0.58 m
• Transport dimension: 1.75 x 0.6 x 0.2 m
Art. no.
0962 940 600
WORKING PLATFORM
Aluminium platform, height adjustable
• Height 55 to 74 cm
• Individually adjustable feet
• Excellent stability
• Made from aluminium, non-slip platform
• Made in Germany
• Height adaptable to your body shape for good ergonomics and less fatigue
• Large area for movement, less frequent interruptions to move the platform
• Adapts to different room heights and different-sized users
• No components to remove and refit: the adjustable feet are integrated into the
platform
• Side handle for easy carrying
• Material: Aluminium
• Platform dimension: 178 x 39.5 cm 7
• Max. load capacity: 300 kg
• Stand height: 74 cm
• Transport dimension: 178 x 39.5 x 15 cm
Art. no.
0962 931 770
Number of rungs Min./max. length as Max. standing Min./max. length as Max. standing Art. no.
standard ladder height as standard step ladder height as step
ladder ladder
4x3 1.96-3.08 m 1.85 m 0.98-1.5 m 0.84 m 0962 931 413
4x4 2.5-4.2 m 2.91 m 1.23-2.03 m 1.35 m 0962 931 414
4x5 3.07-5.3 m 3.97 m 1.49-2.57 m 1.88 m 0962 931 415
TELESCOPIC LADDER
The all-rounder of telescopic ladders. Simple – compact – flexible
Telescopic function provides flexibility
• Allows the ladder to be adjusted to the required length
• Space-saving and compact during transport and storage
• Can be used flexibly in the tightest of spaces thanks to the minimum pivoting radius
Simple and safe
• Triangular strut design to prevent twisting
• More resistant to twisting
• Easy to extend and locks automatically. The protruding red buttons under each rung
indicate when the ladder is ready for use.
• Built-in shock absorbers ensure retraction is controlled and reduce the risk of
pinching.
• Angled and grooved rungs (80 mm) for a secure footing
• Non-slip ladder feet
• Load capacity up to 150 kg
7
• Conforms to EN-131
• Material: Aluminium
• Surface: Aluminium coating
• Number of rungs: 9
• Load capacity: 150 kg
• Min./max. length as standard ladder: 2.9-2.9 m
• Max. standing height as standard ladder: 1.7 m
Art. no.
0962 975 400
Material Number of rungs Min./max. length as stan- Max. standing height as Art. no.
dard ladder standard ladder
Aluminium 4-7 - - 0962 975 087
Aluminium/aluminium 4-7 0-0 cm 0 cm 0962 975 091
Aluminium/aluminium 6-9 0-0 cm 0 cm 0962 975 092
Aluminium 6-9 - - 0962 975 088
Art. no.
0962 931 453
7 • Material: Aluminium
• Load capacity: 150 kg
Number of rungs Min./max. length as stan- Max. standing height as Max. standing height as Art. no.
dard ladder standard ladder step ladder
4x4 2.35-4.02 m 3m 1.26 m 0962 931 470
4x5 2.90-5.14 m 4.1 m 1.8 m 0962 931 471
4x6 3.46-6.26 m 5.2 m 2.35 m 0962 931 472
Art. no.
0962 975 410
Art. no.
0962 931 613
Art. no.
0962 975 085
EN 131
Art. no.
0962 900 100
Number of rungs Min./max. length as Step ladder with Step ladder with Step ladder without Art. no.
standard ladder sliding part: Min./ sliding part: Max. sliding part: Length
Max. length standing height
3x8 2.42-5.25 m 2.42-3.8 m 2.36 m 2.42 m 0962 930 708
3 x 10 2.98-6.95 m 2.98-5 m 3.42 m 2.98 m 0962 930 710
3 x 12 3.55-8.65 m 3.55-6.1 m 4.5 m 3.55 m 0962 930 712
Art. no.
0962 900 200
Art. no.
0962 931 400
Art. no.
0962 975 018
Art. no.
0962 931 920
Art. no.
0962 931 923
REPLACEMENT FOOT
For aluminium ladder
• Material: Plastic
• Length: 44.6 mm
• Width: 25.4 mm
• Height: 40.06 mm
Art. no.
0962 931 998
Art. no.
7 0962 875 4
Art. no.
0962 930 705
LADDER STEP
Ladder step in accordance with DIN EN 14183
• Double-sided access and collapsible for safe and comfortable working
• Ribbed steps and standing platform
• Non-slip for comfortable and secure standing
• The steps and struts are made from aluminium extruded sections and have a torsi-
on-resistant connection
• Non-slip plastic feet for secure positioning
• Material: Aluminium
• Surface: Plain
• Number of steps (including platform): 2 x 3
• Length: 750 mm
• Width (bottom)/width (top): 416/354 mm
• Load capacity: 150 kg
• Stand height: 633 mm
7
Art. no.
0962 862 310
Art. no.
0962 975 074
Art. no.
0962 931 705
Art. no.
0962 931 710
REFUSE BAG
Without pulling strap
7
• Made from selected recycled granulate
• State-of-the-art manufacturing methods for consistent high quality
• Super tear-resistant and puncture-proof LDPE film, suitable for various requirements
or applications
• Available in four different colours
Art. no.
0899 800 581
Art. no.
0899 800 540
RUBBLE BAG NF
• Rubble bags made from recycled low-density polyethylene
• Packaged in roll
• Excellent resistance to puncturing and tearing (40 kg)
• Totally leaktight: reinforced bottom seam
• Contents: 50 l
• Width: 60 mm
• Length: 87 cm
• Colour: Black
• Material: PE - Polyethylene
Art. no.
0899 800 627
Art. no.
0899 910 911
Art. no.
0899 800 579
RUBBISH BAGS
Recycled and strong
• Rubbish bags made from 100% recycled post-consumer material which meets the
highest quality standards on the market
• Drip-repellent, multi-layered and extra strong product
• Material: LDPE - Low density polyethylene
7
Art. no.
0899 800 595
LAPTOP BAG
Perfect business organisation and exquisite design
The Business Line collection boasts impressive functionality and an exclusive look.
Masterful appearance to business partners, perfect for commuting between the office
and home office or simply in the city. Essential companion on national and internatio-
nal business trips. High-quality and durable materials provide maximum comfort.
• Lockable zips on the main compartments, e.g. with TSA lock
• Pockets for business cards and pens, as well as key carabiner
• RFID-protected pocket to protect bank and credit cards from scanners
• Two additional document compartments for order and clarity
• The padded shoulder strap can be easily removed from the bag
• Free hands thanks to tunnel for fixing to telescopic extensions
• Four rubber feet on the underside protect the bottom of the pocket
• Padded laptop compartment 360 x 260 mm (up to 15.6 inch)
• Padded tablet compartment 270 x 210 mm (up to 10.1 inch)
• Length: 440 mm
• Width: 100 mm
• Height: 310 mm
• Material: Polyester with PU coating
• Colour of the outer layer: Black
• Product weight (per item): 1402 g
Art. no.
0715 930 600
Art. no.
0715 930 601
Art. no.
0715 930 602
WHITEBOARD
With its smooth and magnetic surface, the magnetic writing tablet
offers the ideal organisation platform for notes and documents in the
workshop and office.
Smooth and magnetic surface
• Short- and long-term notes can be written and wiped off again without any residue.
• With magnets and magnetic identification pockets for long-term attachment of
documents and information.
Different surface finishes for different applications
• Painted surfaces are suitable for short-term notes, enamelled surfaces for long-term
notes.
• The enamelled surface is particularly scratch-resistant, durable and environmentally
friendly. Offers the strength and elasticity of metal combined with the hardness and
resistance of a glass surface. Surface is easy to clean, resistant to acids and alkalis,
corrosion-resistant.
Cleaning
Dry wipe-off, regular cleaning with recommended Würth cleaning agents. 7
Fastening
Easy installation and after hanging the special eccentric element can be used for con-
venient adjustment up to 6 mm.
Quality product
Made in Germany
• Width: 295 mm
• Height: 1 mm
Art. no.
0WGE 630 002
24-HOUR TIMER
With 30-minute cycles
• Max. switch-on time: 24 h
• Min. switch-on time: 30 min
• Product weight (per item): 100 g
• Colour: White
• Material: Plastic
• Switch-on time min./max.: 0.5 / 24 h
• Length x width x height: 230 x 100 x 100 mm
Art. no.
0976 500 670
EMPTY CONTAINER
For spray gun
Filling volume: 0.5 litres
• Contents: 500 ml
• Material: HDPE - High density polyethylene
• Colour: White
7 Art. no.
0890 700
SPRAY GUN
For empty container, art. no. 0890700
Ergonomic, sturdy spray head with long handle
• Work made less tiring thanks to low operating force
• Can be easily operated using three fingers
Sealable control nozzle
• All settings from mist to jet possible
• Material: Polypropylene, polyethylene, steel
• Colour: Red, White
• Length: 22.5 cm
Art. no.
0890 8
SPRAY BOTTLE
For user-friendly application of liquids
Natural-coloured, shatter-proof container
Easy to read the fill level
Gauge in 100 ml and 200 ml graduations
Useful aid when filling and mixing
Customisable label
• Space for labelling the filled liquid
• Extra fields for safety instructions
• Contents: 500 ml
• Material: PE - Polyethylene
• Colour: Natural
Art. no. 7
0891 502 002
Art. no.
0899 891 920
7 Art. no.
0899 800 707
Art. no.
0899 891 012
Art. no.
0899 800 353
7 Art. no.
0899 800 355
Art. no.
0899 800 342
Art. no.
0899 800 366
7 Art. no.
0899 800 385
Art. no.
0899 800 425
Art. no.
0899 800 706
Art. no.
0899 800 697
Art. no.
0899 800 460
Art. no.
0899 800 704
Art. no. 7
0899 800 695
Art. no.
9501 002 814
Art. no.
0899 800 356
Art. no.
0899 800 419
Art. no.
0899 800 370
Art. no.
0899 800 705
Art. no.
0899 800 132
Art. no.
0899 800 341
Art. no.
0899 800 005
Art. no.
0899 800 008
7
TOILET PAPER 2-PLY
Comfortable and soft despite high tear resistance
• Soft and gentle
• Highly absorbent
• Tear-proof
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
• Colour: White
Number of rolls Width Length Number of sheets Length of roll Art. no.
24 PCS 99 mm 69 m 496 PCS 69 m 0899 900 252
64 PCS 97 mm 31.75 m 250 PCS 31.75 m 0899 891 733
TOILET PAPER
• Pure cellulose
• Two-ply micro-embossed
• Soft and resistant
• Number of rolls: 120 PCS
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
• Number of sheets: 200 PCS
• Length of roll: 22 m
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 820 110
TOILET PAPER
• Pure cellulose
• Two-ply micro-embossed
• Soft and resistant
• Each roll is individually packaged to ensure maximum hygiene
• Number of rolls: 48 PCS
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
• Number of sheets: 250 PCS
• Length of roll: 29.5 m
Art. no.
7
0899 820 100
MAXI ROLL
• Pure cellulose
• No individual sheets: to be used with the appropriate dispenser
• Width: 10 m
• Length: 400 m
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
• Length of roll: 400 m
Art. no.
0899 800 20
Number of rolls Width Length Number of sheets Length of roll Art. no.
30 PCS 97 mm 31.8 m 250 PCS 31.8 m 0899 891 732
7 42 PCS 120 mm 34.72 m 248 PCS 34.72 m 0899 900 253
Art. no.
0899 900 250
Art. no.
0899 820 115
7
Art. no.
0899 800 340
Art. no.
0899 800 348
Art. no.
0899 900 502
Art. no. 7
0899 900 258
Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
width
- 2 PCS 36 x 22 cm 504 m 0899 800 290
- 2 PCS 36 x 22 cm 846 m 0899 800 511
- 2 PCS 36 x 38 cm 360 m 0899 800 773
- 3 PCS 36 x 38 cm 360 m 0899 800 823
- 3 PCS 36 x 38 cm 180 m 0899 800 850
1000 PCS 2 PCS 36 x 38 cm 360 m 0899 800 774
CLEANING PAPER
Ideal for mopping up liquids, removing moist waste or cleaning tools
and machine parts of oils and greases
• Highly absorbent
• Virtually lint-free
• High absorption capacity and tear-resistant
• Fits all common dispensers and our dispenser box with centre-feed dispenser
Design Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
7 width
Roles ware 865 PCS 1 PCS 30 x 19 cm 260 m 0899 800 653
Roles ware 400 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 20.5 cm 15200 cm 0899 810 481
- 800 PCS 2 PCS 250 x 255 mm 200 m 0899 810 480
- - 1 PCS 32000 x 21.7 cm 320 m 0899 800 656
- - 1 PCS - 300 m 0899 800 481
TISSUE PAPER
Made of cellulose fibre
• Cellulose fibre material treated using a dry production process, superior to paper
cloths or industrial cloths
• Resistance: very high when dry or wet. Does not disintegrate and does not turn to
mush. It can be used with abrasive pastes, polishes, solvents, impregnating agents,
waxes, dyes, detergents, etc.
• Absorbency: very high for water (500%), grease, oil (700%), ink
• Softness: very high. Superior to non-woven fabric and cotton. Suitable for all clea-
ning and polishing tasks, even delicate ones.
• Number of sheets: 370 PCS
• Sheet length x sheet width: 27 x 38 cm
Art. no.
0899 800 806
PAPER ROLLS
• Made of cellulose
• Suitable for contact with food
• Packs of 2 rolls
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
Design Number of sheets Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
width
Embossed 650 PCS 30 x 24 cm 195 m 0899 800 804
Embossed 800 PCS 20 x 26 cm 160 m 0899 800 808
Smooth 800 PCS 38 x 24 cm 304 m 0899 800 18
Smooth 800 PCS 38 x 26 cm 304 m 0899 800 800
7
Embossed 650 PCS 30 x 24 cm 195 m 0899 800 805
- 450 PCS 350 x 198 mm 157 m 0899 800 450
Embossed 900 PCS 26 x 22 cm 234 m 0899 800 811
PAPER CLOTH
Made of embossed recycled wadding
• The embossing makes it particularly resistant and absorbent
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
7 Art. no.
0899 800 520
CLEANING PAPER
Centre-feed dispenser, very strong and absorbent.
• The two-ply extra-strong multi-purpose paper towels are suitable for wiping up spil-
led liquids and drying your hands.
• The towels‘ high capacity makes the rolls last longer, and their excellent absorption
when mopping up spilt liquids means they do not need to be replaced as often.
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
Number of sheets Sheet length x sheet width Length of roll Art. no.
- 340 x 235 mm 170 m 0899 800 071
1000 PCS 36 x 36 cm 360 m 0899 800 101
1000 PCS 34 x 37 cm 340 m 0899 800 070
Number of sheets Sheet length x sheet width Length of roll Art. no.
120 PCS 41.5 x 35.5 cm 0 cm 0899 810 002
140 PCS 42.8 x 35.5 cm - 0899 700 450
KITCHEN ROLL
• Made of pure cellulose, two-ply
• The special embossing guarantees maximum softness and absorbency
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
• Length of roll: 42 m
Art. no.
0899 800 133
Art. no.
0899 130 043
7 Art. no.
0899 130 050
Art. no.
0899 130 080
Art. no.
0899 800 310
0899 800 311
7
TORK CLEANING PAPER FOR DISPENSER BOX
• Versatile heavy-duty cleaning paper
• Ideal for industrial wiping and as a paper towel
• Great at absorbing oils and water
• Number of plies: 1 PCS
Art. no.
0899 800 351
Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
width
1000 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 37 cm 380 m 0899 800 775
1000 PCS 3 PCS 38 x 37 cm 380 m 0899 800 825
1500 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 24 cm 570 m 0899 800 298
2500 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 24 cm 950 m 0899 800 519
Art. no.
0899 130 052 7
Art. no.
0899 130 081
7 Art. no.
0899 800 003
TORK WIPE
Multi-purpose paper towels.
• Ideal for cleaning glass
• Suitable for wiping hands
• Approved for contact with food
• Number of plies: 1 PCS
• Length of roll: 1180 m
Art. no.
0899 800 352
Art. no.
0899 800 480
7 Art. no.
0899 800 426
Art. no.
0899 800 365
PAPER ROLL
Fits all common dispensers
• Very absorbent
• Highly absorbent and tear-proof
• Different ply and widths
• Virtually lint-free
• Food-safe
Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no. 7
width
1000 PCS 2 PCS 34 x 24 cm 340 m 0899 800 776
620 PCS 2 PCS 26 x 29 cm 161.2 m 0899 800 297
1000 PCS 2 PCS 36.5 x 36.5 cm 365 m 0899 900 401
1000 PCS 3 PCS 36.5 x 36.5 cm 365 m 0899 900 602
Art. no.
0899 800 140
Art. no.
0899 800 102
Art. no.
0893 121 30
Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Shelf life from Number of cloths Width x length Art. no.
production
- Citrus 24 Month 100 PCS - 0893 936 100
Cosmetic preparation - 18 Month 70 PCS 31 cm x 27 mm 0893 936 70
Cosmetic preparation - 18 Month 40 PCS 296 mm x 442 mm 0893 936 71
Art. no.
0890 950
7
Art. no.
0890 900 72
Container Design Number of cloths Sheet length x sheet Coating weight per Art. no.
width m2
Roll Roles ware - 38 x 29 cm 50 g 0899 800 902
Roll Roles ware - 38 x 40 cm 65 g 0899 800 900
Format cloth Layers folding 500 PCS 38 x 29 cm 65 g 0899 800 901
Art. no.
0899 810
Art. no.
0899 800 387
Art. no.
0899 800 386
7
TORK CLEANING CLOTH INDUSTRIAL EXTRA STRENGTH
These are the thickest, strongest Tork cleaning cloths and are extre-
mely absorbent.
• Professional cleaning results
• Strong enough for tough scouring
• Protects your hands from heat/sharp metal parts
• Certified for use with food
• Sheet length x sheet width: 380 x 320 mm
• Colour: White
• Number of tear-offs: 160 PCS
• Sheet length: 380 mm
• Sheet width: 320 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 501
Art. no.
0899 800
7
CLEANING CLOTH ROLL, ABSORBENT, UNIVERSAL
• Absorbs liquids up to 12x its own weight
• Can be used for all types of liquids, for example, anti-freeze, washing water, oils
• More efficient than conventional binding agents
• Perforated for quick and easy use
• Number of cloths: 110 PCS
• Sheet length x sheet width: 420 x 380 mm
• Coating weight per m2: 245 g
• Colour: Green
• Sheet length: 420 mm
• Sheet width: 380 mm
Art. no.
0899 900 213
Art. no.
0899 900 212
Art. no.
5986 000 195
Art. no.
0899 102 302
7 Art. no.
0899 900 210
Art. no.
0899 900 211
Art. no.
0899 811
Art. no.
0899 800 006
7 Art. no.
0899 102 300
0899 102 303
HYDRO SPONGE
For pre-cleaning, final cleaning of tiles and for jointing tasks
• Open cell structure
• Highly resistant to tearing and abrasion
• Absorbs water well
• Colour: Beige
• Length x width x height: 165 x 110 x 60 mm
• Form: Rectangular
Art. no.
0695 942 130
Art. no.
0695 942 125
Art. no.
0899 700 407
7
NON-WOVEN FABRIC
Single ply, bright white, perforated
Roll of white, laminated non-woven towels with textile properties:
• Strong material, reusable
• Highly absorbent; oils, paints, greases and other liquids penetrate quickly, leaving
no residue
• Tear-proof and lint-free, resistant and compact fibre structure
• For tough demands in a wet environment
• Soft, non-woven fabric
• For brass, stainless steel, copper and other metals
Benefits:
• The perfect cleaning cloth for rough surfaces
• Highly tear-resistant and lint-free for demanding tasks
• Excellent absorption and emission of solvents thanks to special fibre combination
(solvent savings of up to 25%)
• The cloth quickly absorbs dirt without streaks
• Can be wrung out and reused for economical use
• Material: Fleece
• Colour: White
• Width: 32 cm
• Length: 106 m
• Number of sheets: 280 PCS
• Length x width: 10600 x 32 cm
Art. no.
0899 800 211
Art. no.
0899 800 360
Art. no.
0899 800 513
Art. no.
9501 010 633
DOCUMENT FOLDER
Practical folder for organising documents.
• Metal bracket for clamping writing pads
• Additional document compartment
• Business card holder with transparent window
• Wide rubber band for further business cards as well as smaller utensils
• Sturdy one-side zip
• Made from high-quality polyester (1680 denier)
• Length x width x height: 260 x 50 x 350 mm
• Sealing type: Zip
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Colour: Black, Grey
• Product weight (per item): 785 g
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 260 mm
• Height: 350 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 240
Art. no.
0715 549 950
7
FIRE PROTECTION
Active fire protection 1452
Structural fire protection 1454
Preventative fire protection 1488
Art. no.
0893 112 112
Art. no.
0893 113 112
FIRE BLANKET
• Blanket made from fireproof fibreglass fabric
• Suitable for putting out small fires
• Supplied in a robust case with ring for wall mounting
• Hook-and-loop fastening for fast opening
• Useful accessory for the workplace, car or home
• Length (opened out): 150 cm
• Width (opened out): 180 cm
• Material: Fibre glass
• EN standard: 1869
• Product weight (per item): 300 g
Art. no.
0899 600 012
REPLACEMENT STAINLESS STEEL TAPE FOR FIRE PROTECTION SLEEVE ENDLESS COLLAR
Art. no.
0893 304 711
Art. no.
0893 304 712
FP WRAP
A graphite-based, intumescent wrap for fire rated sealing of metal
and plastic pipes.
The FP wrap is a system component for mortar and mineral board fire protection
systems:
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 240 U/U
• Quick and easy installation
• No tools required
• Thickness: 1.8 mm
• Width: 50 mm
• Fire resistance rating: EI240
INTUMESCENT STRIP 7 KS
For fire rated pipe penetration seals in flexible partition walls, massi-
ve walls and massive floors.
The strip is intended for wall and ceiling ducts of flammable and
non-flammable pipes with insulation made of synthetic rubber and
aluminium composite piping.
• Fire resistance class up to EI 120 U/U combination partition
• Fire resistance class up to EI 240 U/U single pipe duct
• Foams in the event of fire
• Easy to install
• Does not drip in the event of fire
• Very little space requirement
• Easy to secure
• Thickness: 2 mm
• Length: 15 m
• Width: 50 mm
• Fire resistance rating: EI120
ETA 15/0295
Art. no.
0893 304 309
Art. no.
0893 304 310
ETA 18/0731
Art. no. 8
0893 304 312
Art. no.
0893 307 250
FP PIPE COLLAR
Fire protection collar for fire rated sealing of pipe and cable services.
Protection haute performance intumescente:
• Classes de résistance au feu jusqu‘à EI 240 U/U
• Fermeture simple pour un assemblage rapide et sûr
• Excellente capacité d‘insonorisation des bruits propagés dans l‘air
• Sans entretien
ETA 21/0080
Art. no.
0893 304 700
SEALING CORD FP
Flexible sealing cord for fire-safe sealing of horizontal and vertical
joints in solid walls and solid ceilings.
Sealing cord made of mineral fibre for fire-safe sealing of linear
joints
• Joint width 10–55 mm
• Fire behaviour class A1
• Very quick and easy to install
• No additional products required
• Fire resistance up to EI 180
• Number of rolls: 1 PCS
Art. no.
0893 303 014 8
Art. no.
0893 305
Art. no.
0893 301 011
WEATHER SEAL
Classification EN ISO 11600 F/G 25 LM. Elastic fire-resistant silicone for internal and external building joints
and facades.
• Seals against fire and combustion gases
• Permanently elastic
• Excellent adhesion
• Low volume loss
• Long shelf life
• Easy to apply
• UV resistant
• Colour: Black
• Contents: 600 ml
• Building material class: B-s1 d0 - Of low flammability
• Building material class conditions: in accordance with DIN EN 13501-1
• Ultraviolet resistance: Yes
Art. no.
0893 301 016
8
ETA 14/0142
Art. no.
0893 303 305
Art. no.
0893 303 401
JOINT FOAM, B1 PU
Fire-retardant foam for fire rated sealing of linear joints.
Fire-retardant, 1-component, expanding construction foam:
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 240
• Seals against fire and combustion gases
• Suitable for application guns
• Very good bonding on most construction materials
• Contents: 750 ml
• Chemical basis: Single component polyurethane
• Colour: Red
• Container: Aerosol can
• Min./max. temperature resistance: -40 to 90 °C
• Min. surface processing temperature: 5 °C
• Min./max. processing temperature: 20 to 25 °C
• Min./max. processing temperature for can: 20 to 25 °C
• Min. processing temperature for can: 20 °C
• Max. processing temperature for can: 25 °C
• Min. skin-formation time: 10 min
• Conditions for skin-formation time: at 23°C and 50% relative humidity 8
• Tensile strength / conditions: 0.12 MPa / in accordande with Feica TM
1018:2015
• Yield (volume) approx.: 33 l
• Conditions for yield: Foam yield (free foaming)
Art. no.
0893 303 402
Art. no.
0892 152 520
Art. no.
0893 303 405
Art. no.
0893 303 410
FIRE-RETARDANT FILLER 5 KS SP
Universal fire protection filler for indoor and outdoor use.
Water-based, viscous and non-hygroscopic fire protection filler with
an ablative effect.
The fire protection filler is a solvent and halogen-free synthetic emul-
sion containing flame-retardant pigments. The fire protection filler is
classified as low-emission and contains no borates, plasticisers, for-
maldehyde or alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEOs).
• Solvent-free, no VOC emissions
• Can be mechanically stressed
• Water permeability according to DIN 1048
• Oil and petrol resistant
• Weatherproof and UV-resistant in accordance with DIN 53 384
• Resistant to ageing
• Flexible after drying, even with thick layers
• Colour: White
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: at 5°C to 30°C
ETA 15/0294 mixed penetration seal EI 60
Art. no.
0893 304 615
Art. no.
0893 306 315
ETA 18/0731
Art. no.
0893 306 316
Art. no.
0893 306 412
MIXER
For fire protection foam
• Product weight (per item): 13.75 g
Art. no.
0893 303 152
APPLICATION GUN
For Combi fire-retardant foam
Mixing ratio 5:1
Art. no.
0893 301 019
Art. no.
0893 305 810
FP MORTAR
A gypsum-based fire protection mortar. Supplied in powder form and
contains inorganic compounds and perlite. For fire rated mortar seal
of mixed penetrations.
• Seals against fire and smoke
• Low release of dangerous substances
• Good adhesion to many surfaces: Concrete, masonry, brick, Leca, gypsum plaster-
board, etc.
• 1% expansion during curing
• Mechanical resistance without reinforcement
• Spacings from 0 mm
• Fire resistance up to EI 240
• Fire resistance rating: EI240
• Colour: White
• Ratio of ingredients: 2:1
ETA 21/0081
Art. no.
0893 302 230
ETA 21/0078
Art. no.
0893 308 91
0893 308 910
8
ETA 21/0078
Art. no.
0893 308 92
0893 308 921
MINERAL FIBREBOARD AB
Advantages
• Specially designed for fire protection sealing in solid ceilings and walls as well as in
EI90 lightweight walls
• Easy processing
• Very good sound insulation properties
Features
• Pre-coated mineral fibreboard for easy and quick installation
• Non-combustible mineral fibreboard (building material class EN 13501-1-11)
• Nominal density 150 kg/m3
• Seals against fire and smoke
• Material: Mineral wool
Z-19.53-2337
Art. no.
0893 303 200
8
ETA-21/0074
Art. no.
0893 306 801
Art. no.
0893 305 812
CABLE TRANSIT
Cable transit for fire rated sealing of cables, cable bundles and small,
combustible pipes with or without cable occupancy.
The cable transit consists of a round, thermoplastic shell and an intumescent inlay
made of graphite:
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 240
• Extremely easy subsequent installation
• No cable coating
• 100% assignment possible
• Lining does not need to be removed from lightweight partition walls
• Absolutely maintenance-free
• Fire resistance rating: EI240
ETA-21/0075
FOAM PLUG
Additional smoke-tight foam plugs for the Würth cable conduit fire
protection product.
• Colour: Black grey
Art. no.
9501 007 278
9501 007 279
9501 007 280
9501 007 322
8
PROTECTIVE COVER WITHOUT CLOSURE ELEMENT
Art. no.
9501 007 323
9501 007 324
9501 007 325
9501 007 326
Art. no.
0978 920 010
8
TECHNICAL CHEMICALS
Service products, chemicals 1492
Sealant 1574
Surface protection, coatings 1608
Cleaning agents and care products 1693
Filling systems - reusable cans 1817
Lubricants and rust removers 1819
Adhesive tapes 1897
Adhesives 1981
Building chemicals 2113
Technical chemicals products mixed 2273 9
FREEZER SPRAY
For universal use in repair and assembly work and for troubleshoo-
ting
Non-flammable!
In low voltage areas according to VDE 0100 (voltage range: <50 V
(AC), <120 V (DC)) can also be used when energised.
Powerful cooling effect
• Spray causes localised cooling down to –50°C
• Ball bearings, bushings, shafts etc. fit easily into the tightest clearances
Creates an intended thermal overload
Faults in electrical circuits are quick to determine
• Contents: 200 ml
• Colour: Colourless
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0890 001 200
Art. no.
0890 27
LEAK DETECTOR
Detects leaking areas in compressed air and gas systems
• Effortless, time-saving detection of pressurised, leaking areas with success
guaranteed
• Non-flammable, therefore can also be used on systems, containers and pipes with
flammable gases
• Processing temperature: +5°C to +50°C
• Freezes at 0°C
• Colour: Colourless
• Chemical basis: Water, soap and glycol
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0892 764 005
Art. no.
0892 764 532
Art. no.
0890 100 013
BEAD SEALER
Soft and flexible bead-tight installation cream for air loss prevention
Effective and easy to use
• Solid particles are distributed through the uneven areas and prevent air escaping
• Spreadable
• Lasting seal
• Chemical basis: Ethanol
• Colour: Dark grey
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: cool and frost-free
storage
• Contents: 500 ml
• Density: 1.18 g/cm³
• Density conditions: at 20°C
• Max. processing temperature: 35 °C
• Min. processing temperature: 5 °C
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
• Weight of content: 530 g
Art. no.
0893 491 001
9
VULCANISING CEMENT
High-strength. For self-vulcanising repair systems for tyre and hose
repairs.
• Contents: 235 ml
• Chemical basis: Naphtha
Container Colour Density Min./max. proces- Shelf life from Art. no.
sing temperature production
Can Beige 0.74 g/cm³ - 12 Month 0890 100 017
Cartridge - 0.76 g/cm³ 18 to 150 °C 24 Month 0890 95 080
CONTACT SPRAY
Is quick and reliable at rectifying ignition problems
To be used as a preventative measure against ignition problems cau-
sed by moisture in vehicles and in other low-voltage ignition systems
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
9 CONTACT SPRAY SW
Special spray wash
Cleaner for contacts and electrical components
• Removes wood resin residues
• Cleans components with heavy soiling
Versatile applications – Does not attack plastics and common materi-
als (electr. parts and elements, circuit boards, relays, power strips)
• Contents: 200 ml
• Colour: Transparent
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Mineral oil
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0893 65
Art. no.
0893 60
Art. no.
0893 61
Art. no.
0893 70
Art. no.
0890 11
DEMINERALISED WATER
9 Avoid salt and scale build-up
Prevents salt and scale build-up
• Can be used as battery water for topping up batteries (car and motorcycle
batteries)
• Can be used for machines to avoid scale build-up
• Chemical basis: Water
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 60 Month / cool and frost-free
storage
• Contents: 25 l
Art. no.
0890 104 025
PAG OIL 46
PAG polyalkylene glycol air-conditioning compressor oil for vehicle
air-conditioning systems using R134a refrigerant
• Good mixing properties
• Optimum lubrication effect
• High degree of wear protection
• Very hydrophobic
• Ensures thermal stability
9
PAG OIL 100
PAG polyalkylene glycol air-conditioning compressor oil for vehicle
air-conditioning systems using R134a refrigerant
• Good mixing properties
• Optimum lubrication effect
• High degree of wear protection
• Very hydrophobic
• Ensures thermal stability
9
PAG OIL R1234YF
Special packaging for one-time application.
• High level of lubrication
• Chemically and thermally stable
• Used with the new refrigerant R1234yf
• Resistant, even at high temperatures and with light water ingress
• Offers a high level of protection against corrosion
• Increases the wear resistance of the system, even under high pressure
• Contents: 250 ml
• Viscosity/consistency: Creamy
• Kinematic oil basis viscosity: 100 m2/s
Art. no.
0892 123 421
Art. no.
0892 764 253
Art. no.
0892 764 110
Art. no.
0892 123 420
Art. no.
0892 764 204
Art. no.
0892 764 666
OZONE GENERATOR OZ 60
For shock disinfection and odour elimination in vehicle interiors
Disinfects vehicle interiors within 15–30 minutes
• Length x width x height: 248 x 165 x 107 mm
• Weight: 2.8 kg
• Ozone power: 6000 mg/h
• Air circulation: 90 m³/h
• Max. power drain: 70 W
Art. no.
9501 007 028
Art. no.
0892 764 040
9
DISINFECTANT SURFACE CLEANER
Reliable at fighting microbes, bacteria, viruses and fungi
• Disinfects, cleans, protects
• No stains
• Silicone-free
• Sufficient for 16 applications for disinfecting the vehicle air-conditioning system
• Contents: 5 l
• Weight of content: 4.5 kg
• Chemical basis: Water, ethanol and propanol
• Smell/fragrance: Alcohol
• Colour: Colourless
• Bio-degradable: Yes
• Silicone-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 764 05
Art. no.
0893 764 10
Art. no.
0893 764 103
PURI CLIM
Special disinfectant cleaner for vehicle air-conditioning units
Disinfects, cleans and protects
• Rids the air-conditioning unit of germs, bacteria, fungi and mould
• Removes unpleasant odours
• Guards against the allergies caused by bacteria and other micro-organisms
Fresh, pleasant mint fragrance
Quick and easy to use
• Eliminates the costs of dismantling and cleaning the air-conditioning system
The special sensor ensures that the product is applied directly to the
air-conditioning unit components
• Long-lasting cleaning and disinfecting effect
Single application
• Easy to recover the cost
The powerful circular jet effectively tackles even thick layers of grea-
se and dirt
Supplied without sensor
• Contents: 150 ml
• Weight of content: 132 g
• Chemical basis: Biocide, detergent
9 • Colour: Colourless
Art. no.
0893 764 104
Art. no.
0893 764 600
0893 764 601
Art. no.
0892 764 060
Art. no.
0764 000 123
SPRAY HOSE
For A/C disinfectant spray
Approx. 80 cm long PE hose with specially developed nozzle
Art. no.
0891 764 104
Art. no.
0892 764 445
Art. no.
0892 764 300
Art. no.
0892 764 034
Art. no.
0892 764 134
Art. no.
0892 764 135
Art. no.
0892 764 999
Art. no.
0892 764 203
Art. no.
0892 764 202
Art. no.
0892 764 201
Art. no.
0892 764 630
Art. no.
0892 764 205
Art. no.
0892 764 123
Contents Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from production Art. no.
1000 ml - Mineral oil 6 Month 0893 151 1
400 ml Characteristic Aliphatic hydrocarbon 24 Month 5861 312 400
200 ml Characteristic Aliphatic hydrocarbon 24 Month 5861 312 200
Art. no.
0893 999 400
Art. no.
5861 900 058
Art. no.
5861 112 300
Art. no.
5861 012 300
9
DIESEL AIR INTAKE CLEANER
For removing contamination and deposits in the intake area without
needing to remove components
Cleaning effect
Cleaning the intake area of diesel engines.
Improves engine performance
Rectifies faults caused by deposits in the intake area.
Cleans the intake system of light to medium deposits
No disassembly is required for cleaning.
• Contents: 400 ml
• Colour: Clear
• Chemical basis: Water
• Shelf life from production: 18 Month
Art. no.
5861 013 300
Art. no.
5861 013 200
Art. no.
0893 999 200
Art. no.
5861 401 150
ATF FLUSH
For cleaning automatic gearboxes
Highly active surfactants guarantee that dirt deposits in the auto-
matic gearbox oil circuit are fully dissolved
This ensures optimum switching performance of the automatic transmission
No additional environmental hazards
Compatible with all oils used in ATF gearboxes
• Contents: 150 ml
• Colour: Brown
• Smell/fragrance: Oily
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
5861 410 150
Art. no.
5861 014 500
Art. no.
5862 200 500
Art. no.
5861 014 300
Art. no.
0893 999 250
Art. no.
5861 900 055
Art. no.
0893 531 105
Art. no.
0893 531 100
RADIATOR SEALANT HP
High-performance cooling system protection for all modern vehicle
types with crossflow cooling systems
Seals leaks up to max. 0.1 mm
Dirt strainers in the cooling circuit are not impaired
Preventive use any time the anti-freeze is changed
Sealing effect due to microfine, synthetic particles
The content of one can is sufficient for 10 litres of coolant
• Contents: 150 ml
• Colour: Blue
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Water
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
5861 500 150
RADIATOR SEALANT
Radiator sealant for all engines with cooling systems without filter
systems
Permanently seals hairline cracks and leaking areas
Secures the function of the cooling system against water loss.
Avoids loss of coolant
Protects the engine from being damaged.
Does not affect the materials used in the radiator construction
Does not attack rubber or plastic parts.
300 ml is sufficient for 10 litres of coolant
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from Art. no.
production
300 ml Green, Blue Fruity Ethylene glycol 24 Month 5861 501 300
1l - - Water 36 Month 0893 154 1
• Contents: 200 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Nearly odourless
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0893 999 500
Art. no.
5861 113 500
Art. no.
5861 111 300
Art. no.
0893 999 100
Art. no.
5861 900 052
Art. no.
5861 900 054
INTA certified
CL/RPT/7430/057/INTA/02
9
PETROL ADDITIVE OCTANE BOOSTER
For boosting the octane number in lower-grade fuels.
• Prevents wear
• Improves vehicle performance
• Clean combustion
• Improves octane number
• Reduces harmful exhaust gases
• Contents: 300 ml
• Colour: Brown
• Smell/fragrance: Solvent-like
• Chemical basis: Hydrocarbon
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
5861 103 300
Art. no.
5861 200 300
Art. no.
0893 531 6
Art. no.
0893 531 3
Art. no.
0893 016 9
FUELCURE
Fuel moisture removal
• Contents: 330 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Butoxyethanol
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0893 568 330
9
Art. no.
5861 900 051
Art. no.
5861 900 056
Art. no.
5861 102 300
RADIATOR CLEANER
Suitable for all engines
Removes corrosion and sludge deposits in the cooling circuit
Increased operational reliability due to clean cooling system.
Neutralises lime residues
New coolant is protected from contamination by old dirt residues.
Compatible with anti-freeze
Alkaline in pH range of 9–11
Compatible with all materials used to build the radiator.
Removes deposits in the cooling circuit and cleans the cooling system of contaminati-
on. For instance, oil residues caused by damage to the cylinder heads can be remo-
ved. The radiator cleaner can also be used as a preventative measure every time the
coolant is changed.
250 ml is sufficient for 10 litres of cooling water. 1000 ml is sufficient for 40 litres of
cooling water.
• Chemical basis: Water
Art. no.
0893 999 550
Art. no.
5861 300 300
9
ENGINE OIL PERFORMANCE ENHANCER
Supplements depleted engine oil additives to improve lubrication, oil
circulation and cooling.
The engine oil booster is a concentrated package of engine lubricant
anti-wear, dispersant, detergent, anti-oxidant and anti-corrosive
additives, plus viscosity enhancer.
In use, the lubricant additives in engine oil will become depleted, particularly where
extended service intervals are being recommended.
Particularly benefit vehicles in higher mileage or engines exhibiting
signs of wear
Such as high oil consumption and smoking
Help to maintain oil viscosity
Improves lubricant circulation and reduces wear
Disperse carbon and sludge deposits
Improves compression and power output
• Corresponds to latest API standards
Frees stuck piston rings
Neutralize acidic combustion by products and water contamination
Suitable for use in gasoline and diesel engines (including hybrids)
• Contents: 200 ml
• Colour: Dark brown
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Hydrocracked oil with additive packages
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
5861 900 057
Art. no.
0893 557 102
Art. no.
5861 005 300
DIESEL STABILISER
Protects the fuel system against and cleans the fuel system of bacte-
ria, yeast and mould.
Prevents bacterial growth
Ensures functionality
Fights existing acute bacterial contamination
• Neutralises acids forming due to growth of microbes
• Decontaminates fuel systems already affected
• Restores functional reliability
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from Art. no.
production
1l Transparent Characteristic Biocide, detergent 24 Month 5861 004 001
5l Transparent Characteristic Biocide, detergent 24 Month 5861 004 005
20 l Transparent Characteristic Biocide, detergent 24 Month 5861 004 020
250 ml - Aromatic Mixture of distilled 60 Month 5861 004 250
9 mineral oils
Art. no.
5861 006 300
ADBLUE®
For diesel engines with SCR exhaust gas aftertreatment
• 32.5% aqueous solution to reduce nitrogen oxide emissions
• Complies with ISO specification ISO 22241-1
• Colour: Transparent
• Smell/fragrance: Nearly odourless
• Chemical basis: Urea in demineralised water
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
9
DIESEL ADDITIVE
Protection that improves engine performance
For all types of diesel engines
• Particularly recommended for modern Common Rail systems and unit injectors wor-
king at high pressures
• Reduced consumption with the same power, reduced exhaust smoke
Improves combustion
• Cleans the supply system and injector, improving combustion
• Operates better at low temperatures, making start-up easy
• Eliminates condensation/water and the spread of subsequent deposits or sludge
• Reduces the cold filterability temperature of the diesel CFPP
• Contents: 200 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Neutral
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0893 521 200
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from Art. no.
production
300 ml Dark brown Characteristic Mineral oil 24 Month 0893 521 10
9 1000 ml - Thinners Hydrocarbons 60 Month 0893 152 4
Art. no.
0893 521 630
Art. no.
0893 521 6
Art. no.
0893 521 600
Art. no.
0893 521 610
Art. no.
0893 521 2
Art. no.
0893 521 3
DIESEL CURE
Cleans and protects all standard diesel fuel systems used in passen-
ger cars, trucks, in the maritime industry and agricultural machinery/
plants.
Increases the lubricity of diesel
• Increases the service life of moving parts in the diesel system
• Lower failure risk of the injection system
• Improves atomisation
Binds and neutralises acid condensations
• Protects against corrosion
• Prevents acid formation
Loosens and removes deposits and resinified areas from the fuel
tank through to the combustion chamber
• Improves atomisation of diesel
• Ensures precise injection
• Reduces fuel consumption
Prevents new deposits from forming
Reduces the output of environmentally harmful emissions
Approved by MTU Friedrichshafen GmbH and Detroit Diesel Removes water from diesel systems, without damaging the engine
Corporation.
• Prevents the growth of bacteria
• Increases the storage stability of diesel 9
Suitable for all types of diesel, including biodiesel
330 ml are sufficient for up to 400 litres of diesel
• Colour: Yellow
• Smell/fragrance: Solvent-like
• Chemical basis: Ethylene glycol
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from Art. no.
production
1l Amber Diesel Naphtha 12 Month 0893 152 1
1l Yellowish Diesel Naphtha 24 Month 0893 151 9
200 l Amber Diesel Naphtha 60 Month 0893 152 200
5l Yellow Characteristic - 12 Month 0893 152 5
9
TURBOCHARGER CLEANER
Turbo cleaning foam with highly effective cleaning tensides for use in
petrol and diesel engines
• Contains active ingredients, which loosen and remove medium to heavy soiling and
deposits
• High level of cleaning power
• To remove unnecessary parts
• Foaming cleaner
• The product guarantees optimal functionality of the moving parts and thus ensures
improved performance and efficiency
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Water tenside
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
5861 013 400
Art. no.
0893 152 3
Art. no.
5861 900 050
Art. no.
0893 152 2
Art. no.
5861 102 200
Art. no.
0891 531 105
Art. no.
5861 900 053
Art. no.
5861 102 170
9
BRAKE PASTE
Highly pressure-resistant, very adhesive lubricant in display box
Silver-coloured and very adhesive mineral oil-based paste with
inorganic thickeners and solid lubricants based on soft metals, which
guarantees excellent corrosion protection.
• Ensures good sliding properties even under the highest compressive loads
• Prevents corrosion, seizing, burning on
• Insensitive to high temperatures, this ensures a high level of wear protection and a
long-term lubricating effect
• Excellent resistance to oxidation and ageing
• Free of silicone, MoS2 and lead
• Contents: 5.5 ml
• Weight of content: 5.86 g
• Colour: Silver coloured
• Max. temperature conditions: 1100 °C
• Chemical basis: Aluminium-copper
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0893 110 5
HT BRAKE PROTECTION
Lubricating, separating and anti-corrosive paste extremely resistant
to high temperatures and high pressures
Metal-free
• Does not harm sensors on brake systems
• Suitable for ABS brake systems and ASR and ESP systems
• Heat-resistant up to 1400°C
• Permanent and high level of lubrication thanks to ceramic components
• Resistant to diluted acids, bases, spray water and salt water
• Silicone- and AOX-free
• Resistant to high pressures
• Colour: Light grey (bright grey)
• Max. temperature conditions: 1400 °C
• Chemical basis: Mineral oil
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
9
ANTI-SQUEAL SPRAY
• Anti-squeal for brake pads
• For long-term prevention
• Stops disc brakes squealing
• Do not apply directly to disc brakes or friction material
• Use only behind the brake pads
• Contents: 300 ml
• Weight of content: 230.7 g
• Colour: Red
• Max. temperature conditions: 50 °C
• Shelf life from production: 18 Month
Art. no.
0890 106
Art. no.
0892 009 925
Art. no.
0892 009 051
DOT 4
DOT 4 super
DOT 5.1
DOT 3
9
BREAKFLUID DOT 4 230/155
• Colour: Golden yellow
Art. no.
0892 009 7
SILICONE PRIMER
Universal primer for improving adhesion of silicone sealants on
absorbent and non-absorbent surfaces
For improving adhesion of following silicone sealants:
Neutral silicone perfect, neutral silicone special, neutral silicone, acetoxy silicone
(bathroom unit), acetoxy silicone (food grade), acetoxy silicone, high-temperature sili-
cone, elastic fire protection seal, repair layer.
• Chemical basis: Silicone resin
• Colour: Transparent
• Contents: 500 ml
• Shelf life from production: 6 Month
Art. no.
0890 170
Art. no.
0891 100 110
Art. no.
0891 601 001
Art. no.
0891 653
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SILICONE
Special sealant for joints subject to high temperatures
• High temperature resistance up to +250°C, short term (max. 1.5 h) up to +300°C
• High resistance to numerous chemicals, suitable for joints with chemical exposure
(see resistance list)
• Resistant to ageing and UV
• Contents: 310 ml
• Container: Cartridge
• Chemical basis: Sauer silicones (acetate systems)
• Continuous motion absorption: 20 %
• Min. breaking elongation: 350 %
• Min./max. temperature resistance: -50 to 250 °C
• Max. short-term temperature resistance: 300 °C
• Min./max. processing temperature: 5 to 40 °C
9
HEAT-RESISTANT SILICONE
Silicone sealant with acetate crosslinking, specifically for high tempe-
ratures
Exceptional resistance to ageing and temporary resistance to oils
and fuels
High elastic modulus with permanent elasticity
Maintains its elasticity in the presence of a heat load up to 250 ºC
High resistance to high temperatures
• Exists when there is temporary contact with chemicals such as oils and fuels
• Recommended for work on motor parts
• The properties of the silicone remain unchanged, always ensuring a good level of
sealing
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Resistance to atmospheric agents and UV rays
Art. no.
0892 350
HYDRAULIC SEAL
For sealing pneumatic and hydraulic screw connections subject to high
loads. With screw connections, up to the burst pressure of the pipe/
hose
Excellent resistance to all hydraulic fluids and fuels
High degree of safety, as impairments due to breakdown are prevented.
Quick to harden, even at low temperatures
Minimum vehicle downtime.
100% sealing
Gaps are filled completely, so that the resulting bonding provides protection against
corrosion from friction and protection against rust.
Resistant to a large number of bases, gases, solvents, oils and fuels
Silicone- and solvent-free
DOS system:
• Practical one-handed operation thanks to the clever turn lock
You always have one hand free.
• Continuously adjustable dispensing system
Dispensing can be adjusted to suit the application, and to keep consumption and
costs to a minimum.
• No residue material in dispensing neck
9 Costs optimised thanks to emptying with virtually no remaining product
• Chemical basis: Methacrylic acid ether
• Colour: Violet
• Fully hardening/curing conditions: Exclusion of oxygen and contact with
metal (copper or iron ions)
• Max. gap-filling ability: 0.15 mm
• Suitable for: Thread diameter max. R 3/4 inch
• Min./max. initial strength: 30-40 min
• Min./max. functional strength: 2-3 h
• Min./max. final strength: 12 h-24 h
• Min./max. processing temperature: 5 to 35 °C
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -55 to 150 °C
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 18 Month / at room temperature
Art. no.
0893 542 050
Art. no.
0892 325 3
Contents Colour Min. skin-formation Max. skin-forma- Elongation at break Art. no.
time tion time
70 ml Black 6 min 12 min 300 % 0890 323
70 ml Red 6 min 12 min 300 % 0890 321
80 ml Black 15 min - - 0890 323 1
200 ml Black 10 min - - 0890 321 600
9
ENGINE SEALING COMPOUND SILICONE SPECIAL 300
Ready-to-use, permanently elastic one-component sealant, acetate
cross-linked for temperatures of up to 300 °C.
• In the cured state, resistant up to 300 °C for short periods (up to 250 °C for long
periods)
• Permanently elastic, weather and UV-resistant
• Excellent adhesive properties, e.g. on glass, ceramic, aluminium
• Contents: 310 ml
• Min. skin-formation time: 20 min
• Max. short-term temperature resistance: 40 °C
• Min./max. processing temperature: 5 to 40 °C
Art. no.
0893 290 0
Certified quality
• DVGW approval (reg. no. NG-5146BM0338), tested to DIN
9 EN 751-1
• NSF-tested to NSF/ANSI 61
Weight of content Chemical basis Colour Suitable for Max. gap-filling Art. no.
ability
50 g Methacrylic acid ether White Thread diameter max. 0.5 mm 0893 511 050
M80, Thread diameter
max. R 3 inch
- - - - - 0893 511 150
THREAD SEALANT
• Low-viscosity adhesive that penetrates well into small gaps
• Also suitable for cylindrical parts
• Chemical basis: Dimethacrylic acid ether
• Colour: Green
• Min./max. processing temperature: -55 to 150 °C
Art. no.
0893 290 050
Art. no.
0893 565 050
9
1C ENGINE SEALANT
Replacement for solid seals around the engine, on pressure tanks as
well as on screw connections.
High thermal stability
Also reliable at sealing at temperatures up to 280°C.
Compression-proof up to approx. 700 bar
Also suitable for high-pressure lines and pressure tanks.
Excellent adhesion
With the exception of metals and glass and ceramic surfaces, seals permanently and
securely.
Good adaptability
• Also suitable for uneven sealing surfaces
• A complete seal is achieved
Permanently elastic
Prevents detachment, e.g. through vibration and shock loads
Protects against corrosion
Completely fills gaps.
Silicone- and solvent-free
DOS system:
• Practical one-handed operation thanks to the clever turn lock
9
One hand always remains free.
• Continuously adjustable dispensing system
Dispensing can be adjusted to suit the application, and to keep consumption and
costs to a minimum.
• No residue material in dispensing neck
Costs optimised thanks to emptying with virtually no remaining product
• Weight of content: 100 g
• Chemical basis: Epoxy resin
• Colour: Red
• Max. pressure: 690 bar
• Min./max. skin-formation time: 5-7 min
• Min./max. temperature resistance: -50 to 280 °C
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 12 Month / at room temperature
Art. no.
0893 260 100
Art. no.
0893 573 050
Art. no.
0893 518 050
Art. no.
Colour Min./max. temperature Max. short-term tempe- Range of applications Art. no.
resistance rature resistance
Blue -60 to 260 °C 315 °C Valve cover, Differential 0893 321 3
housing, Rear axle housing,
Oil pans, Crankshaft housing,
Intake manifold 9
Grey -60 to 260 °C 315 °C Water pumps, Oil pumps, Front 0893 321 6
cover, Camshaft bearing cover,
Thermostat housing, Oil pans,
Transmission cover, Drive axle
cover
Transparent -60 to 260 °C 315 °C Lamp housing, Sealing and 0893 321 4
encapsulating of electrical
connections, Sealing of vehicle
body parts
Red -60 to 315 °C 370 °C Cover and flange on engines 0893 321 2
Art. no.
0893 332 1
9
SUPER RTV SILICONE ADHESIVE AND SEALING COMPOUND TUBE
High-quality adhesive and sealing compound for use in the automoti-
ve sector.
• Very good chemical resistance
• Can also be used in critical areas in which the seal comes into contact with various
liquids
• Outstanding resistance to engine oil and transmission oil, refrigerant and anti-freeze
agent. Non-acidic hardening system
• Non-corrosive, therefore has no negative impact on electronic components and on
lambda probes
• Colour: Grey
• Contents: 70 ml
• Max. short-term temperature resistance: 300 °C
Colour Min./max. temperature Max. short-term tempe- Range of applications Art. no.
resistance rature resistance
Black -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Water pumps, Oil pumps, Front 0893 331 1
cover, Camshaft bearing cover,
Thermostat housing, Oil pans,
Transmission cover, Sunroof, 9
Doors
Red -60 to 315 °C 370 °C Oil pumps, Front cover, Cams- 0893 331 2
haft bearing cover, Oil pans,
Transmission cover, Exhaust
manifold, Exhaust flange, Cover
and flange on engines, Intake
area
Blue -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Oil pans, Valve cover, Rear axle 0893 331 3
housing, Crankshaft housing,
Differential housing, Camshaft
bearing cover
Transparent -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Sealing of accumolators, Sea- 0893 331 4
ling of halogen lamp, Sealing of
vehicle body parts, Sealing of
transformer
Grey -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Water pumps, Oil pumps, Front 0893 331 6
cover, Camshaft bearing cover,
Thermostat housing, Oil pans,
Transmission cover, Intake area,
Sealing of accumolators
Art. no.
0891 602 0
Art. no.
0891 601 0
Art. no.
0891 400 410
Art. no.
0891 00
0891 312 5
Art. no.
0891 312 5
CARTRIDGE GUN
Sturdy design, semi-open, made of sheet steel with feeding mecha-
nism.
• Immediate power transmission to the push rod possible
• Great value for money
Art. no.
0891 40
9 Art. no.
0891 001
Art. no.
0891 000 003
9
Art. no.
0891 010
Art. no.
0891 320
Art. no.
0891 700 310
Art. no.
0703 891 310
Art. no.
0703 891 600
9
COMPRESSED-AIR APPLICATION GUN T16X
Universal compressed-air application gun for use with 310 ml cartrid-
ges.
• For fast application of sealing compound
• 1/4 air intake with pressure regulator
• Weight-reduced design: only 800 g
Art. no.
0891 16
Art. no.
0891 628 4
Art. no.
0891 893 500
Art. no.
0891 600 008
SEALANT DICHTFIX
Sprayable, MS polymer-based sealant for restoring the original tex-
ture following accident repair work.
Very broad adhesive range
Adheres to large range of surfaces, even without a primer coat.
High Shore A hardness
The material is resistant to mechanical loads.
High tensile strength and elongation at tear
The seam also withstands stronger movements/elongations.
UV-stable
Excellent ageing behaviour, even when seams are not painted.
„Wet on wet“ can be painted over
Isocyanate- and silicone-free
Art. no.
0893 238
Colour Chemical basis Min./max. tempe- Max. short-term Resistance against Art. no.
rature resistance temperature
resistance
Aluminium grey Synthetic rubber resin - - - 0892 010 012
Light grey (bright grey) Nitrile natural rubber -25 to 80 °C 150 °C Mineral oils, Water 0892 010
9
SEALING COMPOUND MODELLING CLAY
Soft, permanently plastic sealing compound in original state
Can be moulded by hand
Can be pushed into the joint to be sealed etc.
Good adhesion
Does not shrink
Resistant to water
Art. no.
0890 100 027
SEALANT, REMOVABLE
A versatile sealant that can be dabbed off, does not harden and can-
not be painted over.
Forms a skin after a few minutes
Surface skin re-forms if the joint is damaged
Remains permanently sticky, does not harden and does not run.
High degree of material compatibility
Chrome, paint and rubber are not affected
Does not become brittle
• Colour: Black
• Chemical basis: Polyisobutylene
• Min./max. temperature resistance: -30 to +100 °C
• Resistance against: Water, Alkaline water
Art. no.
0890 100 043
Art. no.
9
0892 214 1
Art. no.
0828 606 11
Art. no.
0828 606 12
Art. no.
0892 200 1
RUST CONVERTER
Environmentally friendly dispersion-based rust converter
Can be painted over
Can be painted over with all commercially available top-coat paint systems after 3
hours
Can be filled
Environmentally friendly, as dispersion-based
Reliably stops the corrosion process and provides an optimised
application surface for additional paint work.
Rust converter penetrates into the rust, reacts with the rust and converts iron oxide into
a stable, insoluble, blue-black, metal-organic complex.
• Contents: 1000 ml
• Colour: Cream
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
• Max. temperature resistance: 120 °C
Art. no.
0893 110
Art. no.
0893 110 400
HARDENER
Suitable for primer Filler HS 2K standard
Drying times with standard hardener Item-No. 0828 604 11:
• Temperature 20ºC: Dry to the touch in 30 min. Ready to sand and paint in 3 hours.
• Temperature 60ºC: Ready to sand and paint in 30 min.
• Infrared drying (distance 80 cm): 5 min. evaporation and 7 min. heat.
Drying times with fast hardener Item-No. 0828 604 21:
• Temperature 20ºC: Dry to the touch in 25 min. Ready to sand and paint in 2 hours.
• Temperature 60ºC: Ready to sand and paint in 30 min.
• Infrared drying (distance 80 cm): 5 min. evaporation and 7 min. heat.
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0828 604 21
0828 604 11
Art. no.
0893 212 004
Art. no.
5867 000 541
Art. no.
0893 214 1
9
PRIMER FILLER
Active protection against corrosion with excellent filling properties for
metallic surfaces
Quick-drying primer filler with active protection against corrosion
for optimum top-coat results
Variety of colour shades
• Excellent coverage in a short time with minimal consumption
• Optimum top-coat paint build-up
Excellent adhesive properties in conjunction with PU and MS poly-
mer sealing compounds
Excellent filling power
Easy to compensate minor damage and sanding marks.
Temperature-resistant up to 110°C
Very easy to sand
VOC-compliant
• Lower solvent content
• Complies with the maximum VOC content specified in the VOC Directive
(1999/13/EC)
• Contents: 400 ml
Art. no.
0890 180
RETOUCHING WAX
For filling and at the same time retouching fine scratches, small holes
and abrasions.
• Large selection of colours for a wide range of different wood colour tones
• Simple application enables fast and easy filling of small scratches, cracks and open
joints
• Inexpensive repair work instead of replacement or costly new surface treatment of
the whole surface
• Low mechanical strength
• Chemical basis: Wax
• Softening point: 50 °C
• Conditions for softening point: in accordance with ISO 2207
• Min. dripping point: 60 °C
• Dripping point conditions: in accordance with DIN 51801
• Min. flashing point: 180 °C
LACQUER PEN
Ideal for spot repairs
Protective paint
• Excellent adhesion and coverage
• Quick drying
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
Universal
• Packaged in a practical bottle
• With an integrated brush in the cap
• Suitable for metal, aluminium, wood, glass, ceramic, cement and plastic
• Chemical basis: Acrylic resin solvent reticulated
Art. no.
0893 340 213
Art. no.
0893 449 011
Art. no.
0964 890 4
Art. no.
5866 301 108
PROTECTIVE WAX
Highly transparent wax anti-corrosive agent that displaces water
9
Can also be used overhead
360° valve
Heat-resistant
Temperature resistant up to +160°C
Reliable
• Has self-healing properties
• Adhesive
• Water-repellent
Transparent
Protected area remains visible
Protective film has self-healing properties
Odourless
• Contents: 400 ml
• Colour: Transparent
• Min./max. skin-formation time: 90-120 min
Art. no.
0893 082 400
PROTECTIVE WAX
Long-term protection for metal surfaces
• For protecting machines, devices and semi-finished products.
• Forms a tough, waxy and water-repellent protective layer.
• Provides long-term protection in rugged conditions during outdoor storage and sea
transportation.
• Heat resistance +120°C.
• Colourless.
• Contents: 300 ml
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0893 082
CAVITY WAX
9 For repairs and long-lasting protection
• High creep capability and very good penetration, it effectively protects even hard-
to-reach folds
• Water-displacement effect, it penetrates and displaces moisture
• Aromatic-free, suitable for commercially available paints and rubber and plastic
components
• High resistance to heat and good flexibility in the cold
• Optimal corrosion protection from a layer thickness of just 50 µ
• VOC reduced
• Very high solids content
• Yield: 876 g/1000 ml at 50 µm 0.07 litres/m2
WAX UNDERSEAL
Wax-based coating compound containing solvents, cannot be painted
over
• Permanently elastic with self-healing effect
• Paint-, rubber- and PVC-compatible
• Resistant to splash water and salt water, weak acids and bases
• Very high solids content
• VOC reduced
• Dust dry after 48 hours, then waxy
• Yield: 876 g/1000 ml at 200 µm 0.28 litres/m2
Contents Colour Chemical basis Min. proportion of Min. skin-formation Art. no.
solids time
60 l Black Wax, additives, solvents 43 % 120 min 0892 079 081
60 l Brown Wax, additives, solvents 42 % 105 min 0892 079 086
1000 ml Black Wax, additives, solvents 43 % 120 min 0892 079 080
1000 ml Brown Wax, additives, solvents 42 % 105 min 0892 079 083
1000 ml Black Wax 42 % 120 min 0892 079 1 9
500 ml Transparent Wax 21 % 120 min 0892 078 1
1000 ml Transparent Wax 42 % 120 min 0892 079 4
500 ml Black Wax 21 % 120 min 0892 078
UNDERSEAL
Bitumen-based coating compound containing solvents, cannot be
painted over
• With long-term protection and anti-humming effect
• Resistant to splash water and salt water, weak acids and bases
• Chemical basis: Bitumen
• Min. skin-formation time: 75 min
• Drying time: 2.5 h
Art. no.
0892 078 550
Contents Chemical basis Min. skin-formation time Drying time Art. no.
1000 ml Natural rubber 45 min 2h 0893 075 10
500 ml Synthetic resin dispersion - 120 min 0892 071
1000 ml Mineral oil 5 min - 0893 075
9
STONE CHIP PROTECTION AQUA
Climate-optimized, paintable, water-based stone chip protection.
• Dries completely down to -10°C
• Fine and coarse structures can be sprayed depending on the applications
• Excellent anti-humming effect
• Very high abrasion resistance
• Suitable for oven drying
• Very easy to sand once completely dry
• Contents: 1 l
9
STONE CHIP PROTECTION HIGH COVER 311
Single component stone chip protection for vehicles, with acrylic resin
base, paintable
• Good sound-deadening effect
• High permanent elasticity
• Excellent adhesion to bare, zinc-plated, treated with primer and painted steel
• Minimal shrinkage, does not crack
• Does not discolour
• Resistant to abrasion, UV rays, salt and moisture
• Quick drying and paintable when dust dry
• Also ideal for spray sealing inside the engine compartment and the boot
• Resistant to high temperatures: max. 250°C
• Creates a fine embossing
• With two interchangeable nozzles to obtain the desired finish
• With self-cleaning nozzles and small application tube
• Contents: 400 ml
Art. no.
0890 030
Art. no.
0891 011 155
0891 011 156
Art. no.
0891 198
MARKING ROD
Marking rod with wheel for convenient marking that is gentle on your
back, for long-lasting marking indoors and outdoors.
• Stable, shatter-proof plastic
• Convenient, light and ergonomic to handle
• Adjustable can support
• Length-adjustable valve lever
• Secure can lock
Art. no.
0891 198 101
Art. no.
0891 197 9
Art. no.
0891 110 500
SPRAY PROBE
For transparent cavity wax
• Length: 600 mm
Art. no.
0891 081
Art. no.
9
0892 790
Art. no.
0892 44
Art. no.
0821 101 224
Art. no.
0821 101 223
Art. no.
5866 201 120
Art. no.
0892 55
WINDOW SEAL
Rain-resistant, easy-to-use glass seal increases driving safety by
improving visibility and extending service life of windscreen wipers
Rain and water bead and roll off the windscreen at approx. 70–80
kph
• Improved visibility at night and in rain
• Improved driving safety
• No hazardous dazzling when driving at night
• Low use of windscreen wipers
Long-lasting easy removal of dirt, insects and ice
Ultra-thin coating that is as hard as glass
Depending on usage, it can last several months or between 5000 km and 10,000 km
Suitable for all untreated glass surfaces on all types of vehicle
Quick and easy to use
Easy pre-cleaning
Silicone-free and AOX-free
• Contents: 20 ml
• Container: Plastic bottle
• Shelf life from production: 18 Month
Art. no.
9
0893 012 414
Art. no.
0893 012 417
Art. no.
0893 012 418
9
Art. no.
0893 158 500
Art. no.
0893 012 315
Art. no.
0893 132
Art. no.
0893 114 116
Art. no.
0893 112
ZINC SPRAY
Long-term protection and repair of metallic surfaces
Excellent corrosion protection
• The metal is actively protected, even with minor damage
• Over 100 hours of salt-spray resistance (DIN 50021 SS)
Excellent adhesive properties on bare metal
Excellent spot welding properties
• Contents: 400 ml
Art. no.
0893 111 0
ZINC PROTECTANT
Cold-galvanising with zinc concentration
Single-component, ready to use
• Strongly adheres to metallic surfaces, forms a protective barrier against rust and
corrosion
• Protects welding on galvanised surfaces/ferrous materials that are placed in enclo-
sed or open spaces
• Forms a durable, non-cracking film that is paintable
• Good electrical conductivity
Anti-corrosion
• Enhanced long-lasting protection against weathering
• High resistance to salt and water, ideal in places with strong oxidising potential
• Covering and adherent power, protects welds, gates, and all items exposed to
corrosion
Rapid drying
A light coat is sufficient to achieve a well-covering protective layer
• Contents: 400 ml
• Chemical basis: Zinc/aluminium combination
• Colour: Zinc, bright
9 Art. no.
0893 111 2
Art. no.
0893 114
Art. no.
0893 111 1
Art. no.
0893 109
SPRAY COPPER
Anti-corrosive metal protection
• Cathodic protection of surfaces
• Very good adhesion
• Can be overcoated without primer with all types of synthetic paint commonly used
in industry and in the automotive sector
• Clean, neat finish
• Suitable for spot welding
• Very good thermal resistance
• Good resistance to water and external chemical factors
• Not susceptible to alkalis and most acids
• Ensures better electrical conductivity during welding
• Contents: 400 ml
• Colour: Copper
• Coating thickness: 20 µm
Art. no.
0893 115
Art. no.
0893 105
Art. no.
0892 600 004
Art. no.
0892 600 003
Art. no.
0892 600 007
Art. no.
0892 601 01
Art. no.
0892 609 01
FILLER VAKU 70
Glass fibre reinforcement filler for bridging cracks, holes and for
repairing glass fibre reinforced plastics.
Balanced proportion of glass fibres
• Excellent application properties
• User-friendly
Excellent adhesion and stability
• Highly suitable for use on vertical surfaces
• Superb adhesion to iron, steel, aluminium, galvanized and hot-dip galvanized
surfaces.
• Ideally suited as knifing filler after repairing GFRP parts with VAKU 80 repair resin.
Fast curing
• For fast, time-saving further processing.
Maximum permissible VOC content of VAKU 70: 250 g/l of product
category 2(b). Max. VOC content in accordance with German Ordi-
nance on Solvent-Based Paints and Lacquers (ChemVOC FarbV): 4
g/l.
Heat-resistant up to 80°C
• Colour: Green
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
9
Contents Chemical basis Weight of content Art. no.
500 ml Epoxy resin 0.796 kg 0892 607 005
1120.8 ml Polyester resin 1760 g 0892 607 02
FILLER VAKU 50
Elastic contour filler, specifically for use on paintable plastic parts
High degree of elasticity
Ideal for modelling and touching up contours
Excellent adhesion
Short drying time
Saves time as further processing can continue directly
Easy to sand
User friendly
Can also be used on other material substrates
Multifunctional
Maximum permissible VOC content of VAKU 50: 250 g/l of product
category 2(b). Max. VOC content in accordance with German Ordi-
nance on Solvent-Based Paints and Lacquers (ChemVOC FarbV): 3
g/l.
Heat-resistant up to 80°C
• Contents: 590 ml
• Chemical basis: Polyester resin
• Colour: Anthracite
• Weight of content: 970 g
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
9
Art. no.
0892 605 01
FILLER VAKU 30
Universal filler with outstanding properties. Can be used as knifing
and fine filler.
No breakaway in edges with fine sanding
Optimum elasticity for achieving closed, smooth surfaces
No reworking with fine filler required
Quick drying
Ensures fast further processing that will save you time (Grinding, filling, top painting)
Easy to sand, minimal dust build-up
• User-friendly
• Simplifies further processing of the object
High filling power and a high degree of stability under load
Temperature-resistant up to 80°C
Contents Chemical basis Colour Weight of content Shelf life from Art. no.
production
1l Polyester Green 1.589 kg 12 Month 0892 600 940
- Polyester resin Beige 2640 g 12 Month 0892 603 03
- Polyester Beige 250 g 24 Month 0892 603 250
- Polyester resin Beige 900 g 12 Month 0892 603 01
9 - Polyester resin Beige 1960 g 12 Month 0892 603 02
500 ml Epoxy resin Beige 0.795 kg 12 Month 0892 603 005
1.255 l - Beige RAL 1001 2 kg 24 Month 0892 603 12
Art. no.
0892 608 01
FILLER VAKU 20
Fine filler with high elasticity for sealing pores and for repairing small
scratches, grooves and uneven surfaces
Finely matched filler and resin combinations
• Non-porous and closed filling
• Low dust build-up during sanding
Quick drying
Saves time as further processing can continue directly (sanding, filling and applying
top coat)
Easy to sand
• User friendly
• Simplifies further processing of the object
Brilliant white pigmentation
• Optimum surface and preparation for top-coat paint
• Ideal for use in model and furniture construction
Temperature-resistant up to 80°C
• Chemical basis: Polyester resin
• Colour: White
• Weight of content: 1960 g
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
9
Art. no.
0892 602 02
FILLER VAKU 60
Polyester resin-based TIN-Metallic filler with aluminium pigmentation
for vehicle construction and vehicle repairs
High-quality filler
• High-quality filler and resin combinations enable a non-porous, closed filling of
recesses and uneven surfaces
• Low dust build-up during sanding
For particularly stringent quality requirements
Aluminium pigmentation ensures an extremely high degree of strength in conjunction
with metallic surfaces
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
FILLER VAKU 40
Filler for filling and levelling deep uneven surfaces and scratches
Specific weight reduced by 30%
• Extremely easy to sand and minimal dust build-up
• User-friendly
Quick drying
Ensures fast further processing that will save you time
High filling power and a high degree of stability under load
Heat-resistant up to 80°C
• Chemical basis: Polyester
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
FILLER VAKU 35
Universal lightweight filler
9 • Excellent adhesion to iron, steel, aluminium, galvanised substrates, GFRP and wood
• Specific weight reduced by approx. 40 percent
• Quick drying
• High filling capacity yet lightweight
• High stability
• Extremely easy to sand and high abrasion resistance
• Chemical basis: Polyester
• Colour: Turquoise
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0892 694 011
Contents Chemical basis Colour Weight of content Shelf life from Art. no.
production
38 ml Polyester resin White 40 g 12 Month 0892 694 001
38 ml Polyester resin Black 40 g 12 Month 0892 694 002
1000 ml Polyester resin Yellow transparent 1500 g 12 Month 0892 662
2000 ml Polyester resin Greenish 2000 g 12 Month 0892 663
- - White - - 0892 664
- - Beige RAL 1001 - - 0892 665
- - Transparent - - 0892 663 1
- - White - - 0892 664 1
- - Beige RAL 1001 - - 0892 665 1 9
- Plasticiser/hardener Beige RAL 1001 - 12 Month 0892 666
Art. no.
0892 600 904
ALUMINIUM FILLER
9 Used for filling deep holes
• Contains fine aluminium particles for a better finish
• Good impact and vibration resistance
• Contents: 1.131 l
• Chemical basis: Polyester
• Colour: Silver grey
• Weight of content: 1960 g
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0892 600 990
Art. no.
0892 600 935
9
Art. no.
0892 600 3
Art. no.
0892 600 4
FIBRE FILLER
Allows major loads on extremely deformed metal sheets
Filled with short glass fibres for a better finish and easier application
• Contents: 1760 ml
• Colour: Green
• Weight of content: 1760 g
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0892 600 6
Art. no.
0892 600 60
Art. no.
0892 600 101
Art. no.
0993 140
Contents Chemical basis Colour Weight of content Shelf life from Art. no.
production
- - - - - 1956 001 004
- - - - - 1956 001 005
195 ml Epoxy Grey brown, metallic 265 g 18 Month 0892 610 195
LIQUID METAL FE 1
Fast-acting repair system, ideal for installers and workshops in the
metal processing sector.
• High-quality two-component reaction resin system that exhibits characteristics simil-
ar to those of metal due to its special formula
• The ideal mixing ratio of the components (A:B = 1:1, pressing out two strands of the
same length from the tubes) makes incorrect mixing of the repair compound virtually
impossible
• Specifically designed for smaller repair jobs where a quick turnaround is required
• Can be applied with a spatula and does not run, which also makes vertical applica-
tion possible
• After hardening, Liquid Metal Fe1 can easily be processed in the same way as
metal with lathing, milling, drilling, filing or thread cutting
• Weight of content: 500 g
• Colour: Grey
• Min./max. temperature resistance of the hardened material: -60 to
120 °C
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0893 449
9
FILLER BOARD
The filler board is a tool that every professional paint shop should
have.
• Manual gun for cartridges and bags
• Solid construction
• Silicone-free, impregnated special paper
• No more laborious searching for a suitable carrier material for mixing fillers
• Product weight (per item): 630 g
Art. no.
0891 586 417
FILLER VAKU 20
Fine filler with high elasticity for sealing existing pores and for repai-
ring small scratches, grooves and uneven surfaces.
Finely matched filler and resin combinations
• Non-porous and closed filling
• Low dust build-up during sanding
Quick drying
Saves time as further processing can continue directly (sanding, filling and applying
top coat)
Easy to sand
• User friendly
• Simplifies further processing of the object
Brilliant white pigmentation
• Optimum surface and preparation for top-coat paint
• Ideal for use in model and furniture construction
Temperature-resistant up to 80°C
• Contents: 1123 ml
• Chemical basis: Polyester resin
• Colour: White
• Weight of content: 1960 g
9 • Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0892 602 021
FILLER VAKU 30
Universal filler with outstanding properties. Can be used as knifing
and fine filler.
Does not migrate to edges with fine sanding
Optimum elasticity for achieving closed, smooth surfaces
No reworking with fine filler required
Quick drying
Saves time as further processing can continue directly (sanding, filling and applying
top coat)
Easy to sand, minimal dust build-up
• User-friendly
• Simplifies further processing of the object
High filling power and high degree of stability under load
Temperature-resistant up to 80°C
• Contents: 1102 ml
• Chemical basis: Polyester resin
• Colour: Beige
• Weight of content: 1960 g
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no. 9
0892 603 021
FILLER VAKU 40
Filler for filling and levelling deep uneven surfaces and scratches.
• Extremely easy to sand and minimal dust accumulation
• Easy to use
• Fast drying
• High filling capacity and high load-bearing capacity
• Heat resistant up to 80°C
• Contents: 800 ml
• Chemical basis: Polyester
• Colour: Light beige
• Weight of content: 1.12 kg
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0892 604 01
FILLER VAKU 70
Glass fibre reinforcement filler for bridging cracks, holes and for
repairing glass fibre reinforced plastics.
Balanced proportion of glass fibres
• Excellent application properties
• User-friendly
Excellent adhesion and stability
• Highly suitable for use on vertical surfaces
• Superb adhesion to iron, steel, aluminium, galvanised and hot-dip galvanised
surfaces.
• Ideally suited as knifing filler after repairing GFRP parts with VAKU 80 repair resin.
Fast curing
• For fast, time-saving further processing.
Maximum permissible VOC content of VAKU 70: 250 g/l of product
category 2(b). Max. VOC content in accordance with German Ordi-
nance on Solvent-Based Paints and Lacquers (ChemVOC FarbV): 4
g/l.
Heat-resistant up to 80°C
• Contents: 1120.8 ml
• Chemical basis: Polyester resin
9 • Colour: Green
• Weight of content: 1760 g
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0892 607 022
Art. no.
0892 600 804
9
CHECKING SPRAY
For checking all kinds of sanding work
Very fine atomisation
Extremely quick drying
Ready for wet or dry sanding after just 1 minute with no wear on sandpaper.
Consistent atomisation pressure
Even application rate
Black
Art. no.
0892 605 0
ROAD MARKER
Marking spray with safety closure for highlighting road damage and
construction sites
Safety cap for clean application
• The colour cannot accidentally escape
• Fingers are protected from paint mist and splashes
• Fine and precise colour jet, ideal for writing
• Excellent adhesion to absorbent, non-absorbent and slightly moist surfaces.
• Weather-resistant and frost-proof, usable and resistant even in damp and cold
weather (down to -18°C)
• High-quality pigmentation for excellent luminosity and opacity (clearly visible from
a long distance)
• Quick drying time
• High abrasion resistance
• Contents: 600 ml
Art. no.
0893 199 305
BUILDING MARKER
Marking spray with ergonomic spray head for use in the construction
and surveying field
Ergonomic spray head for clean application
• Protects against accidental leakage
• Fingers are protected from paint mist and splashes
• Fine and precise colour jet, ideal for writing
• Excellent adhesion to absorbent, non-absorbent and slightly moist surfaces
• Weather-resistant and frost-proof, usable and resistant even in damp and cold
weather (down to -18°C).
• High-quality pigmentation for excellent luminosity and opacity (clearly visible from
a long distance)
• Quick drying time
• High abrasion-resistance
• Contents: 500 ml
LINE MARKER
Marking spray for manually marking and line marking in the
line-marking cart
Abrasion-resistant
Long-term resistance against wear from vehicles.
Resistance to weathering
Resistant to range of climatic influences.
Wide range of applications
Good adhesion to absorbent and non-absorbent surfaces.
Quick drying time
Fully resistant after approx. 15–20 minutes. Completely dry after 24 hours.
Economical
One can produces approx. 25–50 m road surface markings (depending on line
width).
Easy to use
Specially designed protective cap with integrated spray head.
The shelf life is 2 years
• Contents: 500 ml
LINE MARKER
For manual line marking or using a line-marking trolley. For indoor
and outdoor use
Excellent coverage
Good mechanical resistance
Excellent adhesion
• Suitable for all surface types, even absorbent surfaces
• Good resistance to adverse weather conditions
• Long-lasting finish
Quick-drying
Manual application, with a line-marking trolley or a hand-held
applicator
• Clean and precise application
Line marking lasts for approximately 12 months (depending on the
type of surface and traffic)
Environmentally and user friendly
• Toluene-free and xylene-free
• Lead-free and cadmium-free
• This product is not harmful, irritant or toxic to aquatic organisms
• Contents: 500 ml
9
Colour Art. no.
Black 0893 199 09
Blue 0893 199 13
Red 0893 199 012
White 0893 199 010
Yellow 0893 199 011
FOREST MARKER
Fluorescent forest marker spray for woodworking and forestry appli-
cations
• Fluorescent marker spray used for drawing, marking and labelling
• Very luminous markings visible from a distance
• Water and weather-resistant
• Excellent adhesion — even on damp surfaces
• High abrasion resistance
• Excellent coverage
• Quick drying
• Can be used at temperatures down to -15°C
• Ergonomic protective cap — protects the fingers against paint mist
• Good writing properties — minimum mist
• Contents: 500 ml
FORESTRY MARKER
High-coverage paint for marking wood.
• Suitable for use on all wooden substrates
• Can be used on dry and also damp/wet substrates
• Resistance of 6 to 12 months
• Contents: 500 ml
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0893 199 14
Art. no.
0818 107 130
FILM KNIFE
With specially coated blade
The film knife is equipped with a specially coated blade for a long
9
service life and high cutting speeds
• Material: Plastic
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0818 105 103
Art. no.
0818 105 110
Art. no.
0893 117 700
Contents Chemical basis Colour Density/conditions Shelf life from Art. no.
production/
conditions
0.5 l Two-component Transparent 1.01 g/cm³/at 20°C 12 Month/at 20°C 0821 101 126
polyurethane
1l Isocyanate Colourless 0.974 g/cm³/at 20°C, 24 Month/storage area 0821 101 138
DIN 53217 that is dry, dust-free,
protected from sunlight
and other heat sources,
approx. 15°C to 25°C
2.5 l Two-component - - - 0821 101 124
polyurethane
Art. no.
0821 101 132
0821 101 137
Art. no.
0821 101 123
Art. no.
5856 400 120
5856 400 121
5856 400 122
ACRYLIC THINNER
For 2-component acrylic products and 1-component thick-film lacquers
• To dilute or to adjust the viscosity of 2-component top coats and 2-component clear
varnishes for painting.
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0821 101 155
0821 101 161
0821 101 152
9
ACRYLIC THINNER, SHORT
For 2-component acrylic products and 1-component thick-film lacquers
For quicker drying times for paintwork and in cold weather
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0821 101 158
UNIVERSAL THINNER
For almost all solvent-based paint and primer materials
For adjusting the viscosity of paint products
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
5866 301 104
CELLULOSE THINNER 1A
• Quality 1 A
• Universal use as cleaning agent and thinner
• Especially suitable for Würth 2C epoxy primer Art. no. 5866 104 105
• Free of aromatic hydrocarbons
Art. no.
0893 250 11
INTERIOR CLEANER
Special cleaning foam with anti-static additive for the entire vehicle
interior
• Cleans all painted and plastic parts, glass surfaces and upholstery. Removes nicoti-
ne odours and leaves a pleasant fresh scent in the interior.
• The anti-static additive creates temporary anti-dust protection on the surface for lon-
ger lasting cleanliness in the vehicle interior.
• Works intensively to reliably remove stubborn dirt, even on vertical and sloped
surfaces
• Silicone-free
Art. no.
0890 900 007
DISINFECTING FOAM
Multifunctional foam for passenger compartment, light and compact,
ready for use
Active and high-power cleansing foam to remove dirt of all types,
for passenger cars. Suitable for removing grease and nicotine resi-
dues. Leaves a fresh scent. Does not harm rubber or painted surfaces
Cleans and sanitises
• for in-depth single-action cleaning of surfaces
• suitable for cleaning interior parts of motor vehicles: Handles, drawers, compart-
ments, glove box, safety belts, armrests, head rests, steering wheel and gearshift
lever
Non-staining and non-greasy
• dries quickly and does not leave marks
• pleasant fresh scent
• Contents: 150 ml
• Container: Aerosol can
Art. no.
0893 033 150
9
INTERIOR SPRAY CLEANER
Proven basic cleaning agent for spray extraction on textile upholstery
and for cleaning plastic surfaces in the vehicle interior.
Universal application
A cleaning product for the whole vehicle interior.
Free from bleaching agents
Very good compatibility with textiles and plastics. Note the product information!
Fully effective in cold water
No irritating vapours — significantly reduced odour for the user
pH value in concentrate: approx. 9
• Contents: 1 l
• Container: Bottle
• Smell/fragrance: Lemon
• pH value: 9
Art. no.
0893 027 001
Art. no.
0893 033 0
COCKPIT CARE
Plastic interior care with fruity fragrance
High-quality carnauba waxes together with jojoba oil provide opti-
mum care
• Freshens up colours and gives them a satiny gloss
• Plastics keep their elasticity. Eliminates squeaks and creaking noises
• Well-kept appearance, looks as good as new (new vehicle appearance)
Gentle on materials
The pre-determined breaking points of the (passenger) airbag are not affected.
Provides lasting protection against environmental influences
• Protects against ageing and stops the material becoming brittle
• Does not bleach the cockpit
Anti-static
Saves continual dusting
Contains no phosphates and no organic solvents.
Fast-separating in waste water in accordance with German Ecologi-
cal Standard Test B 5105.
Biodegradability> 95%
AOX and silicon-free
• Smell/fragrance: Fruity 9
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 6.8
• AOX-free: Yes
• Silicone-free: Yes
• Bio-degradable: Yes
• Contents: 500 ml
• Container: Spray bottle
Art. no.
0893 473 1
COCKPIT SILICONE
Silicone-based lubricant that provides a beautiful finish and efficient
care
Beautiful finish
• Cleans and provides shine
• Provides new, silky lustre to faded, stained or rough synthetic surfaces, e.g. dash-
boards and cabin interior
Good end result
• Maintains and protects synthetic and rubber parts
• Anti-static
• Eliminates and prevents annoying, squeaking and cracking noises, e.g. on safety
belts and dashboards
• Contents: 5 l
Art. no.
0890 221 5
Art. no.
0893 012 8
Art. no.
0890 110
Art. no.
0890 110 125
Contents Container Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Min. flashing point Art. no.
600 ml Aerosol can Heptane Perfumed -80 °C 0890 222 600
9 400 ml Aerosol can Mineral oil Lemon -90 °C 0890 222 1
600 ml Can Mineral oil Lemon -90 °C 0890 222
SILICONE SPRAY
Ensures long-lasting protection, preservation and insulation of vehicle
exterior and interior plastic, rubber and metal parts; good lubricating
properties
• Plastic parts retain a high-gloss finish and do not become brittle
• Rubber parts are protected, do not become brittle and do not freeze or stick
• Impregnated folding roofs and hoods
• Anti-static effect (dust-repellent)
• Protects electrical contacts against moisture
• Sliding roof and seat rails, seat belt rollers etc. run smoothly
• Prevents squeaks and creaks between dissimilar materials, e.g. metal/plastic etc.
• Serves as an installation aid, e.g. for hose connections
• No staining
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
9 Art. no.
0893 221 020
Art. no.
0893 221 250
Art. no.
0893 025 102
9
WHEEL WASHING SYSTEM CLEANER
Intensive acidic wheel cleaner for all painted and unpainted light
metal rims and steel rims
We recommend cleaning the tyres of the affected wheels thoroughly
before fitting or storage.
Specially developed cleaning agent for wheel washing systems
Guarantees fast and thorough results without attacking the delicate rims
Removes stubborn dirt of brake dust particles, rust streaks, oil resi-
dues and road dirt
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Acetic acid
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Colour: Yellowish
• Container: Can
• pH value: 2
• Density/conditions: 1200 kg/m³ / at 15°C, ASTM D-1298
Art. no.
0893 476 605
Art. no.
0893 045 098
Art. no.
0893 020 200
Art. no.
0893 024 101
Art. no.
0893 024 103
Art. no.
0893 477 05
CAR SHAMPOO
For gentle, complete cleaning of vehicles
• Can be used manually and also in pressure cleaners
• Gentle on the skin and environmentally friendly
• Fast-separating in waste water in accordance with German Ecological Standard
Test B 5105
• Contents: 25 l
• Container: Canister
• Chemical basis: Water and alkaline tenside
• Colour: Yellow
• Density/conditions: 1.031 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• Phosphate-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 045 096
UNIVERSAL CLEANER R1
Universal, environmentally friendly cleaner for vehicles, workshops,
offices, interiors, carpets, upholstery and all water-resistant surfaces
High cleaning performance
Even persistent dirt is quickly and thoroughly removed
Mild and gentle on material
• Versatile application
• Does not attack paint, rubber or plastics
User friendly
Pleasant fragrance
Environmentally friendly
• Biodegradable
• Silicone and AOX-free
• Phosphate free
• Solvent free
Rapid separation in waste water according to Austrian standard test
B5105
Oil and grease are removed without emulsifying. The wastewater can easily be sepa-
rated with the light oil separator.
Machine and manual application
Removes grease and nicotine soiling, pigment soiling and encrusted 9
dirt after just a brief soaking time
• Container: Canister
• Smell/fragrance: Lemon
• Colour: Orange
• pH value / conditions: 9.4 / in concentrate
• Density/conditions: 1.04 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• AOX-free: Yes
• Silicone-free: Yes
• Phosphate-free: Yes
• Bio-degradable: Yes
Art. no.
0893 014 35
Art. no.
0893 014 32
Art. no.
0890 091
9
SHAMPOO FOR CARS
High foam power
• High foam-producing liquid shampoo resistant to hard water
• Excellent cleaning effect
• Does not leave lines or stains on painted surfaces
Washing
• Can be easily removed by rinsing
• Suitable for car washing systems using brushes and for manual car washing
• Rotating brushes preserve ideal smoothness
• Bio-degradable: 90%
MOTORCYCLE CLEANER
Specially designed for cleaning the entire motorcycle, whatever the
material (steel, aluminium, chrome, plastic, etc.)
• Cleans all motorcycle surfaces (paintwork, plastic, rubber, chrome, stainless steel,
aluminium, etc.) without leaving any marks
• Powerful degreasing action
• pH neutral
• Chemical basis: Water, alcohol, chlorine
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Density/conditions: 1.04 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• AOX-free: Yes
• Phosphate-free: Yes
BIKE CLEANER 9
Effectively cleans bike parts and frames
Ready-to-use, no rinsing required
• Quickly and effectively removes stubborn dirt such as grease, mud, dust and insects
from bike parts and frames
Anti-scaling and anti-corrosive
Safe to use on varnishes, chrome finishes, plastic materials, alumini-
um, stainless steel and carbon
• It can be used on any type of frame and across the entire surface of the bike
90% biodegradable, NTA-, EDTA- and phosphate-free
• Environmentally friendly
• Contents: 500 ml
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0893 478 000
CAR SHAMPOO 3 IN 1
Vehicle cleaner with a triple effect: cleaning, gloss enhancement and
maintenance are achieved in just one step.
Car shampoo combines three properties in one formula and ensures
that road dirt is effectively lifted and gently removed.
• The firm and dense foam with a pleasantly fresh odour effortlessly removes heavy
dirt from paint, chrome, glass, plastic, tyres, rims and convertible tops
• During cleaning, a protective polymer layer is applied to all treated surfaces, which
protects the vehicle and also allows the water film to run off automatically after rin-
sing with clean water
• Coats the paint with a permanent protective film and leaves no stains or water
marks, thus considerably reducing the time required to wipe the vehicle dry with a
chamois
• Chemical basis: Surfactans
• Colour: Blue
• Phosphate-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 012 040
PREWASH NATURE
• Contents: 24.2 l
• Container: Canister
• Colour: Colourless
• pH value / conditions: 10.5 / undiluted
• Density/conditions: 1.034 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• AOX-free: Yes
• Silicone-free: Yes
• Phosphate-free: Yes
• Bio-degradable: 100%
9
Art. no.
0893 024 105
Art. no.
0893 024 102
CLEANER ALUMAX
Highly concentrated alkaline cleaner.
Highly concentrated alkaline cleaner for rims, engines and chassis.
• Contents: 25 l
• Container: Canister
• Chemical basis: Water and alkaline tenside
• Colour: Straw yellow
• Density/conditions: 1.102 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• Shelf life from production: 36 Month
Art. no.
0893 472 1
Art. no.
5861 900 009
Art. no.
0893 024 104
Art. no.
0893 025 5
DRYING AID
Special desiccant for use in car washes with air blowers
Enables ultra-quick breaking of the water film
• Water is largely removed from the vehicle surface before the air blower is used
• Excellent drying
Creates a long-lasting protective film
• Vehicle develops a radiant shine
• Rainwater drips off
Free of phosphate and AOX
pH-value in the concentrate: approx. 4.5
Free of mineral oil and hydrocarbons
Easily biodegradable in accordance with OECD
OECD = Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
Does not compromise the effectiveness of light fluid separators
• Contents: 25 l
• Chemical basis: Water and wax
• Colour: Orange
• pH value: 4.5-5
9 Art. no.
0893 250 05
INSECT REMOVER 9
Insect remover for car surfaces.
• Helps to clean insect residue that can damage the paint.
• Guaranteed high-quality, material-friendly and suitable for glass, chrome, paint and
plastic surfaces in the automotive sector.
• No hazardous substance (not corrosive or irritant).
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
5861 900 007
INSECT REMOVER
With a special foam formula for fast and reliable removal of insect
residues on glass, chrome, paint and plastic surfaces
The effective, deep-action active foam formula removes even the
most stubborn and dried-on insect contamination quickly and
without damaging the surface.
Ideal for use before any car wash.
Easy and quick to apply
Also ideally suited for pre-treatment before cleaning in a car wash
Gentle on materials, does not attack paint, chrome, plastic, rubber
etc.
• Chemical basis: Anionic tenside
• Colour: Colourless
• pH value: 10
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
• AOX-free: Yes
• Silicone-free: Yes
• Bio-degradable: Yes
Art. no.
0890 131 010
Art. no.
0890 131 020 9
TYRE POLISHER
• Does not leave visible residues on rims
• Polishes tyres and restores original colours
• Preserves tyres from cracking
• Quick-drying
• Application by brush or sponge
Art. no.
0890 121 010
TYRE FOAM
High-quality care product for tyre walls
Cleans, cares, protects
• Simple application in one action, thereby saving time
• Repeated wiping is not required
• Ideal before placing tyres into storage
• Dust and dirt-repellent
• Does not attach paintwork, plastics, rubber or metals
Silk-matt gloss
• New tyre look
• Visually enhances, making it particularly suitable for demonstration vehicles
Optimum UV and ozone protection
• Does not whiten tyres
• Prevents brittling and cracks caused by age
Care foam
• Economical to use
• Forms a stable foam on the tyre, which runs off after sinking down
AOX and solvent-free
• Contents: 500 ml
• Chemical basis: Alkaline surfactants, silicone oil
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic 9
• Colour: White
• pH value / conditions: 9 / at 20°C
• Density/conditions: 0.919 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• Shelf life from production: 18 Month
• AOX-free: Yes
• Silicone-free: No
• Bio-degradable: Yes
Art. no.
0890 121
Art. no.
0890 900 003
BIKE POLISH
9 Restores the original shine to varnished, chrome and plastic bike parts
Forms an impermeable film
• Protects your bike quickly and effectively
Minimises the adhesion of mud, dust and other dirt
• Subsequent cleaning will be easier
Ideal for use with Würth bike cleaning agent
90% biodegradable
• Safe for the environment and the user
• Contents: 500 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Coconut
• Colour: Light blue (bright blue)
Art. no.
0893 019 000
Art. no.
5861 900 006
Art. no.
0890 130
TAR REMOVER
9 Effortlessly removes tar, oil, and splashes of underbody seal and cavi-
ty sealant from paint and chrome
• Strong solvent for removing stubborn dirt
• Easy rinsing thanks to emulsifying effect
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Colour: Colourless
• AOX-free: Yes
• Bio-degradable: Yes
Contents Container Chemical basis Density/conditions Shelf life from Art. no.
production/
conditions
300 ml Can Aliphatic hydrocarbon 0.749 g/cm³/at 20°C 36 Month/at 20°C 0890 26
5000 ml Canister Mineral oil 0.8 g/cm³/at 20°C 24 Month/at 20°C 0890 26 005
BITUMEN STRIPPER
Latest generation tar remover
Bitumen stripper (traditional chemical- and plant-based)
• Kind to users
• Product not classed as flammable
Specially designed for cleaning equipment in contact with tar and
asphalt
• Penetrates deep into tar deposits to be removed
Instant, rinse-off cream
Compatible with all metals, many plastic materials and painted sur-
faces (fully cross-linked)
• Colour: Yellow transparent
• Density/conditions: 0.9 g/cm³ / at 20°C
9
WATER-BASED TAR REMOVER
The water-based tar remover is a unique cleaner for customers who
want to use a product without hazardous material identification.
• Solvent-free
• Gently and effectively removes tar, oil and dirt with little effort
• Container: Plastic canister
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Colour: Yellowish
• Density/conditions: 0.95 g/ml / at 20°C
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / at > 0°C
Art. no.
0890 260 100
CLEANER, TARPAULIN
9 Tarpaulin cleaner for manual intensive cleaning of tarpaulins in the
commercial sector.
The Würth tarpaulin cleaner cleans heavily soiled tarpaulins quickly
and simply.
• Very high yield thanks to high concentration
• Removes waxes, oils and greases with ease
• Environmentally safe
• Highly alkaline cleaner
• pH value: 11.0 - 11.4
• Chemical basis: Water tenside
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 18 Month / at room temperature, in
the original container
Art. no.
0893 037 020
Art. no.
0893 045 030
Art. no.
0890 086
0890 086 5
Art. no.
0890 087
ACID X-CLEAN
9 High-efficient special cleaner with shine effect
• Suitable for cleaning of organic and inorganic dirt
• Does not contain A and B substances
• Contents: 20 l
• Chemical basis: Water tenside
• Colour: Colourless
• Density/conditions: 1.26 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
• Phosphate-free: Yes
Art. no.
0890 102 099
9
COMBINED CLEANER AND DEGREASER WITH VERY GOOD CLEANING PERFORMANCE
Very good cleaning performance, especially suitable for cold regions
This cleaning agent has been specifically developed for cold regions
• Ideally suited to washing and degreasing vehicles
• Very effective against asphalt, tar and salt
• Can be applied manually or by means of a dispensing system
• Does not attack paint, chrome or aluminium
• Container: Spray bottle
• Chemical basis: Mixture of surfactants and selected complex compounds
• Colour: Colourless
• Density/conditions: 0.986 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• Shelf life from production: 36 Month
• Phosphate-free: No
CLEANER AGRICULTURE
Acid-based cleaner for mineral dirt on agricultural equipment and
vehicles.
• Removes mineral dirt (copper, sulphur residues), corrosion, lime, cement, as well as
traces of grease and dirt.
• Restores shine on aluminium and stainless steel surfaces.
• pH value: <1
• Ratio of ingredients: 1:1 - 01:20 9
Art. no.
5985 900 041
Art. no.
5985 900 045
Art. no.
9 5985 900 042
Art. no.
5985 900 044
Art. no.
5985 900 043
Art. no.
9
0890 107
Art. no.
0890 108 8
DEGREASER
Powerful degreaser for all applications involving mechanical parts.
For cleaning dirt from all mechanical parts, e.g.:
• grease, lubricant or fuel residues, e.g. on chains, clutches, disc brakes, cardan
shafts and spare parts prior to installation
• Contents: 500 ml
• Colour: Colourless
• Chemical basis: Naphtha
Art. no.
0890 108 9
PART CLEANERS
9
• With a cleaning tray for use in warm water
• Removes dirt
• Leaves a corrosion protection layer
• Compatible with copper, zinc, brass and other metals and alloys
• Contents: 25 l
• Colour: Light brown
• Chemical basis: Mixture of surfactants and selected complex compounds
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 36 Month / at > 0°C
Art. no.
0893 170 026
9
FORKLIFT CLEANER
Especially formulated for heavy-duty cleaning and degreasing of
most surfaces on forklifts during maintenance
Special formulation to deeply penetrate stubborn grease and dirt
Fast and effective removal of soot, grease, industrial dust and oily residues on forklifts
Compatible with most common metallic surfaces
Flashes off leaving surface clean, dry and free from residue
Acetone free
AOX and silicone-free
• Contents: 750 ml
• Colour: Colourless
• Chemical basis: Naphtha
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / cool and dry storage
area, 5°C to 25°C
Art. no.
0890 108 707
Art. no.
0890 107 063
W POWER DEGREASER
9 Multi-purpose quick-dry degreaser
• Dry and powerful degreaser
• Doesn‘t leave marks
• Non-corrosive
• Acid and silicone-free
• Colour: Transparent
• Chemical basis: Mix of organic solvents
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 12 Month / cool and dry storage
area, 5°C to 25°C
Art. no.
0995 2
Art. no.
0893 034 9
STICKER-EX
Gel-form cleaner with citrus fragrance
• Straightforward removal of adhesive residues, labels and adhesive tape
• The adhesive effect of the gel allows a significantly longer application time for the
solvent, resulting in improved cleaning performance compared to liquid cleaners
• Contents: 500 ml
• Colour: Colourless
• Chemical basis: Aliphatic hydrocarbon
• Smell/fragrance: Citrus
• Viscosity/consistency: Gel
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / frost-free storage area
Art. no.
0893 140 505
BRAKE CLEANER
9 For cleaning and degreasing during maintenance and repair work
Fast flash-off behaviour and excellent cleaning performance
• Fast and effective removal of soot, grease, brake dust and oily residues
• Residue-free cleaning
Acetone-free
Good material compatibility with paints, plastics, seals and rubber
AOX-free and silicone-free
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0890 117
Art. no.
0890 107 600
Art. no.
0890 108 2
Art. no.
0893 014 21
DEODORISER
Neutralises unpleasant odours in textiles
Suitable for virtually all textiles
• For universal use
• Leaves behind no residues
• Spots do not form
• Colourless
Specially selected combination of raw materials
• Quick-acting and permanent
• Odour molecules are not just masked as with air fresheners, but are completely eli-
minated naturally
Fine-mist manual spray bottle
• Uniform fine wetting of the entire surface without it becoming too wet
• Very quick drying time
• Quick to apply
AOX-free
Art. no.
0890 900 008
SANITISER OVER
Car care product
• Can be used in the case of bad odours. Neutralises all odours on seats, rugs
and curtains caused by cigarette smoke, perspiration, animals and mould. The
odour molecules are not merely covered by fragrant substances but are absorbed
naturally
• Neutralises odours due to car air conditioning systems
• Can also be used in cold rooms where bad odours are persistent; no corrosive
effect
• Colourless, does not leave any traces on fabrics, does not discolour metals, PVC,
wood or plastics
• The product can be sprayed directly on the source of the bad odour or freely in the
air
• Contents: 400 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Odourless
• Chemical basis: Butane/propane
• Shelf life from production: 36 Month
Art. no.
0890 261
9
QUICK FRESH PURE WITHOUT BIOCIDE
Offers a pleasant fresh fragrance
Eliminates unpleasant odours that occur in the ventilation ducts of
air-conditioning units and in vehicle interiors
• Contents: 100 ml
• Container: Can
• Smell/fragrance: Fresh
• Chemical basis: Water
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0893 764 652
Art. no.
0893 764 640
BIOCIDE-FREE DEODORISER
For effectively combating interior odours
9
• Removes impurities
• Leaves behind a pleasant fresh scent.
• Particularly suitable for closed vehicles of any type
• Container: Aerosol can
• Chemical basis: Propane
• Shelf life from production: 18 Month
Art. no.
0892 077 150
EC200
9
Universal power cleaner
• Alkaline surface cleaner
• Can be used as a slightly foaming or aqueous cleaner
• Ready-to-use product
• Suitable for surfaces made of stainless steel, steel, tiles
• Extremely high dissolving capacity, the alternative to petroleum and solvents
• Removes even the toughest burnt-in contaminants, fats, oils, smoke, rubber residues,
bitumen and wax residues, nicotine, smoke, soot
• Based on entirely renewable raw materials/natural active ingredients
• Universal use: for hand spray systems, hot water part cleaners, high pressure and
ultrasonic devices, can be used foaming or immersing
• NSF (C1) licensed
• VOC-free and solvent-free
• Smell/fragrance: Apple
• Chemical basis: Water and alkaline tenside
• Density/conditions: 1.014 g/cm³ / at 20°C
EC100
Residue-free cleaner
• Eco-friendly surface cleaner, ideally suited for most surfaces such as glass, tiles,
painted surfaces, plastic, wood, mirrors, aluminium, non-ferrous base metals, stain-
less steel, steel, rubber, zinc-plated surfaces
• Removes dust, fingerprints, light oil and grease contamination, felt markers, fresh
glue residue etc.
• Water-based product. No warning symbols on the label
• High activity and low consumption/1 to 2 ml per spray
• Can be used before painting, gluing, labelling and coating processes and as a resi-
due-free coolant for sawing and drilling aluminium
• Fast-drying
• Surfactant-free
• Leaves behind no residues
• Ready-to-use product. Easy and safe to use, simply spray and wipe
• NSF (A1) licensed
• VOC content below 20 percent
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Water
• Density/conditions: 0.98 g/cm³ / at 20°C
9
Contents Container Art. no.
500 ml Spray bottle 0893 117 138
20 l Canister 0893 117 146
5l Canister 0893 117 145
EC300
High-performance degreaser. Removes stubborn fats, bitumen, silico-
ne, sealants and similar contaminants
• Solvent-containing surface cleaner based on renewable raw materials
• Suitable for cleaning aluminium, non-ferrous base metals, stainless steel, steel, tiles,
zinc-plated surfaces
• Excellent alternative to VOC-containing and/or irritant solvents
• Ready-to-use product, simply spray and wipe
• Removes even the most extreme contamination, such as oils and fats, tar, lubricants,
corrosion protection waxes, resins, rubber residues and abrasion as well as paint
residues
• Removes burnt-in oil layers from gears and motors
• Does not contain any hazardous ingredients and evaporates more slowly than con-
ventional solvents
• Manual and immersive application
• NSF (K3) licensed
• VOC content below 20 percent
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Surfactans
• Density/conditions: 0.9 g/cm³ / at 20°C
9
Contents Container Art. no.
500 ml Spray bottle 0893 117 137
5l Canister 0893 117 143
20 l Canister 0893 117 144
200 Gallon(US) Barrel 0893 117 147
HYGIENE CLEANER
• Contents: 100 ml
• Container: Bottle
• Smell/fragrance: Alcohol
• Chemical basis: Ethanol
• Density/conditions: 0.8 g/cm³ / at 20°C
Art. no.
0890 600 311
Art. no.
0893 117 013
Art. no.
0893 117 300
CONCRETE CLEANER
Concrete hydrochloric acid-based cleaner.
The concrete cleaner removes limescale and concrete residue quickly
and simply.
• Chemical basis: Hydrochloric acid
• Colour: Red
• Conditions for pH value: in concentrate
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: cool, dry and frost-free
storage area
• Contents: 25 l
• Density: 1100 kg/m³
• Density conditions: at 20°C, 50% relative humidity
• Min. flashing point: 60 °C
• pH value: 1
• Shelf life from production: 3 Years
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Weight of content: 25 kg
Art. no.
0893 117 302
9
WORKSHOP CLEANER
Powerful, environmentally friendly cleaner in the neutral pH range
with extremely high dirt removal power for floors, machinery and
plants.
• Oily/greasy dirt is not emulsified, but is penetrated and separated
• Especially gentle on the skin
• AOX and silicone-free
• Can be used on all standard surfaces
Environmentally friendly
• Biodegradable > 95%
• Contains no organic solvents
• No phosphate or phosphate compounds
• Heavy metals do not move in bodies of water
• Fast-separating in wastewater in accordance with German Ecological Standard
Test B 5105
• Container: Canister
• Colour: Green
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
• AOX-free: Yes
• Silicone-free: Yes
• Bio-degradable: Yes
Art. no.
0893 118 825
DISINFECTANT CLEANER
Disinfectant cleaner concentrate
• Concentrate with dilution 1:100 use
• Acts against bacteria, microbacteria, fungicidal and various viruses
• Sustainable antimicrobial effect up to 10 days (tested according to ASTM E 2180)
• Specially for clinics, Medical practices, ReHas, retirement homes and other areas
where long lasting and efficient hygiene is required
• Contents: 1 l
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Alcohol
Art. no.
0893 117 527
Art. no.
0893 027 010
LAMINATE CLEANER
Non-foaming product ideal for cleaning laminated and melamine
surfaces
Economical
• Highly concentrated, water-dilutable
Pleasant fragrance
• Chemical basis: Surfactants, ester
9 FLOOR CLEAN HD
Highly alkaline cleaning product with low foaming properties for
removal of stubborn dirt in the form of oil residues, soot, grease,
wheel marks on industrial floors or for regular cleaning of tile, plastic
or vinyl floors.
Does not contain A and B substances
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Chemical basis: Water tenside
• pH value / conditions: 12.5 / undiluted
Art. no.
0893 039 1
Art. no.
9 0893 764 650
NEWTROL A/C
Specially developed product to deodorise and freshen the air conditi-
oning system.
Eliminates odours
Quickly clears and eliminates odours from the air conditioning system and vehicle
interior.
Wide diffusion aerosol
The product is more efficient and diffuses better in inaccessible areas.
Equipped with a special 360° valve
Use in any position.
Dual effect diffuser
Partial or complete product application.
Very efficient and easy to use
Can be used inside the vehicle in closed recirculation or outside (at the passenger
compartment air filter inlet).
Mist-type application
Does not deteriorate electrical components. Different from other liquid products.
One can per use
Product discharges completely.
Use externally at the passenger compartment air filter intake
9 A professional, economical solution.
Better tolerated by vehicle occupants.
• Chemical basis: Propane
• Contents: 200 ml
• Weight of content: 120 g
• Smell/fragrance: Perfumed
• Colour: Colourless
• Density: 0.6 g/ml
Art. no.
0893 764 670
Art. no.
0893 764 654
HAND DISINFECTION
For efficient removal of bacteria from the skin
Efficient disinfection
• Removes bacteria
Easy to apply
• Disinfection gel
Does not dehydrate the skin
• Moisturizing effect
• Chemical basis: Alcohol with additives
• Contents: 50 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Lemon
• Colour: Transparent
• pH value / conditions: 6.0-7.5 / neutral
Art. no.
0893 955 800
DISINFECTANT GEL
Hand disinfectant gel in a 1000-ml bottle. For washroom dispensers
0891900502 and 0891900503
Comprehensively effective against bacteria, fungi and enveloped
viruses
Limited virus-inactivating capability after 15 sec.
Hygienic hand disinfection in 30 sec.
Full virus-inactivating capability after 60 sec.
• High-proof ethanol base
• Skin-friendly (dermatologically tested)
• HACCP-compliant — suitable for use in the food industry
• VAH-listed
• Bactericide (incl. MRSA)
• Tuberculocide
• Yeasticide (C. albicans)
• Virucidal to a limited degree (corona-/polio-/adeno-/noroviruses)
• Chemical basis: Ethanol
• Contents: 1000 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Product-typical
• Colour: Colourless
9 • Performance (points system): 5 of 5 points
• pH value / conditions: 8 / undiluted
Art. no.
0890 600 300
DISINFECTANT GEL
The hand disinfectant gel is practical for on-the-go use. The small, com-
pact design fits in any pocket.
• Comprehensively effective against bacteria, fungi and enveloped viruses
• Limited virus-inactivating capability after 15 sec.
• Hygienic hand disinfection in 30 sec.
• Full virus-inactivating capability after 60 sec.
• High-proof ethanol base
• Skin-friendly (dermatologically tested)
• HACCP-compliant — suitable for use in the food industry
• VAH-listed
• Bactericide (including. MRSA)
• Tuberculocide
• Yeasticide (C. albicans)
• Virucidal to a limited degree (corona/polio/adeno/noroviruses)
• Chemical basis: Ethanol
• Contents: 100 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Product-typical
• Colour: Colourless
• Performance (points system): 5 of 5 points
• pH value / conditions: 8 / undiluted 9
Art. no.
0890 600 301
Art. no.
0890 600 318
DISINFECTANT WIPES
Disinfectant wipes for non-porous surfaces. Effective against viruses,
bacteria and yeast.
The disinfectant wipes are suitable for disinfecting non-porous surfaces.
The disinfectant wipes meet various EN standards for effectiveness against
micro-organisms such as escherichia coli, staphylococcus aureus, salmonellae,
HBC, HCV and candida albicans.
• Number of cloths: 800 PCS
• Weight of content: 5.9 kg
Art. no.
9501 006 860
Art. no.
0893 764 750
SANITISER MULTISAN D 80
Sanitiser for cleaning and disinfecting the hands. Dermatologically
tested.
• Ready for use for cleaning and disinfecting the hands
• Tested against micro-organisms
• Gentle on the skin
• Dermatologically tested
• Active substances are listed in accordance with EN 1062/2014
• Compliant with PN-EN 1276/2010 standard
• The dermatological report complies with EN 1223/2009 for cosmetic products
• Smell/fragrance: Alcohol
• Colour: Colourless
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
SANITISER MULTISAN 80 9
Universal sanitiser for cleaning and disinfecting surfaces.
• Ready for use for cleaning and disinfecting surfaces
• Tested as surface sanitiser against micro-organisms
• Gentle on the skin
• Active substances are listed in accordance with EN 1062/2014
• Compliant with PN-EN 1276/2010 standards
• Smell/fragrance: Alcohol
• Colour: Colourless
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
Art. no.
0890 600 307
Art. no.
0893 764 5
Art. no.
0892 764 065
Art. no.
0892 100 11
Art. no.
0892 100 10
Art. no.
0892 200 870
PVC CLEANER
PVC cleaner
• Promotes better adhesion of the PVC bonding gel
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0890 600 842
PLASTIC CARE
High-quality care wax for all outdoor plastic and rubber parts
Excellent colour refreshing and silk-matt gloss
• Ideal for matt, whitened plastic parts
• Well-kept appearance, looks good as new
Provide permanent care and protection against environmental
influences
• Plastic and rubber parts remain supple
• Protects against material brittling and whitening
• Water and dirt-repellent
Care wax
• High yield, economical to use
• Simple, targeted use
• No run-off in rain
• Contents: 1 l
• Smell/fragrance: Lemon
• Chemical basis: Mineral oil
Art. no.
9 0893 477
Art. no.
0893 121 0
Art. no.
0893 121
Art. no.
0893 121 2
Art. no.
0893 466 005
POLISHING PASTE
• Weight of content: 32 g
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 458 3
Art. no.
0893 012 001
Art. no.
0893 010 501
9
POLISHING PASTE AP30+
One step polish & seal, low cut
• Perfect one step polishing and sealing
• Smooth the fine texturing in the paint
• Bring deep shine and high gloss to surface
• Wax particles inside (Filler effect)
• Water based formulation with emulsified gasoline fractions (oil in water emulsion)
POLISH AP05
Polish with extra strong cut
• Aluminium oxide-based
• Effectively removes deep scratches, oxide stains, water stains, industrial dirt and
other paint defects
• Minimum dust creation
• Silicone-free
• Water-based formulation with emulsified petroleum components (oil-in-water
emulsion)
• Weight of content: 1340 g
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 469 105
GLASS CLEANER
For streak-free, thorough cleaning.
Environmentally friendly
• Reduction and prevention of risks for people and the environment thanks to reducti-
on in packaging waste and increased biodegradability
• The European Ecolabel award guarantees the highest product quality and environ-
mental compatibility
Gentle on materials
Due to natural ingredients and neutral pH
Efficient
Completely removes finger prints, dust, dirt from the road, nicotine stains and wax resi-
dues from car washes.
• Contents: 500 ml
• Container: Spray bottle
• Chemical basis: Water tenside
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Colour: Green
• pH value / conditions: 8 / at 20°C
• Density/conditions: 0.982 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
• AOX-free: Yes
9 • Silicone-free: Yes
• Bio-degradable: Yes
Art. no.
0890 220 01
9
GLASS CLEANER
Glass cleaner for windows, mirrors, and windscreens.
The effective cleaner leaves glass surfaces shining without leaving behind any stre-
aks or smears. It is ideal for mirrors, windscreens and windows. Effortlessly removes
stubborn dirt such as fingerprints, dust, road dirt, nicotine and wax residues from wash
facilities. Very good material compatibility on all surfaces
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
5861 900 008
WASHER -20°C
Degreasing anti-freeze cleaning agent for windscreen cleaner sys-
tems
For all types of vehicles
• protects washer systems from icing
• degreases glass surfaces with high effectiveness, removing dirt and insects
Ready to use
• cleaning agent for car windscreen washer tanks
• cleans and degreases car windscreens in any weather, ensuring excellent visibility
• the 5 L container does not require dilution
Deep acting
• removes all types of dirt: Grease, smog deposits, dust, insects, etc.
• strong degreasing and cleaning action
• does not leave streaks
• reduces the formation of limescale in the spray nozzles
Materials
• does not affect polycarbonate parts
• does not affect seals, windscreen wipers or paint
• Chemical basis: Water and ethanol
• Smell/fragrance: Perfumed
• Colour: Blue 9
• Shelf life from production: 36 Month
9
ANTI-FREEZE GLASS CLEANER READY-TO-USE
Ready-to-use glass cleaner with freeze protection for rapid handling
Excellent, improved cleaning performance.
• Crystal-clear visibility, even with stubborn winter dirt such as salt spray and road
grime containing oil.
• Cleaning performance rated as „very good“.
Does not affect material.
• Does not impair polycarbonate glass.
• Does not damage paint and rubber.
Pleasant, fresh air.
Colour: blue
Suitable for fan-shaped nozzles.
Suitable for all makes of car
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Ethanol
• Smell/fragrance: Perfumed
• Colour: Blue
• Max. anti-freeze: -20 °C
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
• Container: Can
Art. no.
0892 332 944
Art. no.
0892 332 105
Art. no.
0892 333 031
9
0892 333
Art. no.
0890 900 005
Art. no.
0890 270 115
Art. no.
0890 290 001
MULTI-PURPOSE CLEANER
Phosphate-free, weakly acidic cleaning product
• Exceptional cleaning performance
• Thoroughly and reliably removes dust, grease, oil stains from metal, plastic surfaces,
ceramic and tiles and other stubborn dirt
• Concentrated form makes it economical to use
• Saves time
• Pleasant fresh citrus fragrance
• Chemical basis: Surfactants, ester
SUPER X-CLEAN
Water-based detergent that effectively removes heavy grime and is
economical to use
Cleans effectively
• Removes heavy road debris when the product is used undiluted in the cleaning
equipment
• Good degreasing properties – alkaline, pH value 12-13
Economical
• Concentrated, must be diluted 1:7
• Colour: Transparent, Red
• Chemical basis: Anionic tenside
Art. no.
0893 026 000
Art. no.
0890 270 116
Art. no.
0893 099 220
SEALANT REMOVER
Removes sealing materials, adhesives, paints, etc. in just minutes
Firm consistency
No dripping off vertical surfaces
• Contents: 300 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Alcohol
• Chemical basis: Mix of organic solvents
• pH value: 10.6-11.0
Art. no.
0893 100 0
BOILER CLEANER
Special cleaner for easy removal of the most stubborn coatings in
9
oil-heated boilers
Contains highly active, slag-dissolving and anti-corrosive active
agents
• Under the foam, loosens even the most stubborn sulphate coatings and soot
• Delays the formation of new coatings
Can be used on cold and warm boilers
No waiting time
Efficient to use
One spray can is sufficient for cleaning one boiler up to 30,000 kcal/35 kW with
normal level of soiling.
No formation of harmful gases
Suitable for all materials commonly found in boiler construction
• Contents: 400 ml
• Container: Aerosol can
• Chemical basis: Amphoteric tenside
Art. no.
0893 751 004
Art. no.
0893 611
FOAM SUPPRESSOR
9 Silicone-free foam suppressor which reduces detergent foam and
ensures easier cleaning
Effective
• Used for e.g. floor washing because the product is silicone-free
• Avoid excessive foam accumulation by adding to the waste water tank of the floor
washing machine
Economical
• Highly active content ensures low dosage
• Colour: Colourless
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: at > 0°C
• Contents: 1 l
• Density: 1 g/cm³
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
• Weight of content: 1 kg
Art. no.
0893 140 1
Art. no.
0890 610 510
UNIVERSAL BINDER
Fine grain rapidly absorbs liquids, leaving the surface dry
Makes containing and removing spilt liquids easy. Generally binds
all liquids on solid surfaces. The composition of the grain allows the
liquid to penetrate the micro-cracks, encapsulating it until comple-
tely saturated, thus stopping the surface from being slippy. The pro-
duct is suitable for all situations requiring maximum absorption as
quickly as possible
Highly absorbent
• Fast acting with the capacity to absorb liquids immediately
• 1 kg of product absorbs 1 litre of liquid
• Optimal stability; granules remain compact even after absorption
Universal use
• Absorbs oil, fuels, grease, solvents, weak acids and bases, and water-based
chemicals
• Not suitable for hydrofluoric acid
Non-slip
• No danger of slipping on the granules
• Does not form sludge or residual layers on the floor
• Can be brushed away easily
• Not abrasive or dusty
9
• Contents: 17 l
• Oil absorber type: Oil absorber type III/R
• Straßen-Rutsch-Test (German road slip test): 2 %
Art. no.
0890 62
DE-ICER
Effectively removes ice and frost
• Swiftly eliminate the ice formed on car windows
• Anti-haze
• Thaws locks
• It helps preserve the elasticity of the rubber gaskets
• Contents: 200 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Colour: Colourless
Art. no.
0890 900 001
Art. no.
0893 029 1
Art. no.
0891 350 100
WASHING BRUSH
Vehicle washing brush with water flow-through
• A water passage ensures optimum water distribution
• Diagonally arranged bristles can reach all areas
• Split hair tips to absorb large quantities of water
• Cleaning that is gentle on paint thanks to split and therefore extremely soft bristles
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Material of the bristles: Polybutylene terephthalate -PBT
• Colour: Red, Black
• Length: 400 mm
• Width: 80 mm
• Height: 115 mm
• Length of bristles: 52 mm
• Max. temperature conditions: 50 °C
Art. no.
0891 350 202
ALUMINIUM HANDLE
9
Aluminium handle with water passage, 1560 mm
Ergonomic handle with water channel
Made of aluminium with robust impact-resistant and grip-friendly
plastic
Guarantees comfortable and functional handling
1/2“ and 3/4“ water hoses can be connected to the handle
and secured with a pipe clamp.
Can be used with pressure of up to 6 bar
• Material: Aluminium
• Length: 1560 mm
• Diameter: 31 mm
• Max. temperature conditions: 50 °C
• Design: With water flow-through
Art. no.
0891 350 103
Art. no.
0891 350 104
ALUMINIUM HANDLE
Aluminium handle, 1495 mm 9
This ergonomic long handle is made from aluminium with robust,
impact-proof and easy-to-grip plastic, ensuring convenient and fun-
ctional use.
• Material: Aluminium
• Length: 1495 mm
• Diameter: 28 mm
• Max. temperature conditions: 50 °C
Art. no.
0891 350 210
Art. no.
0891 160 706
Art. no.
0893 764 206
9
Art. no.
0893 764 207
Art. no.
0891 800 001
9
Suitable for active ingredient Art. no.
Windscreen cleaner 0891 800 15
BMF cleaner 0891 800 12
Drilling/cutting oil 0891 800 90
Brake cleaner 0891 800 1
Rust remover 0891 800 2
Silicone 0891 800 14
Art. no.
0986 004 001
Art. no.
0986 610 0
Art. no.
0892 800
Art. no.
0890 123 404
Art. no.
0890 125 00
CABLE LUBRICANT
For easy feeding of electric cables
Reduces friction resistance by up to 80%
Makes it easier to feed cables and prevents the insulation from tearing
Gel viscosity
Good adhesion and stability, low consumption and minimal dirt
No sticky residue left behind
Easier to replace or re-apply
Non-toxic and biodegradable
Non-corrosive for insulation or plastic pipes
Art. no.
0893 162 001
Chemical basis Colour Density Min. processing Max. processing Art. no.
temperature temperature
- - - - - 0893 126 751
Water White 1 g/cm³ -10 °C 80 °C 0893 126 750
WOODSLIDE
For neutralising resin
Neutralises resin
Prevents sticking and smearing with chips or wood dust.
Cleaning effect
Cleans adjustment wheels, hand spindles and dimensional stops
Prevents corrosion
• Ideal for use on bare machine tables
• Displaces moisture
• Silicone and wax-free
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0893 116 000
Silicone-free
• Contents: 300 ml
• Chemical basis: Mixed synthetic mineral oil with organic thickener and white
solid lubricant combination
• Colour: Grey
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -40 to 1400 °C
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
9
0893 123
Art. no.
0893 921 500
Container Contents Weight of content Shelf life from production Art. no.
Aerosol can 300 ml 242 g 18 Month 0893 110 0
Aerosol can 50 ml 42 g 18 Month 0893 110 050
Brush box 200 ml 220 g 12 Month 0893 110 000
9
COPPER PASTE CU 800
Highly adhesive lubricating, separating and anti-corrosive copper
paste that is extremely resistant to high temperatures and high pres-
sures
Very high resistance
• Can be used at temperatures between -20°C to +1200°C for dry lubrication
• Resistant to water, diluted lyes and acids
Great, long-lasting lubricating effect
Provides long-lasting protection against burning-on and seizing, cold welding, wear,
corrosion and frictional corrosion.
Silicone and AOX-free
Contents Chemical basis Container Min. temperature Max. temperature Art. no.
conditions conditions
50 ml Copper - 0 °C 280 °C 0893 800 50
100 ml Soft metal-containing Tube -20 °C 1200 °C 0893 800 1
semi-synthetic base
grease
1l Soft metal-containing Can -20 °C 1200 °C 0893 800 2
semi-synthetic base
grease
500 ml Mineral oil - -20 °C 160 °C 0893 800 500
200 ml - - -40 °C 1200 °C 0893 800 000
Art. no.
0893 813 2
Art. no.
0893 800
9 Art. no.
0893 890 300
PETROLEUM JELLY
• Contents: 500 ml
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: at 5°C to 30°C
• Min./max. temperature conditions: 5 to 50 °C
Art. no.
0890 396
Art. no.
0890 2
9
RUST REMOVER ROST-OFF BLUE ICE
High-quality rust remover with cracking effect and visual cold indica-
tor
Cracking effect
By cooling the material surface down to -45°C, micro-fine cracks occur in the corros-
ion layer at the connection points. These „crack open“ the rust, ensuring better penet-
ration of the active agent
Visual cold indicator
When cooled to a minimum temperature of -5°C, the sprayed area turns blue. The
processing temperature is achieved.
Optimum rust removal
• Rust is quickly penetrated and loosens seized up screws
• Heavily rusted screw connections are loosened without damaging them
Optimum corrosion protection due to addition of corrosion-protecti-
on additives
Long-term protection against further corrosion
Resin and acid-free
Silicone-free
Compatible with rubber and seals
• Contents: 400 ml
• Container: Aerosol can
Art. no.
0893 241
Art. no.
0893 240
Art. no.
0890 240 0
Art. no.
0890 200 125
Art. no.
0890 200 9
Art. no.
0890 200 1
Art. no.
0890 200 500
9
Art. no.
0893 130 400
Art. no.
5861 200 003
Contents Type of oil Approved for engine oils Recommended applica- Art. no.
tions for engine oils
50 l Partly synthetic ACEA B4-04, ACEA E5-02, ACEA E7, API CI-4, Caterpillar 0897 998 105
ACEA E7 ECF-1-a, Cummins 20076, Cum-
mins 20077, Cummins 20078,
Mack EO-M Plus, MAN
M3275-1, MB 228.3, Renault
RLD-2, Volvo VDS-3
9 205 l Fully synthetic ACEA E6 E7 ACEA E6 E7, API CI-4, 0897 998 425
Caterpillar ECF-1-a, Cummins
20076, Cummins 20077, Deutz
DQC IV-10 LA, Mack EO-M
Plus, Mack EO-N Plus, MAN
M3271-1, MAN M3477, MB
228.51, MTU Type 3.1, Renault
RLD-2, Renault RXD, Volvo
VDS-3
205 l Partly synthetic ACEA B4-04, ACEA E5-02, ACEA E7, API CI-4, Caterpillar 0897 998 125
ACEA E7 ECF-1-a, Cummins 20076, Cum-
mins 20077, Cummins 20078,
Mack EO-M Plus, MAN
M3275-1, MB 228.3, Renault
RLD-2, Volvo VDS-3
1000 l Partly synthetic ACEA B4-04, ACEA E5-02, ACEA E7, API CI-4, Caterpillar 0897 998 110
ACEA E7 ECF-1-a, Cummins 20076, Cum-
mins 20077, Cummins 20078,
Mack EO-M Plus, MAN
M3275-1, MB 228.3, Renault
RLD-2, Volvo VDS-3
1000 l Fully synthetic ACEA E6 E7 ACEA E6 E7, API CI-4, 0897 998 410
Caterpillar ECF-1-a, Cummins
20076, Cummins 20077, Deutz
DQC IV-10 LA, Mack EO-M
Plus, Mack EO-N Plus, MAN
M3271-1, MAN M3477, MB
228.51, MTU Type 3.1, Renault
RLD-2, Renault RXD, Volvo
VDS-3
9
AGRICULTURAL GEARBOX OIL
Multi-function oil especially for use in agricultural and forestry machi-
nes
• Use for engines, transmissions, differentials and hydraulic systems
• Easy total lubrication of the machine
• Effective even at very low temperatures
• Long-lasting effectiveness
• Viscosity grade: 10W-30
• Recommended applications for gear oils: API GL 4
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
Recommended applications for gear oils Shelf life from production Art. no.
MIL-L 2105, ZF-TE-ML 17B 6 Month 0897 021 013
ZF-TE-ML 05A, ZF-TE-ML 07A, ZF-TE-ML 12E, ZF-TE-ML 16B, 24 Month 0897 021 009
ZF-TE-ML 16C, ZF-TE-ML 17B, ZF-TE-ML 19B
ZF-TE-ML 05A, ZF-TE-ML 07A, ZF-TE-ML 12E, ZF-TE-ML 16C 24 Month 0897 021 011
9
HYDRAULIC GEARBOX OIL
High-performance hydraulic oil
• Long-lasting results
• Reduces oxidation
• Good filtration
• Outstanding wear protection
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0897 402 001
Art. no.
0897 402 006
Art. no.
0897 698 001
HYDRAULIKOLIE HYDROVAG
• Contents: 1 l
• Shelf life from production: 36 Month
Art. no.
0897 403 001
9
DRILLING/CUTTING OIL CUT AND COOL ECO
Biodegradable cutting oil
Aerosol can with ECO-Stop technology
• Up to 2500 applications possible due to predefined quantity per valve operation
• Minimal smoking
Easy to use
No cleaning of metals prior to installation or further treatment (e.g. welding) required
with low usage concentrations
Neutral behaviour
• Contact with sensitive materials (e.g. marble, plastic and electrical components)
possible
• Odourless
• Colour: Light yellow
• Smell/fragrance: Neutral
• Chemical basis: Synthetic ester
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
MATRIX BACKING
Cutting and drilling oil
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0893 050
Art. no.
0893 050 007
Art. no.
0893 550
Art. no.
0893 106 10
Art. no.
0893 530
Art. no.
0893 105 8
Art. no.
0893 223
SILICONE GREASE
An excellent lubricant for sealing elements. Reduces wear and friction
and protects the contact surfaces.
• Water-repellent
• Excellent resistance to moisture, salt spray as well as weak acids and bases
• Insulates and protects battery terminals and electrical connections
• Pure silicone oil-based non-toxic light-coloured lubrication paste.
• Operating temperature -50°C ... +250°C
• Electrical strength 9 kV/mm
• Antistatic
• Chemical basis: Silicone oil
• Colour: Translucent
• Contents: 100 ml
Art. no.
0893 223 091
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE I
Universal lithium-saponified grease
9
• Stable under heavy loads and resistant to oxidation
• Forms an excellent seal to repel dust and dirt
• Good adhesive properties
• Silicone-free, acid-free, resin-free and AOX-free
• Soap base: Lithium 12 hydroxystearate
• Lubricant code: K2K-30
• Colour: Yellow
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 110 mm2/s / at 40°C
• Min./max. worked penetration /conditions: 265 x 0.1 mm-295 x 0.1 mm /
in accordance with DIN ISO 2137
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0
• VKA welding load: 1800 N
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
• Oil basis: Mineral oil
Weight of content Container Diameter Min./max. tempe- NLGI grade/ Art. no.
rature conditions conditions
50 kg - 383 mm -30 to 130 °C 2/with DIN 51818 0893 870 104
400 g Cartridge - -30 to 130 °C 2/with DIN 51818 0893 870 1
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle - -30 to 130 °C 2/with DIN 51818 0893 870 101
5 kg - - -20 to 130 °C - 0893 870 105
18 kg - - -20 to 130 °C - 0893 870 118
25 kg - - -20 to 130 °C - 0893 870 125
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE II
Lithium-soap graphite grease resistant to high pressures with EP addi-
tives.
• Resistant to high pressure due to EP additives
• Excellent emergency running properties thanks to the graphite
• Good sealing action and protection against corrosion
• Excellent resistance to dust, dirt and water
• Soap base: Lithium 12 hydroxystearate
• Lubricant code: KPF2K-30
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -30 to 130 °C
• Colour: Grey, Black
• Min. dripping point/conditions: 180 °C / in accordance with DIN ISO 2176
• Min./max. worked penetration /conditions: 265 x 0.1 mm-295 x 0.1 mm /
in accordance with DIN ISO 2137
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0
• VKA welding load: 2400 N
• Oil basis: Mineral oil
Weight of content Container NLGI grade/ Base oil visco- Shelf life from Art. no.
conditions sity, kinematic/ production
conditions
9 400 g Cartridge 2/with DIN 51818 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 1
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle 2/with DIN 51818 110 mm /s/at 40°C
2
60 Month 0893 871 101
5 kg - - 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 105
18 kg - - 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 118
25 kg - - 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 125
50 kg Drum 2/with DIN 51818 120 mm /s/at 40°C
2
36 Month 0893 871 50
Art. no.
0893 107 002
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE IV
Synthetic high-performance grease with white solid lubricants
• Suitable for food-contact areas
• EP additives for high pressure resistance
• Excellent dry-running properties
• Good sealing effect and corrosion protection
• Weight of content: 0.4 kg
• Container: Cartridge
• Soap base: AL complex
• Lubricant code: KPFHC2R-40
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -45 to 180 °C
• Colour: White
• NLGI grade/conditions: 2 / with DIN 51818
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 350 mm2/s / at 40°C
• Min. dripping point/conditions: 250 °C / in accordance with DIN ISO 2176
• Min./max. worked penetration /conditions: 285 x 0.1 mm-285 x 0.1 mm /
in accordance with DIN ISO 2137
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0
• VKA welding load: 3000 N
NSF H1-registered (no.: 135924), meets the requirements of USDA • Shelf life from production: 24 Month
1998 H1. The product may come into contact with foodstuffs for
• Oil basis: Synthetic
technical reasons.
9
Art. no.
0893 107 003
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE
Specific for bearings
• High performance, lithium-based
• Forms a solid lubricant film on friction or sliding surfaces
• Good adherence and chemical stability
Insoluble in hot or cold water
• For lubricating bearings working in moist conditions or cooled by water
• For bearings working at temperatures not exceeding 120°C
• Weight of content: 1000 g
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -30 to 130 °C
• Colour: Yellow
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 122 mm2/s / at 40°C
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
• Oil basis: Mineral oil
Art. no.
0893 538
Weight of content Container Soap base Lubricant code Min./max. tempe- Art. no.
rature conditions
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle Lithium/calcium KPF2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 0893 879 400
400 g Cartridge Lithium/calcium KP2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 0893 879 1
400 g - Lithium complex KP2N-20 -20 to 140 °C 0893 878 000
50 kg Drum Lithium/calcium KPF2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 0893 879 2
9
Art. no.
0893 876 102
Weight of content Container Lubricant code Min./max. tempe- Base oil visco- Art. no.
rature conditions sity, kinematic/
conditions
18 kg Drum KP2N-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 119
5 kg Tinplate canister KP2N-30 -20 to 140 °C 310 cSt/at 40°C 0893 874 105
50 kg Drum KP2N-30 -20 to 140 °C 310 cSt/at 40°C 0893 874 150
9 400 g Cartridge KP2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 1
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle KP2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 400
18 kg Drum KP2N-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 118
Art. no.
0893 873 1
9
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE, BIO
Biodegradable lubricating grease
• Protects the environment and groundwater
• Properties protect against high pressure and wear without toxic additives
• Lubricant film is highly waterproof
• High frost protection properties
• Protects against heat and external influences
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -40 to 130 °C
• Colour: Brown
• Shelf life from production: 36 Month
• Oil basis: Alkylated diphenylamine
Art. no.
0893 871 400
Container Base oil viscosity, kinematic/ Min./max. worked penetration/ Art. no.
9 conditions conditions
Cartridge Lube Shuttle 190 cSt/at 40°C, in accordance with - 0893 107 019
ASTM D-445
Cartridge 190 mm2/s/at 40°C, in accordance with 275 x 0.1 mm-295 x 0.1 mm/in accor- 0893 107 020
ASTM D-445 dance with DIN ISO 2137
Art. no.
0893 875 002
MOUNTAINEERING GREASE
Special grease for low temperatures and wide temperature varia-
tions
• 100% synthetic lithium complex grease
• Surpasses mineral oil-based and semi-synthetic products by far
• Very high natural viscosity index for a lubricant film that remains fluid at very low
temperatures and viscous at high temperatures
• Very low volatility
• High thermal stability
• Excellent extreme pressure, anti-wear and anti-corrosion properties
• High resistance to loads, pressure and impacts
• Very good oxidation resistance allows less frequent greasing, even in difficult condi-
tions of use
• Exceptional adhesion to metal surfaces
• Excellent water resistance
• Weight of content: 400 g
• Diameter: 50 mm
• Soap base: Lithium complex
• Lubricant code: KPFHC2R-40
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -40 to 180 °C
• Colour: Brown 9
• NLGI grade/conditions: 2 / with DIN 51818
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 300 cSt / at 40°C, in accordance
with ASTM D-445
• Min./max. worked penetration /conditions: 290 x 0.1 mm-310 x 0.1 mm /
in accordance with ASTM D 217
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0
• VKA welding load: 3150 N
• Shelf life from production: 48 Month
• Oil basis: Synthetic
Art. no.
0893 872 400
MARINE GREASE
Semi-synthetic PTFE-based grease
• Insoluble in water and steam
• Use on equipment operating in fresh water and salty water
• Good splash resistance
• Considerably improves the operating conditions of many mechanisms requiring
lubrication
• Synthetic macromolecule-based formulation enhanced by the addition of PTFE
• Improves the friction coefficient
• Work at high temperatures possible
• Good adhesion to metal
• Allows less frequent greasing
• Excellent mechanical stability
• Excellent extreme pressure (EP) properties, suitable for lubricating bearings under
load
• Very good resistance to vibrations
• Very good resistance to external chemicals and corrosion
• Weight of content: 400 g
• Container: Cartridge
• Soap base: Lithium/calcium
9 • Lubricant code: KP2N-20
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -20 to 140 °C
• Colour: Blue
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 500 mm2/s / at 40°C
• Min./max. worked penetration /conditions: 265 x 0.1 mm-295 x 0.1 mm /
in accordance with ASTM D 217
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0
• VKA welding load: 3150 N
• Shelf life from production: 60 Month
• Oil basis: Synthetic mineral oil
Art. no.
0893 878 001
EP 2 GREASE
Multi-application grease
Extreme-pressure (EP)
NLGI grade: 2
• Lithium grease with anti-wear, extreme-pressure and anti-rust properties
• Good resistance to high pressures
• Very good working and storage stability
• Excellent protection against corrosion
• Excellent adhesion
• High compatibility with seals
• Insoluble in water
• Of medium consistency, easy to use with manual grease pumps
• Soap base: Lithium
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -20 to 140 °C
• Colour: Amber
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 130 cSt / at 40°C, in accordance
with ASTM D-445
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0-0
• Shelf life from production: 48 Month
• Oil basis: Mineral oil 9
Art. no.
0893 872 1
Art. no.
0893 990 400
Art. no.
0893 870 210
CHISEL GREASE
• Weight of content: 400 g
• Soap base: Inorganic
• Lubricant code: KF2T-35
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -35 to 1110 °C
• Colour: Copper
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 485 mm2/s / at 40°C
• Min./max. worked penetration /conditions: 265 x 0.1 mm-295 x 0.1 mm /
in accordance with DIN ISO 2137
• Shelf life from production: 48 Month
• Oil basis: Mineral oil
Art. no.
0893 874 100
Art. no.
9
0893 874 101
Contents Oil basis Max. temperature Shelf life from production Art. no.
resistance
150 ml Synthetic mineral oil 200 °C 24 Month 0893 106 1 9
500 ml Mineral oil 200 °C 24 Month 0893 106
500 ml Synthetic mineral oil 200 °C 24 Month 0893 106 888
5l Synthetic mineral oil - 36 Month 0893 106 005
Art. no.
0893 106 4
Art. no.
0893 106 5
Art. no.
0893 106 7
Art. no.
0893 150
9
Art. no.
0893 104 500
Art. no.
0893 106 026
Art. no.
0893 106 050
Art. no.
0893 106 51
Art. no.
0890 085 5
Art. no.
0893 106 025
9
Art. no.
0893 128
High performance.
• Exceptional resistance to high pressures, vibration and even impact
• Forms its own PTFE film after evaporation of the solvent, thus favouring smooth
movement
• Very high thermal resistance, ideal for extreme uses
• Little or no oxidation of the grease up to +200°C
• Temporary thermal resistance up to 250°C, for completely safe lubrication
• Very good long-term corrosion protection
• Allows good greasing and maintenance intervals
• Aerosol with long spray nozzle for precise working, thus avoiding overuse and
unnecessary wastage
• Deep penetration into mechanical components, ideal for difficult-to-access parts
• Insoluble in water. Good resistance to salt water, acids and other industrial
detergents
• No chemical damage to plastics, gloss paints or even seals
• Silicone-, resin- and acid-free, kinder to operators and the environment
• Contents: 500 ml
9
• Chemical basis: Mineral oil
• Oil basis: Synthetic hydrocarbons
• Colour: Transparent
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -20 to 250 °C
• Max. temperature resistance: 200 °C
• Shelf life from production: 24 Month
Art. no.
0893 106 388
Art. no.
0893 150 500
9
Art. no.
0893 060 500
SPECIAL LUBRICANT
Specially designed for high-performance lubrication of trucks and
forklifts as part of maintenance work. Long-term protection against
corrosion.
Applications: Suitable for lubrication of forklifts, chains, gear, accelerator and
clutch linkages, steering rod heads, sliding rails, chain wheels, toothed racks,
open gears, etc.
Properties:
• Partly synthetic oil that is extremely resistant to high pressures. Has adhesive proper-
ties which prevent the lubricant from shearing from turning and rotating parts.
• Excellent creep behaviour. Provides long-term protection against corrosion.
• Extraordinarily tear-proof lubricating film with excellent noise and vibration
dampening.
• O and X-ring compatible, also compatible with plastics.
• Resistant to spray water and salt water, as well as to weak acids and bases.
• Colour: Yellowish.
• Contents: 600 ml
• Chemical basis: Hydrocarbon
• Oil basis: Synthetic mineral oil
• Colour: Yellowish
• Min./max. temperat